New Origin Entry Separation & Containerization Standards, 13704-13767 [2011-5273]
Download as PDF
13704
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules
POSTAL SERVICE
39 CFR Part 111
New Origin Entry Separation &
Containerization Standards
Postal Service TM.
ACTION: Proposed rule.
AGENCY:
The Postal Service is
proposing to revise Mailing Standards
of the United States Postal Service,
Domestic Mail Manual (DMM®) to
change the preparation requirements for
mail entered at origin, either as an entire
mailing or as the residual volume for
plant verified drop shipment (PVDS)
mailings.
SUMMARY:
We must receive your comments
on or before April 13, 2011.
ADDRESSES: Mail or deliver written
comments to the Manager, Mailing
Standards, U.S. Postal Service, 475
L’Enfant Plaza SW., Room 4446,
Washington DC 20260–5015. You may
inspect and photocopy all written
comments at USPS® Headquarters
Library, 475 L’Enfant Plaza SW., 11th
Floor N, Washington, DC, between 9
a.m. and 4 p.m., Monday through
Friday. E-mail comments concerning the
proposed rule, containing the name and
address of the commenter, may be sent
to: MailingStandards@usps.gov, with a
subject line of ‘‘New Origin Entry
Standards.’’ Faxed comments are not
accepted.
DATES:
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
Karen McManus at 202–268–4005 or
Kevin Gunther at 202–268–7208.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: On
December 20, 2006, the Postal
Accountability Enhancement Act was
signed into law. A provision of the law
required the Postal Service to establish
modern service standards, measure
service performance against these
standards and publish the results. In
recognition of this goal, the Postal
Service consulted with the Postal
Regulatory Commission (PRC) and
worked closely with mailer groups and
other mailing industry representatives
to develop standards and measurement
processes. During these discussions,
various strategies and suggestions were
offered to help improve service
provided to commercial mailings
entered at origin. Modern service
standards resulting from these
consultations were announced 12
months after the bill was signed into
law and are expected to improve
efficiency and service and to coordinate
the preparation and entry of mail with
changes in the USPS distribution
network. For more information see
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:03 Mar 11, 2011
Jkt 223001
Federal Register final rule, Modern
Service Standards for Market Dominant
Products, published December 19, 2007
(72 FR 72216–72231).
In May 2009, the Postal Service began
transforming its distribution network by
converting Bulk Mail Centers into
Network Distribution Centers. The
realignment permitted the consolidation
of transportation and created new work
flows to facilitate movement of mail
through the network. The redesign of
the network necessitates some
adjustments to internal USPS work
methods as well as modifications to the
preparation of origin-entered
commercial mail to align with the new
transportation flows and work
processes. The proper preparation of
origin-entered mailings will allow the
Postal Service to eliminate unnecessary
processing at the local plant and will
facilitate the transportation of these
mailings within its network. Working
with various segments of the mailing
industry, the Postal Service has
developed and is proposing new
preparation standards that align with
the revised network and a
corresponding communications program
to relate these changes to the mailing
industry. The following proposal is the
result of these efforts.
Separation of Residual Mail Entered at
Origin
This proposed rule applies to originentered commercial mail only, and may
apply to entire mailings or to the
residual portion of a plant verified
PVDS mailing not being dropshipped to
a destination. Existing presort
requirements for mailings and the
number of pieces required per presort
level will remain the same. Except as
defined below, all handling unit
separations currently required will also
remain unchanged. For the purpose of
this proposal, a handling unit is defined
as the mail transport equipment used to
carry an aggregate of mailpieces sorted
to a specific price level for a presort
destination, and would include letter
trays, flat trays (tubs), sacks, bundles
and packages. A container is defined as
the equipment used to transport
handling units, and would include
pallets, all purpose containers (APC)
and hampers. In certain circumstances
involving low volume mailings, or mail
that can not be palletized, containers
may also include flat trays.
Under this proposal, after all required
handling units and containers have been
prepared, mailers must separate the
remaining mail (or residue from a PVDS
mailing) as follows:
Standard Mail and Package Services:
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Origin Network Distribution Center:
Required for letters, flats and parcels.
For bundles of flats or parcels, do not
sack prior to containerizing the mail.
Separate all handling units destinating
in the service area of the origin Network
Distribution Center (NDC) from the rest
of the mailing. Use column A of
Labeling List L601 (L604 for Standard
Mail letters and flats) to determine the
ZIP Codes in the service area of the
NDC. Handling units must be placed in
containers. Prepare container (pallet)
placards using the column B ‘‘Label to’’
information in L601 (column C ‘‘Label
to’’ information in L604 for Standard
Mail letters and flats). There is no
minimum load threshold for this
separation.
Tier Two Network: Required for
letters, flats and parcels. For bundles of
flats or parcels, do not sack prior to
containerizing the mail. Place any
remaining handling units on a second
container, or when applicable, separate
as follows. Prepare container (pallet)
placards using the column C ‘‘Label to’’
information in L604 (L603 for parcels).
When the origin NDC is Chicago,
Cincinnati, St. Louis or San Francisco,
use Labeling List L604 (L603 for parcels)
to separate the remaining mail into two
directionally-based containers which
will route residue mail either east or
west (Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint
Louis) or north or south (San Francisco)
as needed from origin. Prepare container
placards using the column C ‘‘Label to’’
information in L604 or L603. There is
no minimum load threshold for this
separation.
Periodicals
Local Surface Transport: Required for
letters, flats and parcels. For bundles of
flats or parcels, do not sack prior to
palletizing the mail. Separate all
handling units destinating in the surface
transportation network area of the origin
entry site from the rest of the mailing.
Use column B of Labeling List L201 to
determine the ZIP Codes in the surface
transportation area of the origin site.
Handling units must be placed in
containers. Prepare container (pallet)
placards using the column C ‘‘Label to’’
information in L201. There is no
minimum load threshold for this
separation.
Extended Surface Network: Required
for letters, flats and parcels. For bundles
of flats or parcels, do not sack prior to
containerizing the mail. Place any
remaining handling units on a second
container. Use column A of Labeling
List L009 to determine the location for
Periodicals piece processing based on
the origin entry point. Prepare container
(pallet) placards using the column B
E:\FR\FM\14MRP2.SGM
14MRP2
13705
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
‘‘Label to’’ information in L009. There is
no minimum load threshold for this
separation.
Palletization Required When Possible
Current standards for containerization
of nonpalletized mailings are
determined by mailpiece shape. Letters
are placed in trays, flats are bundled
and placed in sacks or flat trays (tubs)
or placed loose in flat trays and parcels
are bedloaded or placed in sacks.
Under these proposed standards,
trays, bundles or parcels that cannot be
prepared on a direct pallet must be
placed on the appropriate pallet for the
Origin NDC, Local Surface Transport,
Tier Two Network or Extended Surface
Network, when the volume reaches one
hundred and fifty (150) pounds or 36
linear feet of trays for each pallet.
Mailers may optionally make pallets
with less than 150 pounds, or 36 linear
feet of trays, for these separations.
Mailers choosing not to make pallets
weighing less than 150 pounds, or who
are unable to palletize, must prepare
bundles in flat trays or approved
alternate containers in accordance with
applicable preparation standards.
The Postal Service does not currently
provide a container price applicable to
Periodicals bundles placed directly on
mixed ADC pallets or equivalent
containers. The Postal Service is
currently considering this matter and
expects to introduce a price for mixed
ADC containers as a separate initiative
prior to the implementation of the final
standards.
These new proposed requirements
will apply to all origin or destination
entered mailings. For mailers who are
unable to palletize flats or parcels, the
Postal Service proposes to require the
use of flat trays (tubs) or approved
alternate containers when performing
the separations described in this
proposed rule or under current DMM
standards. The use of flat trays (tubs) or
alternate containers will afford mailers
more flexibility in how mail is
presented at origin or destination entry
points. Alternatives to the use of flat
trays may be approved by the local plant
manager or designee.
Mailers of flats, or parcels presorted to
a 3-digit ZIP Code or less finely, who do
not palletize must use flat trays (tubs) in
lieu of sacking. Flat trays must also be
used for all presort levels (except 5digit, 5-digit scheme and carrier route
separations of parcels) being deposited
at origin or destination entry points.
Lids will not be required on origin entry
3-digit and SCF, origin NDC, tier 2
network, local surface transport and
extended surface network flat trays
only. These proposed preparation
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:11 Mar 11, 2011
Jkt 223001
standards will provide for a reduction of
sack handling and the expedited
processing of individual pieces, and
will result in increased efficiencies and
improved service.
Optional Requirement—Origin SCF
Separation
For the purpose of this proposed rule,
separation means the creation of an
additional container of residual
mailpieces, after all other required
separations have been made, for the
origin sectional center facility (SCF) or
for each of the 3-digit ZIP Codes of the
origin SCF. Current standards require
mailers of commercial First-Class Mail®
and Periodicals letters and flats to
separately prepare trays or bundles for
mailpieces destinating within the SCF
servicing the facility where the mail is
verified (origin). Origin SCF (or origin 3digit) separations are optional for other
mail classes and shapes. The Postal
Service proposes to extend the option
for mailers to make such origin SCF
separations for all classes and shapes of
mailpieces.
In this proposal segregation means
physical removal of the separated
containers from the remainder of the
mailing and separately placing them
into transport units, placing them in a
conspicuous location on top of the
origin SCF pallet, or otherwise
presenting them separately to USPS
acceptance personnel. In order to
improve the identification and
processing of these mailpieces, the
Postal Service is proposing to require
mailers of all commercial mail (letters,
flats and parcels) to segregate origin SCF
separations (and finer sortation levels)
containers, bundles or parcels from the
remainder of the mailing. This
requirement will apply to all required
separations and to all optional
separations (whenever the mailer
chooses to make that separation). This
new requirement should improve
service by preventing mailpieces for the
processing plant’s service area from
being transported to another processing
facility prior to delivery.
Other Proposed Mail Preparation
Changes
There are no current mail preparation
standards pertaining to barcoded tray
labels for Library Mail and Media Mail.
This proposed rule will establish such
standards. We have eliminated
standards for the use of 1-inch sack
labels for all types of mail. These labels
are no longer supported by USPS
Engineering, their use in the field
should be limited, and equipment
compatible with the use of 2-inch labels
is widely available. We are also
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
proposing to revise language in DMM
705.10.1 to align with other standards
that specify that nonmachinable flat-size
Periodicals prepared under 707.26
cannot be merged with machinable flats.
We also are eliminating the option for
mailers to place mixed ADC or mixed
AADC bundles, sacks or trays on
auxiliary service facility (ASF) or NDC
pallets. Changes in processing at these
facilities no longer make this option
practical.
Although the Postal Service is exempt
from the notice and comment
requirements of the Administrative
Procedure Act (5 U.S.C. of 553(b), (c))
regarding proposed rulemaking by
operation of 39 U.S.C. 410(a), we invite
public comments on the following
proposed revisions to Mailing Standards
of the United States Postal Service,
Domestic Mail Manual (DMM),
incorporated by reference in the Code of
Federal Regulations. See 39 CFR 111.1.
List of Subjects in 39 CFR Part 111
Administrative practice and
procedure, Postal Service.
Accordingly, 39 CFR part 111 is
proposed to be amended as follows:
PART 111—[AMENDED]
1. The authority citation for 39 CFR
part 111 continues to read as follows:
Authority: 5 U.S.C. 552(a); 13 U.S.C. 301–
307; 18 U.S.C. 1692–1737; 39 U.S.C. 101,
401, 403, 404, 414, 416, 3001–3011, 3201–
3219, 3403–3406, 3621, 3622, 3626, 3632,
3633, and 5001.
2. Revise the following sections of
Mailing Standards of the United States
Postal Service, Domestic Mail Manual
(DMM), as follows:
*
*
*
*
*
200 Commercial Mail Letters and
Cards
*
*
*
*
230
First-Class Mail
*
*
*
*
*
*
235
Mail Preparation
*
*
3.0
Letter Trays
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
3.3
Letter Tray Preparation
*
Letter trays are prepared as follows:
*
*
*
*
[Revise the last sentence of 3.3c as
follows:]
c. * * * Except for 3-digit/scheme
trays destined within the origin/entry
SCF, mailers may optionally move any
pieces remaining to the next higher
*
E:\FR\FM\14MRP2.SGM
14MRP2
13706
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules
presort level at which there is a
minimum quantity (e.g., 150 pieces).
*
*
*
*
*
[Delete 3.6, Origin/Entry 3_Digit/
Scheme Trays, in its entirety.]
*
*
*
*
*
5.0
Preparing Nonautomation Letters
*
*
5.2
Machinable Preparation
*
*
5.2.2
*
*
*
*
*
*
Traying and Labeling
[Revise the introductory paragraph of
5.2.2 as follows:]
Mailers must segregate trays destined
within the origin/entry SCF under
236.1.5. Preparation sequence, tray size,
and labeling:
[Revise 5.2.2a as follows:]
a. Origin/entry 3-digit/scheme
(required); separate trays required for
each 3-digit/scheme ZIP Code within
the origin/entry SCF; no minimum piece
requirement; one less-than-full tray
permitted for each 3-digit/scheme;
labeling:
1. Line 1: L002, Column B.
2. Line 2: ‘‘FCM LTR 3D MACH.’’
*
*
*
*
*
5.3
Nonmachinable Preparation
*
*
5.3.2
*
*
*
Traying and Labeling
[Revise the introductory paragraph of
5.3.2 as follows:]
Mailers must segregate trays destined
within the origin/entry SCF under
236.1.5. Preparation sequence, tray size,
and labeling:
*
*
*
*
*
[Resequence current items 5.3.2b
through d as the new c through e, and
add a new item b as follows:]
b. Origin/entry 3-digit; required; no
minimum piece requirement; one lessthan-full tray for each origin/entry 3digit; labeling:
1. Line 1: L002, Column A.
2. Line 2: ‘‘FCM LTR 3D MANUAL.’’
[Revise the opening sentence only of
resequenced 5.3.2c as follows:]
c. 3-digit (required); full trays (no
overflow); labeling:
*
*
*
*
*
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
6.0
Preparing Automation Letters
*
*
6.6
Tray Preparation
*
*
*
[Revise the introductory paragraph of
6.6 as follows:]
Except for origin/entry 3-digit/scheme
trays, mailers may place fewer than 150
overflow pieces in the next tray level
when a tray of 150 or more pieces can
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:11 Mar 11, 2011
Jkt 223001
be made. Mailers must segregate trays
destined within the origin/entry SCF
under 236.1.5. Mailers must note these
trays on standardized documentation
(see 708.1.2). Pieces placed in the next
tray level must be grouped by
destination and placed in the front or
back of that tray. Mailers may use this
option selectively for 3-digit and AADC
ZIP Codes. Preparation sequence and
Line 1 labeling:
[Revise item 6.6a as follows:]
a. 5-digit/scheme (see 1.4e): optional,
but required for 5-digit price (150-piece
minimum); overflow allowed; when
making these separations.
1. For 5-digit scheme trays, use
destination shown in the current USPS
City State Product.
2. For 5-digit trays, use city, state, and
5-digit ZIP Code destination on pieces
(see 4.0 for overseas military mail).
[Resequence current items 6.6b
through d as the new c through e, and
add a new item b as follows:]
b. Origin/entry 3-digit; required;
separate trays required for each origin 3digit/scheme, no minimum; one lessthan-full tray allowed for each 3-digit/
scheme; for Line 1, use L002, Column B.
[Revise resequenced 6.6c as follows:]
c. 3-digit/scheme: Optional, but
required for 3-digit price (150-piece
minimum); overflow allowed; for Line
1, use L002, Column B.
*
*
*
*
*
6.8
Presentation
[Revise 6.8 as follows:]
Mailers must present all mixed AADC
trays together when presenting mailings
for USPS verification. Mixed AADC
trays must either be adjacent to one
another, and must be placed as the top
layer(s) on any container; or may be
placed immediately below origin/entry
5-digit or 3-digit/scheme trays, when
segregated under 236.1.5.
Containerization instructions for FirstClass Mail letters and cards may be
established by local USPS managers.
with 235.0 and segregated from the
remainder of the mailing by one of these
methods: Separately containerize the
trays; place the trays in a conspicuous
location on top of origin SCF pallet or
other container; or present them
separately to acceptance personnel.
*
*
*
*
*
240
Standard Mail
*
*
245
Mail Preparation
*
*
*
*
[Add a new 1.5 to reference required
palletization as follows:]
1.5 Required Pallet Preparation
Mailers must prepare pallets under
705.8 when they have at least 72 linear
feet of trays to a presort destination. If
a mailer is unable to palletize, mail
must be separated and placed in
approved alternate containers.
*
*
*
*
*
3.0
Letter Trays
*
*
5.0
Preparing Nonautomation Letters
*
Machinable Preparation
*
5.3.2
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
*
5.3
*
PO 00000
*
*
Enter and Deposit
Mailers must make all required, and
may make any optional, origin/entry 3digit (scheme) and origin/entry 5-digit
(scheme) separations destinating in the
service area of the SCF serving the Post
Office where the mail is verified, or the
service area of the SCF/plant where mail
is entered. For all such separations
mailpieces must be trayed in accordance
*
3.3 Letter Tray Preparation
Letter trays are prepared as follows:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise the third sentence of 3.3c as
follows:]
c. * * * Except for 3-digit/scheme
trays destined within the origin/entry
SCF, mailers may optionally move any
pieces remaining to the next higher
presort level at which there is a
minimum quantity (e.g., 150 pieces).
*
*
*
*
*
[Delete 3.6, Origin/Entry 3-Digit/
Scheme Tray, in its entirety.]
*
*
*
*
*
Deposit
1.5 Segregation of Trays for the
Origin/Entry SCF
*
*
1.0
*
*
*
*
[Add a new 1.5 as follows:]
*
1.0 General Information for Mail
Preparation
236
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
Traying and Labeling
[Revise the introductory paragraph of
5.3.2 by adding a new second sentence
as follows:]
* * * Mailers must segregate trays
destined within the origin/entry SCF
under 246.1.3. * * *
*
*
*
*
*
5.4
Nonmachinable Preparation
*
*
5.4.2
*
*
*
Traying and Labeling
[Revise the introductory sentence of
5.4.2 as follows:]
E:\FR\FM\14MRP2.SGM
14MRP2
13707
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules
Overflow trays are not allowed.
Mailers must segregate trays destined
within the origin/entry SCF under
246.1.3. Preparation sequence, tray size,
and labeling:
*
*
*
*
*
[Resequence current items 5.4.2b
through d as the new c through e and
add new item b as follows:]
b. Origin/entry 3-digit (optional);
separate trays required for each origin 3digit ZIP Code; no minimum piece
requirement; one less-than-full tray for
each origin/entry 3-digit; when making
these separations; labeling:
1. Line 1: L002, Column A.
2. Line 2: ‘‘STD LTR 3D MANUAL.’’
[Revise resequenced 5.4.2c as
follows:]
c. 3-digit (required); 150-piece
minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L002, Column A.
2. Line 2: ‘‘STD LTR 3D MANUAL.’’
*
*
*
*
*
6.0 Preparing Enhanced Carrier Route
Letters
*
*
6.6
General Traying and Labeling
*
*
*
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
[Revise the introductory paragraph of
6.6 as follows:]
For all mailings containing any ECR
letters over 3 ounces and all mailings of
nonautomation ECR letters, prepare
trays as explained below. Mailers must
segregate trays destined within the
origin/entry SCF under 246.1.3. Prepare
letters with simplified addresses in
separate trays from pieces with other
forms of addressing. For ECR barcoded
automation-compatible letters that
weigh up to 3 ounces, prepare trays
under 6.7. Preparation sequence, tray
size, and labeling:
[Revise the opening paragraphs only
of items 6.6a through c as follows:]
a. Carrier route: Required; full trays
only, no overflow.
*
*
*
*
*
b. 5-digit carrier routes: Required if
full tray, optional with minimum one
10-piece bundle.
*
*
*
*
*
c. 3-digit carrier routes: Optional with
minimum one 10-piece bundle for each
of two or more 5-digit areas.
*
*
*
*
*
6.7 Traying and Labeling for
Automation-Compatible ECR Letters
[Add a new seventh sentence to the
introductory paragraph of 6.7 as
follows:]
* * * Mailers must segregate trays
destined within the origin/entry SCF
under 246.1.3. * * *
*
*
*
*
*
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:11 Mar 11, 2011
Jkt 223001
7.0
Preparing Automation Letters
*
*
*
*
*
7.5 Tray Preparation
[Revise the introductory text of 7.5 as
follows:]
Instead of preparing overflow trays
with fewer than 150 pieces, mailers may
include these pieces in an existing
qualified tray of at least 150 or more
pieces at the next tray level. (For
example, 30 overflow 5-digit pieces for
20260 may be added to a qualified 3digit tray (prefix 202) and the overflow
5-digit pieces will qualify for the 5-digit
price.) Pieces that are placed in the next
tray level must be grouped by
destination and placed in the front or
back of that tray. This option does not
apply to origin/entry 3-digit/scheme
trays. When making 5-digit/scheme and
origin 3-digit/scheme trays, mailers
must segregate trays destined within the
origin/entry SCF as described in 246.1.3
Preparation sequence, tray size, and
Line 1 labeling:
*
*
*
*
*
[Resequence current items 7.5b
through d as the new c through e, and
add new item b as follows:]
b. Origin 3-digit/scheme; optional;
separate trays required for each origin 3digit/scheme; no minimum piece
requirement; one less-than-full tray for
each origin/entry 3-digit; for Line 1, use
L002, Column B.
[Revise resequenced 7.5c as follows:]
c. 3-digit/scheme; optional, but
required for 3-digit price (150-piece
minimum); overflow allowed; for Line
1, use L002, Column B.
*
*
*
*
*
7.7 Presentation
[Revise 7.7 as follows:]
Mailers must present all mixed AADC
trays together for USPS verification,
placed as the top layer(s) on any given
container, or immediately below origin/
entry carrier route, 5-digit/scheme or 3digit/scheme trays, when segregated
under 246.1.3.
*
*
*
*
*
246
Enter and Deposit
1.0
Presenting a Mailing
*
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Commercial Flats
*
*
330
First-Class Mail
*
*
335
Mail Preparation
*
*
3.0
Flat Trays
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
[Delete 3.6, Origin/Entry 3–Digit/
Scheme Trays, in its entirety.]
*
*
*
*
*
5.0 Preparation of Nonautomation
Flats
*
*
*
*
*
5.5 Traying and Labeling
[Revise the introductory paragraph of
5.5 as follows:]
Mailers must segregate trays destined
within the origin/entry SCF under
336.1.5. Preparation sequence and
labeling:
*
*
*
*
*
[Resequence current items 5.5 b
through d as the new c through e, and
add a new item b as follows:
b. Origin/entry 3-digit (required);
separate trays required for each origin 3digit ZIP Code; no minimum piece
requirement; one less-than-full tray for
each origin/entry 3-digit; mailers must
segregate trays destined within the
origin/entry SCF under 336.1.5;
labeling:
1. Line 1: L002, Column A.
2. Line 2: ‘‘FCM FLTS 3D NON BC.’’
[Revise the opening paragraph of
resequenced 5.5c as follows:]
c. 3-digit (required); full trays (no
overflow); labeling:
*
*
*
*
*
*
1.3 Segregation of Origin SCF Trays
Mailers must make all required, and
may make any optional, origin/entry
carrier routes, 5-digit (scheme) and 3digit (scheme) separations destinating in
the service area of the SCF serving the
Post Office where the mail is verified, or
the service area of the SCF/plant where
mail is entered. For all origin/entry
Frm 00005
300
6.0 Preparation of Automation Flats
*
*
*
*
[Add a new 1.3 as follows:]
PO 00000
separations made, mailpieces must be
trayed under 245.3.0 and segregated
from the remainder of the mailing by
one of these methods: separately
containerize the trays; place the trays in
a conspicuous location on top of origin
SCF pallet or other container; or present
them separately to acceptance
personnel.
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
6.5 First-Class Mail Required BundleBased Preparation
*
*
*
*
*
6.5.2 Traying and Labeling
[Revise the introductory paragraph of
6.5.2 as follows:]
Mailers must segregate trays destined
within the origin/entry SCF under
E:\FR\FM\14MRP2.SGM
14MRP2
13708
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules
scheme or 5-digit flat tray or approved
alternate container under 705.10.0.
336.1.5. Preparation sequence and
labeling:
*
*
*
*
*
6.6 First-Class Mail Optional TrayBased Preparation
[Revise the opening paragraph of 6.6
as follows:]
Mailers must segregate trays destined
within the origin/entry SCF under
336.1.5. Preparation, sequence, and Line
1 labeling:
*
*
*
*
*
336
Enter and Deposit
1.0
Deposit
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 1.0 by adding a new 1.5 as
follows:]
1.5
Segregation of Origin SCF Trays
Mailers must make all required, and
may make any optional, origin/entry 3digit (scheme) and origin/entry 5-digit
(scheme) separations destinating in the
service area of the SCF serving the Post
Office where the mail is verified, or the
service area of the SCF/plant where mail
is entered. For all such separations,
mailpieces must be trayed or placed in
alternate containers under 335.0 and
segregated from the remainder of the
mailing by one of these methods:
separately containerize the trays; place
the trays in a conspicuous location on
top of origin SCF pallet or other
container; or present them separately to
acceptance personnel.
*
*
*
*
*
340
Standard Mail
343
Prices and Eligibility
*
*
*
*
*
5.0 Additional Eligibility Standards
for Nonautomation Standard Mail Flats
*
5.3
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
*
*
*
5-Digit Prices for Flats
17:11 Mar 11, 2011
5.5 ADC Prices for Flats
ADC prices apply to flat-size pieces:
[Revise items 5.5a and b as follows:]
a. In a 5-digit/scheme, 3-digit/scheme,
or ADC bundle of 10 or more pieces
placed in an ADC flat tray or approved
alternate container of at least 125 pieces
or 15 pounds of pieces. Eligibility is also
met by placing at least 125 pieces or 15
pounds per destination in more than
one flat tray when the flat trays are full,
according to 345.1.4e.
b. In a 3-digit/scheme origin/entry flat
tray or approved alternate container.
*
*
*
*
*
5.6 Mixed ADC Prices for Flats
[Revise 5.6 as follows:]
Mixed ADC prices apply to flat-size
pieces in bundles that do not qualify for
5-digit, 3-digit, or ADC prices.
*
*
*
*
*
6.0 Additional Eligibility Standards
for Enhanced Carrier Route Standard
Mail Flats
*
*
*
*
*
6.3 Basic Price Enhanced Carrier
Route Standards
*
The 5-digit price applies to flat-size
pieces:
[Revise 5.3a as follows:]
a. In a 5-digit/scheme bundle of 10 or
more pieces, or 15 or more pieces, as
applicable; placed in a 5-digit/scheme
flat tray or approved alternate container
containing at least 125 pieces or 15
pounds of pieces. Eligibility is also met
by placing at least 125 pieces or 15
pounds per destination in more than
one flat tray when the flat trays are full,
according to 345.1.4e.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 5.3c as follows:]
c. In a 5-digit bundle of 10 or more
pieces, or 15 or more pieces, as
applicable; placed in a merged 5-digit/
VerDate Mar<15>2010
5.4 3-Digit Prices for Flats
The 3-digit price applies to flat-size
pieces:
[Revise 5.4a as follows:]
a. In a 5-digit/scheme bundle of 10 or
more pieces, or 15 or more pieces, as
applicable, or in a 3-digit/scheme
bundle of 10 or more pieces; placed in
a 3-digit flat tray or approved alternate
container of at least 125 pieces or 15
pounds of pieces. Eligibility is also met
by placing at least 125 pieces or 15
pounds per destination in more than
one flat tray when the flat trays are full,
according to 345.1.4e.
*
*
*
*
*
Jkt 223001
*
*
*
*
*
6.3.2 Basic Price Eligibility
Basic prices apply to each piece in a
carrier route bundle of 10 or more
pieces that is:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise items 6.3.2b through d as
follows:]
b. Placed in a carrier route flat tray or
approved alternate container containing
at least 125 pieces or 15 pounds of
pieces. Eligibility is also met by placing
at least 125 pieces or 15 pounds per
destination in more than one flat tray
when the flat trays are full, according to
345.1.4e.
c. Placed in a merged 5-digit scheme,
5-digit scheme carrier routes, merged 5-
PO 00000
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
digit, or 5-digit carrier routes flat trays
or approved alternate containers.
d. Entered at a destination delivery
unit as untrayed or uncontainerized
bundles, under 345.2.0 and 346.5.0.
*
*
*
*
*
6.4 High Density Enhanced Carrier
Route Standards
*
*
*
*
*
6.4.2 High Density Prices for Flats
High density prices apply to each
piece in a carrier route bundle of 10 or
more pieces that is:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise items 6.4.2b and c as follows:]
b. Placed in a carrier route flat tray or
approved alternate container containing
at least 125 pieces or 15 pounds of
pieces. Eligibility is also met by placing
at least 125 pieces or 15 pounds per
destination in more than one flat tray
when the flat trays are full, according to
345.1.4e.
c. Placed in a merged 5-digit scheme,
5-digit scheme carrier routes, merged 5digit, or 5-digit carrier routes flat tray or
approved alternate container.
*
*
*
*
*
6.5 Saturation Enhanced Carrier
Route Standards
*
*
*
*
*
6.5.2 Saturation Prices for Flats
Saturation prices apply to each piece
in a carrier route bundle of 10 or more
pieces that is:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise items 6.5.2b and c as follows:]
b. Placed in a carrier route flat tray or
approved alternate container containing
at least 125 pieces or 15 pounds of
pieces. Eligibility is also met by placing
at least 125 pieces or 15 pounds per
destination in more than one flat tray
when the flat trays are full, according to
345.1.4e.
c. Placed in a merged 5-digit scheme,
5-digit scheme carrier routes, merged
5-digit, or 5-digit carrier routes flat tray
or approved alternate container.
*
*
*
*
*
345
Mail Preparation
1.0 General Information for Mail
Preparation
*
*
*
*
*
1.3 Terms for Presort Levels
Terms used for presort levels are
defined as follows:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise items 1.3c through 1.3h as
follows:]
c. 5-digit scheme (bundles, flat trays
or approved alternate containers) for
E:\FR\FM\14MRP2.SGM
14MRP2
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules
flats meeting the automation standards
in 301.3.0: The delivery ZIP Code on all
pieces is one of the 5-digit ZIP Code
areas in as a single scheme, as shown in
L007.
d. 5-digit scheme carrier routes
(pallets, flat trays or approved alternate
containers) for Standard Mail flats: The
delivery ZIP Code on all pieces in
carrier route bundles is one of the
5-digit ZIP Codes processed by the
USPS as a single scheme, as shown in
L001.
e. Merged 5-digit trays: The carrier
route bundles and 5-digit bundles, in a
flat tray or approved alternate container,
are all for a 5-digit ZIP Code that has an
‘‘A’’ or ‘‘C’’ indicator in the Carrier Route
Indicators field in the City State
Product.
f. Merged 5-digit pallet: Contains
carrier route bundles and noncarrier
route 5-digit bundles.
g. Merged 5-digit scheme trays: The
5-digit ZIP Codes on pieces in carrier
route bundles and 5-digit bundles in a
flat tray or approved alternate container
are all for 5-digit ZIP Codes that are part
of a single scheme as shown in L001,
and the 5-digit bundles also are for
5-digit ZIP Codes that have an ‘‘A’’ or ‘‘C’’
indicator in the Carrier Route Indicators
field in the City State Product.
h. Merged 5-digit scheme pallet:
Contains carrier route bundles and
noncarrier route bundles for those
5-digit ZIP Codes that are part of a
single scheme under L001.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise the second sentence of 1.3k as
follows:]
k. * * * These separations are
optional, but mailers making these
separations must segregate trays for each
3-digit area under 346.1.3.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 1.3m as follows:]
m. Origin/entry SCF: The separation
includes bundles for one or more 3-digit
areas served by the same sectional
center facility (SCF) (see L005) in whose
service area the mail is verified/entered.
Mailpieces may be separated for each
such 3-digit area regardless of the
volume of mail. Mailers making these
separations must segregate trays,
approved alternate containers or pallets
from the remainder of the mailing under
346.1.3.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 1.3q as follows:]
q. Residual pieces/bundles/trays/
alternate containers: Contain mail
remaining after completion of a presort
sequence. Residual mail lacks the
volume for preparation to a particular
destination.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:11 Mar 11, 2011
Jkt 223001
1.4 Preparation Definitions and
Instructions
For purposes of preparing mail:
*
*
*
*
*
[Delete current items 1.4e through t in
their entirety and replace with new e
through u as follows:]
e. A full flat tray is one that is
physically full. Although a specific
minimum volume of at least one stack
of mail lying flat on the bottom of the
tray and filling the tray to the bottom of
the handholds is required for a tray
prepared to a presort destination, trays
must be filled with additional available
pieces (up to the reasonable capacity of
the tray) when standards require full
trays.
f. A less-than-full flat tray is one that
contains flats for the same destination
regardless of quantity or whether a full
tray was also prepared for that
destination.
g. An approved alternate container is
a container authorized by the USPS
instead of a flat tray (tub) or pallet, for
the handling and transport of bundled
flat-size mailpieces or parcels. Alternate
containers could include sacks, other
USPS mail transport equipment, or
mailer-supplied containers.
h. A 5-digit scheme sort for flats
meeting the standards in 301.3.0 is
defined in 1.3c. When standards require
5-digit/scheme sort, mailers must
prepare all possible 5-digit scheme
bundles, flat trays or approved alternate
containers, then prepare all possible
5-digit bundles, flat trays or alternate
containers. Label bundles using an
optional endorsement line (OEL) under
708.7.0 or with a red ‘‘5 SCH’’ bundle
label. Place bundles in appropriate
containers using the OEL ‘‘label to’’
5-digit ZIP Code or using L007 column
B.
i. A 5-digit scheme carrier routes sort
is defined in 1.3d. Flat trays, alternate
containers or pallets labeled to a 5-digit
scheme carrier routes destination that
contain bundles for only one of the
5-digit areas are considered to be sorted
to 5-digit scheme carrier routes.
Preparation of 5-digit scheme carrier
routes trays or pallets must be done for
all 5-digit scheme destinations.
j. A merged 5-digit sort is an optional
sort for Standard Mail flats in flat trays
or alternate containers and is defined in
1.3e. If preparation of merged 5-digit
trays is performed, it must be done for
all 5-digit ZIP Code destinations with an
‘‘A’’ or ‘‘C’’ indicator in the Carrier Route
Indicators field in the City State
Product.
k. The merged 5-digit sort is optional
for bundles of Standard Mail flats
prepared on pallets under 705.10 and is
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
13709
defined in 1.3f. Pallets labeled to a
merged 5-digit destination that contain
only a single price level of bundle(s) are
considered to be merged 5-digit sorted.
l. A merged 5-digit scheme sort for
Standard Mail flats prepared in flat
trays or approved alternate containers
under 705.10.0 is defined in 1.3g. Trays
or alternate containers labeled to a
merged 5-digit scheme destination that
contain only a single price level of
bundle(s) or bundles for only one of the
schemed 5-digit ZIP Codes are
considered to be merged 5-digit scheme
sorted.
m. A merged 5-digit scheme sort for
bundles of Standard Mail flats on
pallets under 705.8.0, 705.10.0,
705.12.0, or 705.13.0 is defined in 1.3h.
Pallets labeled to a merged 5-digit
scheme destination that contain only a
single price level of bundle(s) or
bundles for only one of the 5-digit ZIP
Codes are considered to be merged
5-digit sorted. If preparation of merged
5-digit scheme pallets is performed, it
must be done for all 5-digit scheme
destinations in L001.
n. A 3-digit scheme sort for bundles
of flats meeting the standards in 301.3.0
is defined in 1.3j. When standards
require 3-digit/scheme sort for flats,
mailers must prepare all possible 3-digit
scheme bundles of flats, then prepare all
possible 3-digit bundles. Label bundles
using an optional endorsement line
(OEL) under 708.7.0 or with a green
‘‘3SCH’’ bundle label. Place bundles in
appropriate containers using the OEL
‘‘label to’’ 3-digit ZIP Code or using L008
column B.
o. An origin 3-digit (or origin 3-digit
scheme) tray contains all mail
(regardless of quantity) for a 3-digit ZIP
Code (or 3-digit scheme) area processed
by the SCF in whose service area the
mail is verified. A separate tray may be
prepared for each 3-digit ZIP Code (or
3-digit scheme) area.
p. The required at [quantity]
instruction means that the particular
unit must be prepared for the
corresponding presort level whenever
the specified quantity of mail is reached
or exceeded, up to the maximum size or
weight.
q. The optional at [quantity]
instruction means that the particular
unit may be prepared for the
corresponding presort level whenever
the specified quantity is reached or
exceeded, up to the maximum size or
weight.
r. Entry [facility] (or origin [facility])
refers to the USPS mail processing
facility (e.g., ‘‘entry NDC’’) that serves
the Post Office at which the mail is
entered by the mailer. If the Post Office
where the mail is entered is not the one
E:\FR\FM\14MRP2.SGM
14MRP2
13710
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules
serving the mailer’s location (e.g., for
plant-verified drop shipment), the Post
Office of entry determines the entry
facility. Entry SCF includes both single3-digit and multi-3-digit SCFs. Entry
NDC includes subordinate ASFs unless
otherwise specified.
s. A bundle is a group of addressed
pieces secured together as a unit.
Bundle preparation is described in 2.0.
t. A ‘‘logical’’ presort destination
represents the total number of pieces
that are eligible for a specific presort
level but which might not be contained
in a single bundle or in a single flat tray,
approved alternate container or pallet
due to preparation requirements or the
size of the individual pieces. For
example, there may be 42 mailpieces for
ZIP Code 43112 forming a ‘‘logical’’
5-digit bundle, and the pieces are
prepared in three physical 5-digit
bundles.
u. Cobundling is an alternate
preparation method available under
705.11.0 for Standard Mail that allows
the combining of flat-size automation
price and Presorted price pieces within
the same bundle under the single
minimum bundle size requirement.
Regardless of the class of mail, pieces
may not be combined in more than one
physical bundle for each logical presort
destination unless presented using an
approved manifest mailing system
under 705.2.0.
[Revise title and text of 1.5 as follows:]
1.5
Required Pallet Preparation
Mailers must prepare pallets under
705.8 when they have reached the
minimum loads described in 705.8.5.3.
If a mailer is unable to palletize, mail
must be separated and placed in flat
trays or approved alternate containers.
*
*
*
*
*
Bundles
*
*
2.2
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
2.0
Address Visibility
*
*
*
* * * This standard does not apply to
the following:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise items 2.2b and c as follows:]
b. Bundles placed in or on 5-digit or
5-digit scheme (L001) flat trays,
alternate containers or pallets.
c. Bundles placed in carrier route(s)
flat trays or alternate containers.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise title of 2.6 and text of the
introductory sentence as follows:]
2.6 Preparing Bundles in Flat Trays or
Alternate Containers
In addition to the standards in 2.5,
mailers must prepare bundles in flat
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:11 Mar 11, 2011
Jkt 223001
[Delete 3.6, Strapping Exception, in its
trays or approved alternate containers as
entirety.]
follows:
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise title and introductory sentence
[Revise title of 4.0 as follows:]
only of 2.7 as follows:]
4.0 Tray Labels
2.7 Additional Standards for
4.1 Basic Standards
Untrayed Bundles Entered at DDU
[Revise 4.1 as follows:]
Facilities
Tray labels are subject to the
Mailers may enter untrayed,
following:
nonpalletized bundles of flat-size pieces
a. Labels for flat trays or approved
at destination delivery units (DDUs) if
alternate containers for automation
all the following conditions are met:
mailings are subject to 4.9 and 708.6.5.
*
*
*
*
*
b. Only legible labels, including hand
written labels, are acceptable. Machine2.9 Pieces With Simplified Address
printed labels (available from the USPS)
[Revise the last sentence of 2.9 as
ensure legibility.
follows:]
c. Intelligent Mail tray labels are
* * * Bundles must be secure and
subject to the standards in 708.6.5 and
stable subject to weight limits in 705.8.0 to the specifications posted at https://
if placed on pallets, and other limits in
ribbs.usps.gov.
2.6 if placed in trays or alternate
*
*
*
*
*
containers.
[Delete 4.7, Sack Label, in its entirety,
*
*
*
*
*
and renumber current items 4.8 and 4.9
[Revise title of 3.0 as follows:]
as the new 4.7 and 4.8.]
3.0 Trays and Alternate Containers
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise the title of renumbered 4.8
3.1 Standard Containers
and text of the introductory sentence
[Revise the first sentence of the
only as follows:]
introductory paragraph of 3.1 as
4.8 Use of Barcoded Tray Labels
follows:]
If mailers are unable to palletize,
Exhibit 4.8 shows the types of mail
mailings must be prepared in flat trays
requiring barcoded tray labels. Barcoded
or approved alternate containers except
labels must meet these general
as permitted in letter trays under 3.4
standards:
and under other standards in this
*
*
*
*
*
section. * * *
[Revise renumbered items 4.8d and e
*
*
*
*
*
as follows:]
[Revise title and text of 3.2 as follows:]
d. Mailers must insert a barcoded
label completely into the label holder on
3.2 Tray Preparation
the tray or alternate container.
Tray and alternate container
e. Intelligent Mail tray labels must be
preparation is subject to these
used on all trays and alternate container
standards:
for mailings entered under the fulla. Each tray or alternate container
service Intelligent Mail automation
must bear the correct tray label.
option.
b. The weight of a tray, or alternate
Exhibit 4.9 Required Barcoded
container, and its content must not
Container Labels
exceed 70 pounds.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise the ‘‘price or type’’ description
in the second row of Exhibit 4.9 to
3.4 Preparing Flats in Letter Trays
replace the word ‘‘cosacked’’ with
[Revise the introductory paragraph of ‘‘cotrayed’’ under Standard Mail as
3.4f as follows:]
follows:]
Standard Mail flat-size pieces may be
PRICE OR TYPE
prepared in letter trays instead of flat
trays only if the following standards are Standard Mail
met:
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
Cobundled and Cotrayed Under 705.9.0
[Revise 3.4f as follows:]
Through 705.13.0
f. All pieces in the mailing must be
*
*
*
*
*
placed in letter trays on pallets,
separated by presort destination when
5.0 Preparing Nonautomation Flats
the required minimum pallet load in
5.1 Basic Standards
705.8.5.3 cannot be met.
*
PO 00000
*
*
Frm 00008
*
Fmt 4701
*
Sfmt 4702
*
E:\FR\FM\14MRP2.SGM
*
*
14MRP2
*
*
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules
b. All pieces must meet the applicable
general preparation standards in 1.0
through 4.0 and the following:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 5.1b2 as follows:]
2. All pieces must be in the flat-size
processing category and must be
bundled and placed on pallets, or
bundled and placed in flat trays or
approved alternate containers. Certain
flat-size pieces may be prepared in letter
trays under 3.0.
*
*
*
*
*
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
5.2 Required Bundling
[Revise the first sentence of 5.2 as
follows:]
Bundling is required before placing
flats on pallets, in flat trays or alternate
containers. * * *
*
*
*
*
*
[Delete current 5.4, Loose Packing, in
its entirety and renumber current items
5.5 through 5.9 as the new 5.4 through
5.8:]
[Revise title of renumbered 5.4 as
follows:]
f. Tier 2 Network (required); no
minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L604, Column C.
2. Line 2: ‘‘STD FLTS NON BC WKG.’’
g. Tier 2 Network (required for
specified acceptance locations); if the
origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or
Saint Louis, use Labeling List L604 to
separate the remaining mail into two
east or west directionally-based
containers; if the origin NDC is San
Francisco, use Labeling List L604 to
separate the remaining mail into two
north or south directionally-based
containers; no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L604, Column C.
2. Line 2: ‘‘STD FLTS NON BC WKG.’’
*
*
*
*
*
[Resequence numbered items 5.7 and
5.8 as the new 5.8 and 5.9 and add a
new 5.7 as follows:]
5.7 Containerization—Flat Tray
Preparation and Labeling
Mailers must prepare bundles on
pallets under 705.8.0 when minimum
volume is available for a required pallet
level. Mailers who are unable to
5.4 Required Traying
palletize, or mailers of small volume
[Revise the introductory paragraph of mailings, must prepare bundles in flat
trays or approved alternate containers as
renumbered 5.4 as follows:]
If unable to palletize under 705.8.0, or shown in items a through c. Mailers
entering mailings at acceptance
except as provided in 5.5, a tray or
locations specified in 5.7d must prepare
alternate container must be prepared
when the quantity of mail for a required mailings according to the instructions in
d instead of c. Preparation sequence and
presort destination reaches either 125
labeling:
pieces or 15 pounds of pieces,
a. Origin-Entry 3 Digit (optional); no
whichever occurs first, subject to these
minimum; when making these
conditions:
separations, mailers must segregate trays
*
*
*
*
*
as described in 346.1.3; labeling:
b. For nonidentical-weight pieces,
1. Line 1: Column A, L002
mailers must apply either one of these
2. Line 2: ‘‘STD FLTS 3D NON BC
methods:
b. Origin Network Distribution Center
*
*
*
*
*
(NDC) Network (required); no minimum;
[Revise 5.4b2 as follows:]
labeling:
2. The actual piece count or mail
1. Line 1: L604, Column C
weight for each tray or container is
information for the facility serving the
used, if documentation shows the
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post
number of pieces and the total weight of Office.
pieces in each tray.
2. Line 2: ‘‘STD FLTS NON BC.’’
c. Tier 2 Network (required); no
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise title and introductory sentence minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L604, Column C based on
of renumbered 5.6 as follows;]
information for the facility serving the
5.6 Traying and Labeling
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post
Mailers must segregate trays destined
Office.
within the origin/entry SCF under
2. Line 2: ‘‘STD FLTS NON BC.’’
d. Tier 2 Network (required for
346.1.3. Preparation sequence and
specified acceptance locations); if the
labeling:
origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or
*
*
*
*
*
[Delete current item 5.6e in its entirety Saint Louis, use Labeling List L604 to
separate the remaining mail into two
and add new items e through g as
east or west directionally-based
follows:]
containers; if the origin NDC is San
e. Origin Network Distribution Center
(NDC) Network (required); no minimum; Francisco, use Labeling List L604 to
separate the remaining mail into two
labeling:
north or south directionally-based
1. Line 1: L604, Column C.
containers; no minimum; labeling:
2. Line 2: ‘‘STD FLTS NDC NON BC.’’
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:11 Mar 11, 2011
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
13711
1. Line 1: L604, Column C, based on
information for the facility serving the
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post
Office
2. Line 2: ‘‘STD FLTS NON BC.’’
5.8 Cotraying and Cobundling Flats
With Automation Mail
The following standards apply:
*
*
*
*
[Revise items 5.8b through d as
follows:]
b. If the mailing job contains an
automation mailing and a
nonautomation mailing, it must be
prepared under the cotraying standards
in 705.9.0.
c. If the mailing job contains a carrier
route mailing and a nonautomation
mailing, it must be separately trayed
under 5.0 and 6.0 or under the merged
traying option in 705.10.0.
d. If the mailing job contains a carrier
route mailing and an automation
mailing, then it must be separately
trayed under 6.0 and 7.0 or under the
merged traying option in 705.10.0.
*
*
*
*
*
*
5.9 Merged Containerization of
Carrier Route, Automation, and
Nonautomation Flats
[Revise the first sentence of 5.9 as
follows:]
Under the optional preparation in
705.10.0, nonautomation 5-digit bundles
prepared under 5.0 are combined in
trays or approved alternate containers
with carrier route bundles and
automation 5-digit bundles in merged 5digit scheme trays and merged 5-digit
trays. * * *
*
*
*
*
*
6.0 Preparing Enhanced Carrier Route
Flats
6.1
Basic Standards
All mailings and all pieces in each
mailing at Enhanced Carrier Route
Standard Mail and Nonprofit Enhanced
Carrier Route Standard Mail
nonautomation prices are subject to
specific preparation standards in 6.2
through 6.7 and to these general
standards:
*
*
*
*
*
c. All pieces must meet the standards
in 2.0 through 4.0 and 302, and the
following:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 6.1c2 as follows:]
2. Flat-size pieces must be bundled
and placed on pallets under 705.8.0, or
if unable to palletize placed into flat
trays or alternate containers or, if
applicable, in letter trays under 3.4.
When entering flat-size pieces at DDUs,
E:\FR\FM\14MRP2.SGM
14MRP2
13712
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules
mailers may prepare untrayed,
nonpalletized bundles under 2.7.
*
*
*
*
*
6.8 Merged Containerization of
Carrier Route, Automation, and
Presorted Price Flats
6.3 Carrier Route Bundle Preparation
Prepare carrier route bundles of flatsize mail as follows:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 6.3c as follows:]
c. Label carrier route bundles based
on the following tray levels:
1. Carrier route tray: No bundle
labeling is required.
2. 5-digit scheme or 5-digit carrier
routes tray: Bundles must have a facing
slip unless the pieces in the bundle
have a carrier information line or an
optional endorsement line (OEL).
[Revise title and text of 6.4 as follows:]
[Revise the first sentence of 6.8 as
follows:]
Under the optional preparation in
705.10.0, carrier route bundles are
combined in trays or approved alternate
containers with 5-digit bundles (both
presorted and automation) in merged 5digit scheme trays and merged 5-digit
trays. * * *
*
*
*
*
*
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
6.4 Bundles and Trays With Fewer
Than the Minimum Number of Pieces
Required
As a general exception to 6.2 through
6.7, a mailer may prepare a bundle or
tray with fewer than the minimum
number of pieces required for a carrier
route when pieces meet the saturation
standards.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise title and text of the
introductory paragraph only of 6.6 as
follows:]
6.6 Required Tray Minimums
When traying or containerization is
required, mailers must prepare a tray or
approved alternate container when the
quantity of mail for a required presort
destination reaches either 125 pieces or
15 pounds of pieces, whichever occurs
first. The following conditions apply:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 6.6b as follows:]
b. For nonidentical-weight pieces,
mailers must either use the minimum
that applies to the average piece weight
for the entire mailing or tray the pieces
according to the actual piece count or
mail weight for each tray, if
documentation shows the number and
total weight in each tray.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 6.6d as follows:]
d. Trays with fewer than 125 pieces
or less than 15 pounds of pieces may be
prepared to a carrier route when pieces
meet the saturation standards.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise title and introductory
paragraph only of 6.7 as follows:]
6.7 Tray Preparation
Mailers must segregate trays destined
within the origin/entry SCF under
346.1.3. Preparation sequence and
labeling:
*
*
*
*
*
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:11 Mar 11, 2011
Jkt 223001
7.0
Preparing Automation Flats
7.1
Basic Standards
[Revise the second sentence of 7.1 as
follows:]
* * * Trays must bear the
appropriate barcoded container labels
under 4.9.
*
*
*
*
*
7.4
*
Standard Mail Bundle Preparation
*
*
*
*
[Revise title of 7.4.2 as follows:]
7.4.2
Required Traying
[Revise the introductory paragraph of
7.4.2 as follows:]
If unable to palletize under 705.8.0, a
tray or approved alternate container
must be prepared when the quantity of
mail for a required presort destination
reaches either 125 pieces or 15 pounds
of pieces, whichever occurs first, subject
to these conditions:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 7.4.2b as follows:]
b. For nonidentical-weight pieces,
mailers must either use the minimum
that applies to the average piece weight
for the entire mailing or tray by the
actual piece count or mail weight for
each tray, if documentation shows the
number and total weight of pieces in
each tray.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise title and text of the
introductory paragraph only of 7.4.3 as
follows:]
7.4.3
Traying and Labeling
Mailers must segregate trays destined
within the origin/entry SCF under
346.1.3. Preparation sequence and
labeling:
[Revise the opening paragraph only of
7.4.3 a and c as follows:]
*
*
*
*
*
[Delete current 7.4.3e in its entirety
and add new items e through g as
follows:]
e. Origin Network Distribution Center
(NDC) Network (required); no minimum;
labeling:
1. Line 1: L604, Column C.
PO 00000
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
2. Line 2: ‘‘STD FLTS NDC BC.’’
f. Tier 2 Network (required); no
minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L604, Column C.
2. Line 2: ‘‘STD FLTS BC WKG.’’
g. Tier 2 Network (required for
specified acceptance locations); if the
origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or
Saint Louis, use Labeling List L604 to
separate the remaining mail into two
east or west directionally-based
containers; if the origin NDC is San
Francisco, use Labeling List L604 to
separate the remaining mail into two
north or south directionally-based
containers; no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L604, Column C.
2. Line 2: ‘‘STD FLTS BC WKG.’’
*
*
*
*
*
[Renumber current items 7.6 and 7.7
as the new 7.7 and 7.8 and add a new
7.6 as follows:]
7.6 Containerization—Flat Tray
Preparation and Labeling
Mailers must prepare bundles on
pallets under 705.8.0 when minimum
volume is available for a required pallet
level. Mailers who are unable to
palletize, or mailers of small volume
mailings, must prepare bundles in flat
trays or approved alternate containers
under 7.6a through 7.6c. Mailers
entering mailings at acceptance
locations specified in item d must
prepare mailings according to the
instructions in 7.6d instead of c.
Preparation sequence and labeling:
a. Origin-Entry 3 Digit (optional); no
minimum; when making this separation,
mailers must segregate trays under
346.1.3; labeling:
1. Line 1: Column A, L002.
2. Line 2: ‘‘STD FLTS 3D BC.
b. Origin Network Distribution Center
(NDC); (required); no minimum;
labeling:
1. Line 1: L604, Column C
information for the facility serving the
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post
Office.
2. Line 2: ‘‘STD FLTS BC WKG.’’
c. Tier 2 Network (required); no
minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L604, Column C based on
information for the facility serving the
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post
Office.
2. Line 2: ‘‘STD FLTS BC WKG.’’
d. Tier 2 Network (required for
specified acceptance locations); if the
origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or
Saint Louis, use Labeling List L604 to
separate the remaining mail into two
east or west directionally-based
containers; if the origin NDC is San
Francisco, use Labeling List L604 to
separate the remaining mail into two
north or south directionally-based
containers; no minimum; labeling:
E:\FR\FM\14MRP2.SGM
14MRP2
13713
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules
1. Line 1: L604, Column C, based on
information for the facility serving the
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post
Office.
2. Line 2: ‘‘STD FLTS BC WKG.’’
7.7 Merged Containerization With
Presorted and Carrier Route Flats
[Revise renumbered 7.7 as follows:]
When the standards in 705.10.0,
705.12.0, or 705.13.0 are met, 5-digit
bundles and carrier route bundles that
are part of the same mailing job and
mail class may be combined on merged
5-digit scheme trays or pallets and
merged 5-digit trays or pallets.
Automation flats may be cobundled
with nonautomation flats under
705.11.0.
7.8 Exception—Automation and
Nonautomation Pieces on Pallets
3.3
[Revise the third and fifth sentences of
renumbered 7.8 as follows:]
* * * Mailing jobs prepared entirely
in trays and claiming this exception
must be cobundled under 705.11.0.
* * * The nonautomation pieces that
cannot be placed on NDC or finer level
pallets may be prepared in flat trays and
paid at nonautomation flat-size prices.
* * *
*
*
*
*
*
346
Enter and Deposit
1.0
Presenting a Mailing
*
*
*
*
*
[Add a new 1.3 as follows:]
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
1.3 Segregation of Origin SCF
Mailpieces
Mailers must make all required, and
may make any optional, origin/entry
carrier route, 5-digit (scheme) carrier
route, (merged) 5-digit (scheme) and 3digit (scheme) separations destinating in
the service area of the SCF serving the
Post Office where the mail is verified, or
the service area of the SCF/plant where
mail is entered. For all such separations,
mailpieces must be trayed or placed in
alternative containers under 345.0 and
segregated from the remainder of the
mailing. Mailers must segregate the
origin/entry trays by one of these
methods: Separately containerize the
trays; place the trays in a conspicuous
location on top of origin SCF pallet or
other container; or present them
separately to acceptance personnel.
*
*
*
*
*
3.0 Destination Network Distribution
Center (DNDC) Entry
*
*
3.2
*
*
*
Eligibility
[Revise 3.2 as follows:]
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:11 Mar 11, 2011
Jkt 223001
Pieces in a correctly prepared
Standard Mail mailing that meet the
standards in 2.0 and 3.0 are eligible for
the DNDC price when they meet all of
the following conditions:
a. Pieces are addressed for delivery to
one of the 3-digit ZIP Codes served by
the NDC or ASF where deposited that
are listed in Exhibit 3.1.
b. Pieces are correctly placed on a
pallet or in a tray that is labeled to an
NDC or ASF, or to a postal facility
within the service area of that NDC or
ASF (see Exhibit 3.1), and deposited at
that NDC or ASF.
c. If bundles of flats on pallets are
reallocated from an ASF pallet to a NDC
pallet under 705.8.14, mail for the ASF
ZIP Codes placed on the NDC pallet is
not eligible for the DNDC prices.
Eligibility for ADC Mailpieces
[Revise the first sentence of 3.3 as
follows:]
All pieces in an ADC tray are eligible
for the DNDC discount if the ADC
facility ZIP Code (as shown on Line 1
of the corresponding container label) is
within the service area of the NDC or
ASF at which the tray is deposited as
shown in Exhibit 3.1. * * *
[Revise title and text of 3.4 as follows:]
3.4 Eligibility for Mixed ADC Bundles
or Trays
Mailpieces in a mixed ADC bundle or
tray can qualify for the DNDC prices if
the following standards are met:
a. All pieces (no minimum) in the
bundle or tray must destinate within the
ASF or NDC service area shown in
Exhibit 3.1.
b. Use labeling list L009 when
labeling bundles or trays containing
such pieces.
*
*
*
*
*
4.0 Destination Sectional Center
Facility (DSCF) Entry
*
*
*
*
4.2
*
Eligibility
Pieces in a mailing that meets the
standards in 2.0 and 4.0 are eligible for
the DSCF price, as follows:
[Revise items 4.2a and b as follows:]
a. When deposited at a DSCF (or
USPS-designated facility), addressed for
delivery within that facility’s service
area, and placed on a pallet or in a tray
labeled to that DSCF or to a postal
facility within its service area.
b. When prepared in 5-digit bundles
and placed on or in a merged 5-digit
scheme or merged 5-digit pallet or tray
deposited at the destination delivery
unit as defined in 5.1.
*
*
*
*
*
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
360
Bound Printed Matter
*
*
365
Mail Preparation
*
*
*
1.0 General Information for Mail
Presentation
1.1 Basic Preparation—Nonpresorted
[Revise 1.1as follows:]
There are no presort, traying,
containerization, or labeling standards
for nonpresorted Bound Printed Matter.
*
*
*
*
*
1.4
Terms for Presort Levels
Terms used for presort levels are
defined as follows:
*
*
*
*
*
[Renumber current 1.4i through k as
the new j through l and add a new item
i as follows:]
i. Origin/entry SCF: The separation
includes bundles for one or more 3-digit
areas served by the same sectional
center facility (SCF) (see L005) in whose
service area the mail is verified/entered.
Mailpieces may be separated for each
such 3-digit area regardless of the
volume of mail. Mailers making these
separations must segregate flat trays,
approved alternate containers or pallets
labeled to destinations within the origin
3-digit area from the remainder of the
mailing as described in 366.2.7.
*
*
*
*
*
1.5 Preparation Definitions and
Instructions
For purposes of preparing mail:
*
*
*
*
[Revise 1.5b as follows:]
b. An approved alternate container is
a container that is authorized by the
USPS, instead of a flat tray (tub) or
pallet. Alternate containers could
include sacks, other USPS-supplied
mail transport equipment, or mailersupplied containers.
[Revise the second sentence of 1.5c as
follows:]
c. * * * When standards require 5digit/scheme sort, mailers must prepare
all possible 5-digit scheme bundles and
trays or approved authorized containers
before preparing 5-digit bundles, and
trays or containers. * * *
[Revise item 1.5d as follows:]
d. A 5-digit scheme carrier routes sort
is required for Carrier Route Bound
Printed Matter flats prepared in trays, or
approved alternate containers, or as
bundles on pallets and yields a 5-digit
scheme carrier routes trays, alternate
containers or pallets for those 5-digit
ZIP Codes listed in L001 and 5-digit
carrier routes trays, alternate containers
or pallets for other areas. The 5-digit ZIP
Codes in each scheme are treated as one
*
E:\FR\FM\14MRP2.SGM
14MRP2
13714
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules
presort destination subject to a single
minimum tray, alternate container or
pallet volume. Trays, alternate
containers or pallets prepared for a 5digit scheme carrier routes destination
that contain carrier route bundles for
only one of the schemed 5-digit areas
are considered to be sorted to 5-digit
scheme carrier routes. Preparation of 5digit scheme carrier routes trays,
alternate containers or pallets must be
done for all 5-digit scheme destinations.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 1.5g as follows:]
g. The required at [quantity]
instruction means that the particular
unit must be prepared for the
corresponding presort level whenever
the specified quantity of mail is reached
or exceeded, up to the maximum size or
weight.
[Revise 1.5h as follows:]
h. The optional at [quantity]
instruction means that the particular
unit may be prepared for the
corresponding presort level whenever
the specified quantity is reached or
exceeded, up to the maximum size or
weight.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 1.5k as follows:]
k. A ‘‘logical’’ presort destination
represents the total number of pieces
that are eligible for a specific presort
level based on the required sortation,
which might not be contained in one
bundle or in one container (tray,
alternate container or pallet) due to
preparation requirements or the size of
the individual pieces. For example,
there may be 42 mailpieces for ZIP Code
43112 forming a ‘‘logical’’ 5-digit bundle,
and the pieces are prepared in three
physical 5-digit bundles.
*
*
*
*
*
[Add a new 1.6 as follows:]
1.6
Required Pallet Preparation
Mailers must prepare pallets under
705.8 when they reach the minimum
load requirements described in
705.8.5.3. If a mailer is unable to
palletize, mail must be separated and
placed in flat trays or approved alternate
containers.
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
2.0
Bundles
*
*
2.2
Address Visibility
*
*
*
* * * This standard does not apply to
the following:
[Revise items 2.2a and b as follows:]
a. Bundles placed in or on 5-digit or
5-digit scheme (L001) trays, approved
alternate containers or pallets.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:11 Mar 11, 2011
Jkt 223001
b. Bundles placed in carrier route and
5-digit carrier routes trays or approved
alternate containers.
*
*
*
*
*
2.6
Preparing Bundles
Bundles of flat-size pieces must be
secure and stable subject to the
following:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise items 2.6b and c as follows:]
b. If placed in trays or approved
alternate containers, the applicable
weight limits in 5.0 or 6.0.
c. If bundles are prepared as untrayed
or uncontainerized bundles under
366.6.2 or 366.6.3, the weight limits and
other standards in 2.7.
[Revise title of 2.7 and text of the
introductory sentence as follows:]
2.7 Additional Standards for
Untrayed Bundles Entered at DDU
Facilities
Mailers may enter untrayed or
uncontainerized, nonpalletized bundles
of flat-size pieces at destination delivery
units (DDUs) if all of the following
conditions are met:
*
*
*
*
*
2.8
Bundle Sizes
[Revise the sixth and seventh
sentences of 2.8 as follows:]
* * * Except for mixed ADC bundles
and carrier route bundles prepared in
trays or approved alternate containers,
each physical bundle of Bound Printed
Matter must contain at least two pieces.
For carrier route Bound Printed Matter
prepared in trays or approved alternate
containers, the last physical bundle to
an individual carrier route may consist
of a single addressed piece, provided
that all other bundles to that carrier
route destination contain at least two
addressed pieces, and that the total
group of pieces to that carrier route (the
logical bundle) meets the carrier route
eligibility minimum in 363. * * *
2.9
Pieces With Simplified Addresses
[Revise the last sentence of 2.9 as
follows:]
* * * Bundles must be secure and
stable subject to weight limits in 705.8.0
if placed on pallets and, for Bound
Printed Matter in trays or approved
alternate containers, applicable weight
limits in 5.0, and 6.0.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise title of 3.0 as follows:]
3.0
Trays and Alternate Containers
[Renumber current 3.1 as the new 3.2
and add a new 3.1 as follows:]
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
3.1
Standard Containers
If mailers are unable to palletize,
mailings must be prepared in flat trays
or approved alternate containers.
[Revise title and text of renumbered
3.2 as follows:]
3.2
Tray Preparation
Tray and alternate container
preparation is subject to these
standards:
a. Each tray or alternate container
must bear the correct tray label.
b. The weight of a tray, or alternate
container, and its content must not
exceed 70 pounds.
[Revise title of 4.0 as follows:]
4.0
Tray Labels
4.1
Basic Standards
[Revise 4.1 as follows:]
Tray labels are subject to the
following:
a. Use 2-inch tray labels for trays and
approved alternate containers.
b. Labels, including hand-printed
labels, must be legible. Machine-printed
labels (available from the USPS) ensure
legibility.
c. Barcoded tray labels for automation
mailings are subject to 4.8 and 708.6.0.
d. Intelligent Mail tray labels, used on
trays or alternate containers, are subject
to the standards in 708.6.5 and to the
specifications posted at https://
ribbs.usps.gov.
[Revise title and text of the
introductory sentence only of 4.2 as
follows:]
4.2 Physical Characteristics of a Tray
Label
A tray label must meet these
specifications:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 4.2d as follows]
d. Height (perpendicular to printing):
1.860 inches minimum; 2.015 inches
maximum.
[Delete current 4.3, Additional
Standards for Barcoded Sack Labels, in
its entirety and renumber current items
4.4 through 4.9 as new 4.3 through 4.8.]
4.3 Line 1 (Destination Line)
Line 1 (destination line) must meet
these standards:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise renumbered 4.3c as follows:]
c. Overseas Military Mail. On 5-digit
trays or alternate containers for overseas
military destinations, Line 1 shows,
from left to right, ‘‘APO’’ or ‘‘FPO,’’
followed by ‘‘AE’’ (for ZIP Codes within
the ZIP Code prefix range 090–098),
‘‘AA’’ (for ZIP Codes within the 3-digit
ZIP Code prefix 340), or ‘‘AP’’ (for ZIP
Codes within the ZIP Code prefix range
E:\FR\FM\14MRP2.SGM
14MRP2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules
962–966), followed by the destination 5digit ZIP Code of the mail in the tray or
alternate container.
4.4
Line 2 (Content Line)
Line 2 (content line) must meet these
standards:
[Revise renumbered 4.4a as follows:]
a. Placement: Line 2 must be the
second visible line on the label. This
line must show the class and processing
category of the mail in the tray or
alternate container and other
information as specified by standards.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise ‘‘code’’ description for
nonbarcoded ‘‘content type’’ (10th in
list) in the table under 4.5b as follows:]
CONTENT TYPE CODE
*
*
*
*
*
Nonbarcoded NON BC (trays or
alternate containers) NBC (pallets and
cotrayed mail under 705.9.0)
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise title and introductory
paragraph only of renumbered 4.8 as
follows:]
4.8 Basic Standards for Barcoded
Tray Labels
Mailers must use barcoded tray labels
for barcoded flat-size mailings.
Barcoded labels must meet these general
standards:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise items 4.9d and e as follows:]
d. Mailers must insert a barcoded
label completely into the label holder on
the tray or alternate container.
e. Intelligent Mail tray labels must be
used on all trays and alternate container
for mailings entered under the fullservice Intelligent Mail automation
option.
5.0
Preparing Presorted Flats
*
*
5.2
Bundling
*
*
*
5.3
Traying
5.3.1
Required Traying
[Revise the introductory paragraph of
5.3.1 as follows:]
Mailers must prepare pallets under
705.8 when they reach the minimum
load requirements in 705.8.5.3 or
prepare flats as untrayed bundles under
2.7. Otherwise, mailers must prepare a
tray or approved alternate container
when the quantity of mail for a required
presort destination reaches either 20
addressed pieces or 20 pounds,
whichever occurs first. Only mixed ADC
trays or alternate containers may
contain smaller volumes. Optional SCF
trays or alternate containers are subject
to the same minimum piece or pound
provision as required trays. Traying or
containerization also is subject to these
conditions:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 5.3.1b as follows:]
b. For nonidentical-weight pieces,
mailers must use either the minimum
that applies to the average piece weight
for the entire mailing or tray by the
actual piece count or mail weight for
each tray or alternate container, if
documentation can be provided that
shows the number of pieces and their
total weight in each tray or alternate
container.
*
*
*
*
*
5.3.2
Separation by Zone
[Revise 5.3.2 as follows:]
Pieces for each zone must be trayed or
placed in approved alternate containers
separately. When presented for
verification, trays or alternate containers
must be separated by zone. Exception:
Pieces for different zones may be trayed
together, and the trays or alternate
containers do not have to be separated
by zone for verification if the mailing is
prepared under 705.2.0, 705.3.0, 705.4.0
or 5.3.3.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise title of 5.3.4 as follows:]
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
5.2.1 Required Bundling
5.3.4 Cotraying Presorted Mail With
Barcoded Mail
[Revise the first and fourth sentences
of 5.2.1 as follows:]
Mailers must bundle pieces before
putting them in trays or approved
alternate containers. * * * Five-digit
bundles placed in 5-digit trays or
approved alternate containers and
untrayed 5-digit bundles prepared for
DDU entry may weigh a maximum of 40
pounds. * * *
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise title of 5.3 and 5.3.1 as
follows:]
The following standards apply:
[Revise items 5.3.4a and b as follows:]
a. If the mailing job contains only a
Presorted mailing qualifying for and
claiming the barcode discount and a
Presorted mailing not claiming the
barcode discount, both mailings must be
cotrayed under 705.9.0. The two
mailings may be cobundled under
705.11.0 before being cotrayed under
705.9.0.
b. If the mailing job also contains a
carrier route mailing, the carrier route
mailing must be prepared under 6.0.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:11 Mar 11, 2011
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
13715
[Revise title and text of the
introductory paragraph only of 5.3.5 as
follows:]
5.3.5 Traying and Labeling
Mailers must segregate trays or
alternate containers destined within the
origin/entry SCF under 366.2.7.
Preparation sequence and labeling:
*
*
*
*
*
[Delete 5.6e in its entirety and add
new items e through g as follows:]
e. Origin Network Distribution Center
(NDC) Network (required); no minimum;
labeling:
1. Line 1: L604, Column C.
2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC FLTS NDC NON
BC.’’
f. Tier 2 Network (required); no
minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L604, Column C.
2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC FLTS NON BC
WKG.’’
g. Tier 2 Network (required for
specified acceptance locations); if the
origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or
Saint Louis, use Labeling List L604 to
separate the remaining mail into two
east or west directionally-based
containers; if the origin NDC is San
Francisco, use Labeling List L604 to
separate the remaining mail into two
north or south directionally-based
containers; no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L604, Column C.
2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC FLTS NON BC
WKG.’’
[Add a new 5.4 as follows:]
5.4 Containerization—Flat Tray
Preparation and Labeling
Mailers must prepare bundled mail on
pallets under 705.8.0 when minimum
volume is available for a required pallet
level. Mailers who are unable to
palletize, or mailers of small volume
mailings, must prepare bundles in flat
trays or approved alternate containers
under 5.4a through 5.4c. Mailers
entering mailings at acceptance
locations specified in item d below must
prepare mailings according to the
instructions in 5.4d instead of 5.4c.
Preparation sequence and labeling:
a. Origin-Entry 3 Digit (optional); no
minimum; when making these
separations, mailers must segregate trays
as described in 366.2.7; labeling:
1. Line 1: Column A, L002
2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC FLTS 3D NON BC’’
b. Origin Network Distribution Center
(NDC) Network (required); no minimum;
labeling:
1. Line 1: L604, Column C
information for the facility serving the
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post
Office.
2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC FLTS NON BC.’’
c. Tier 2 Network (required); no
minimum; labeling:
E:\FR\FM\14MRP2.SGM
14MRP2
13716
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules
1. Line 1: L604, Column C, based on
information for the facility serving the
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post
Office.
2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC FLTS NON BC.’’
d. Tier 2 Network (required for
specified acceptance locations); if the
origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or
Saint Louis, use Labeling List L604 to
separate the remaining mail into two
east or west directionally-based
containers; if the origin NDC is San
Francisco, use Labeling List L604 to
separate the remaining mail into two
north or south directionally-based
containers; no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L604, Column C, based on
information for the facility serving the
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post
Office
2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC FLTS NON BC.’’
6.0
Preparing Carrier Route Flats
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise title of 6.3 and 6.3.1 as
follows:]
6.3
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
6.3.1
Separation by Zone
[Revise 6.3.2 as follows:]
Pieces for each zone must be trayed or
placed in approved alternate containers
separately. When presented for
Jkt 223001
Tray Label Line 2
*
*
*
*
[Revise title and text of 6.3.7 as
follows:]
Required Traying
18:03 Mar 11, 2011
Tray Preparation
Mailers must segregate trays or
alternate containers destined within the
origin/entry SCF under 366.2.7.
Preparation sequence and Line 1 tray
labeling:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise title of 6.3.6 as follows:]
*
Traying
VerDate Mar<15>2010
6.3.5
6.3.6
[Revise the introductory paragraph of
6.3.1 as follows:]
Mailers must prepare pallets under
705.8 when they reach the minimum
load requirements described in
705.8.5.3 or may prepare flats as
untrayed bundles under 2.7. Otherwise,
mailers must prepare a direct carrier
route tray or approved alternate
container when the quantity of mail for
an individual carrier route reaches
either 20 addressed pieces or 20
pounds, whichever occurs first; smaller
volumes are not permitted. Mailers must
place remaining bundles in 5-digit
scheme carrier routes trays or alternate
containers, or 5-digit carrier routes trays
or alternate containers, which have no
minimum tray or container size. Carrier
route trays or alternate containers also
are subject to these conditions:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 6.3.1b as follows:]
b. For nonidentical-weight pieces,
mailers must use either the minimum
that applies to the average piece weight
for the entire mailing or tray the mail by
the actual piece count or mail weight for
each tray or alternate container, if
documentation can be provided with
the mailing that shows the number of
pieces and the total weight in each tray
or alternate container.
6.3.2
verification, trays or alternate containers
must be separated by zone. Exception:
Pieces for different zones may be trayed
or placed in alternate containers
together, and the trays or alternate
containers do not have to be separated
by zone for verification if the mailing is
prepared under one of the postage
payment systems in 705.2.0 through
705.4.0 or under 6.3.3.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise title and text of the
introductory paragraph of 6.3.5 as
follows:]
6.3.7
Exception to Traying
Traying or containerization is not
required for bundles that are entered at
DDU prices; such bundles may be
bedloaded and may weigh up to 40
pounds each.
7.0
Preparing Barcoded Flats
7.1
Basic Standards
[Revise the second and third
sentences of 7.1 as follows:]
* * * Bundle, tray or approved
alternate container preparation is
subject to 365.0. Trays or alternate
containers must bear the appropriate
barcoded tray labels under 4.9.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise title of 7.4 as follows:]
7.4
Traying
[Revise title and introductory
paragraph of 7.4.1 as follows:]
7.4.1
Tray Preparation and Labeling
Mailers must segregate trays or
alternate containers destined within the
origin/entry SCF under 366.2.7.
Preparation sequence and labeling:
*
*
*
*
*
[Delete current item 7.4.1e in its
entirety and add new items e through g
as follows:]
e. Origin Network Distribution Center
(NDC) Network (required); no minimum;
labeling:
1. Line 1: L604, Column C.
2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC FLTS NDC BC.’’
f. Tier 2 Network (required); no
minimum; labeling:
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
1. Line 1: L604, Column C.
2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC FLTS BC WKG.’’
g. Tier 2 Network (required for
specified acceptance locations); if the
origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or
Saint Louis, use Labeling List L604 to
separate the remaining mail into two
east or west directionally-based
containers; if the origin NDC is San
Francisco, use Labeling List L604 to
separate the remaining mail into two
north or south directionally-based
containers; no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L604, Column C.
2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC FLTS BC WKG.’’
[Renumber current items 7.5 through
7.5.2 as new 7.6 through 7.6.2 and add
a new 7.5 as follows:]
7.5 Containerization—Flat Tray
Preparation and Labeling
Mailers must prepare bundled mail on
pallets under 705.8.0 when minimum
volume is available for a required pallet
level. Mailers who are unable to
palletize, or mailers of small volume
mailings, must prepare bundles in flat
trays or approved alternate containers as
shown in 7.5a through 7.5c. Mailers
entering mailings at acceptance
locations specified in item d below must
prepare mailings according to the
instructions in 7.5d instead of 7.5c.
Preparation sequence and labeling:
a. Origin-Entry 3 Digit (optional); no
minimum; when making these
separations, mailers must segregate trays
under 366.2.7; labeling:
1. Line 1: Column A, L002
2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC FLTS 3D BC.’’
b. Origin Network Distribution Center
(NDC) Network (required); no minimum;
labeling:
1. Line 1: L604, Column C
information for the facility serving the
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post
Office.
2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC FLTS BC WKG.’’
c. Tier 2 Network (required); no
minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L604, Column C, based on
information for the facility serving the
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post
Office.
2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC FLTS BC WKG.’’
d. Tier 2 Network (required for
specified acceptance locations); if the
origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or
Saint Louis, use Labeling List L604 to
separate the remaining mail into two
east or west directionally-based
containers; if the origin NDC is San
Francisco, use Labeling List L604 to
separate the remaining mail into two
north or south directionally-based
containers; no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L604, Column C, based on
information for the facility serving the
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post
Office.
E:\FR\FM\14MRP2.SGM
14MRP2
13717
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules
2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC FLTS BC WKG.’’
7.6 Mixed Price Preparation
[Revise title of renumbered 7.6.1 as
follows:]
7.6.1 Cobundling and Cotraying
Mixed Mail
The following standards apply to
Bound Printed Matter:
[Revise renumbered 7.6.1a and b as
follows:]
a. If the mailing job contains a carrier
route mailing, a Presorted mailing
qualifying for and claiming the barcode
discount under 363.6.1, and a Presorted
mailing (not claiming the barcode
discount), then the carrier route mailing
must be prepared under 6.0, and the
Presorted mailing qualifying for and
claiming the barcode discount and the
Presorted mailing (not claiming the
barcode discount) must be cotrayed
under 705.9.0. As an option, the
Presorted pieces may be cobundled
together under 705.11.0. Cobundled
pieces must be cotrayed under 705.9.0.
b. If the mailing job contains only a
Presorted mailing qualifying for and
claiming the barcode discount and a
Presorted mailing (not claiming the
barcode discount), both mailings must
be cotrayed under 705.9.0. As an option,
the Presorted pieces may be cobundled
together under 705.11.0. Cobundled
pieces must be cotrayed under 705.9.0.
*
*
*
*
*
7.6.2
Merged Containerization
[Revise renumbered 7.6.2 as follows:]
When the conditions and preparation
standards in 705.10.0, 705.12.0, or
705.13.0 are met, 5-digit bundles of
Presorted (barcoded and nonbarcoded
pieces) and carrier route mail that are
part of the same mailing job and class
of mail may be combined on merged 5digit scheme pallets, trays or approved
alternate containers and merged 5-digit
pallets, trays or approved alternate
containers. Barcode discount pieces
may be cobundled with presorted pieces
under 705.11.0
366
Enter and Deposit
*
*
2.0
Presenting a Mailing
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
*
*
*
Segregation of Origin SCF Trays
Mailers must make all required, and
may make any optional, origin/entry
SCF, origin 3-digit (scheme) and origin/
entry 5-digit trays destinating in the
service area of the SCF serving the Post
Office where the mail is verified, or the
service area of the SCF/plant where mail
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:11 Mar 11, 2011
Destination Entry
3.1
General
4.3
[Revise the second sentence of 3.1 as
follows:]
* * * Eligibility for a destination
entry price is determined by the sort
level, processing category of the mail,
and the type of container the mail is in
(pallet, tray or alternate container).
* * *
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise title and the first sentence of
the text of 3.7 as follows:]
3.7
Jkt 223001
Mailings of Untrayed Bundles
Mailers may present untrayed, or
uncontainerized, nonpalletized bundles
of BPM flats that are properly prepared
for and entered at DDU prices and
unloaded according to standards in
3.9.9. * * *
*
*
*
*
*
4.0 Destination Network Distribution
Center (DNDC) Entry
4.1
Eligibility
Pieces in a mailing meeting the
standards in 3.0 and 4.0 are eligible for
the DNDC price when they meet all of
the following conditions:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 4.1d as follows:]
d. Are placed on a pallet, or placed in
a tray or approved alternate container,
that is labeled to the NDC or ASF where
deposited, or labeled to a postal facility
within that NDCs or ASFs service area
(see Exhibit 4.1).
*
*
*
*
*
4.2
*
*
*
*
*
[Add a new 2.7 as follows:]
2.7
3.0
respective mixed ADC bundle. All
pieces in an ADC tray, alternate
container or in a palletized ADC bundle
are eligible for the DNDC discount if the
ADC facility ZIP Code (shown in Line
1 of the corresponding tray label or the
ADC facility that is the destination of
the palletized ADC bundle as would be
shown on an ADC tray label for that
facility using L004, Column B) is within
the service area of the NDC or ASF at
which the tray or alternate container is
deposited. Mail must be entered at the
appropriate facility under 4.1.
is entered. For all such separations,
mailpieces must be trayed or placed in
alternative containers under 365.0 and
segregated from the remainder of the
mailing. Mailers must segregate the
origin/entry trays by one of these
methods: separately containerize the
trays; place the trays in a conspicuous
location on top of origin SCF pallet or
other container; or present them
separately to acceptance personnel.
*
*
*
*
*
Presorted Flats
[Revise 4.2 as follows:]
Presorted flats on pallets, or placed in
trays or approved alternate containers,
at all sort levels may claim DNDC
prices. Separate mixed ADC trays or
alternate containers must be prepared
for flats eligible for and claimed at the
DNDC price and for flats not claimed at
the DNDC price. Use the ‘‘label to’’ ZIP
Code of the ADC to assign ADC bundles
to the respective mixed ADC tray or
alternate container. Use the address on
the mailpieces to assign pieces to the
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Carrier Route Flats
[Revise the first sentence of 4.3 as
follows:]
Carrier Route flats on pallets, or in
trays or alternate containers, at all sort
levels may claim DNDC prices. * * *
5.0 Destination Sectional Center
Facility (DSCF) Entry
5.1
Eligibility
Pieces in a mailing meeting the
standards in 3.0 and 5.0 are eligible for
the DSCF price when they meet all of
the following conditions:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 5.1d as follows:]
d. Are placed on a pallet, or placed in
a tray or authorized alternate container,
that is labeled to the facility where
deposited or labeled to a postal facility
within that facility’s service area.
*
*
*
*
*
5.2
Presorted Flats
[Revise the first sentence of 5.2 as
follows:]
Presorted flats and automation flats in
trays or alternate containers for the 5digit, 3-digit, and SCF sort levels or on
pallets at the 5-digit scheme, 5-digit, 3digit, SCF, and ASF sort levels may
claim DSCF prices. * * *
5.3
Carrier Route Flats
[Revise the first sentence of 5.3 as
follows:]
Carrier route flats in trays, or alternate
containers, at all sort levels or on pallets
at the 5-digit scheme carrier routes, 5digit carrier routes, 3-digit, SCF, and
ASF sort levels may claim DSCF prices.
* * *
6.0 Destination Delivery Unit (DDU)
Entry
*
*
*
*
6.2
*
Presorted Flats
[Revise the first sentence of 6.2 as
follows:]
Presorted flats that weigh more than
1 pound in 5-digit trays or alternate
containers, on 5-digit scheme or 5-digit
E:\FR\FM\14MRP2.SGM
14MRP2
13718
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules
pallets, or prepared as untrayed or
uncontainerized 5-digit bundles may
claim DDU prices. * * *
6.3 Carrier Route Flats
[Revise the first sentence of 6.3 as
follows:]
Carrier route flats in trays or alternate
containers, on 5-digit carrier routes
scheme and 5-digit carrier routes
pallets, or prepared as untrayed or
uncontainerized carrier route bundles
may claim DDU prices. * * *
*
*
*
*
*
370
Media Mail
373
Prices and Eligibility
*
*
*
*
*
3.0 Price Eligibility for Media Mail
Flats
*
*
*
*
*
3.4 Price Categories for Media Mail
Media Mail prices are based on the
weight of the piece without regard to
zone. The price categories and discounts
are as follows:
[Revise 3.4a as follows:]
a. 5-Digit Presort Price. To qualify for
the 5-digit price, a piece must be sorted
to 5-digit trays or approved alternate
containers under 375.5.0, or 5-digit
pallets under 705.8.0. All logical 5-digit
bundles on pallets must contain at least
10 pieces.
*
*
*
*
*
375
Mail Preparation
1.0 General Information for Mail
Preparation
*
*
*
*
*
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
1.3 Terms for Presort Levels
Terms used for presort levels are
defined as follows:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 1.3b as follows:]
b. 5-digit scheme (bundles, trays or
approved alternate containers) for flats
meeting the automation-compatibility
standards in 301.3.0; the ZIP Code in
the delivery address on all pieces begins
with one of the 5-digit ZIP Code ranges
in a single scheme, as shown in L007.
*
*
*
*
*
1.4 Preparation Definitions and
Instructions
For purposes of preparing mail:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 1.4b as follows:]
b. An approved alternate container is
a container that is authorized by the
appropriate USPS official, instead of a
flat tray (tub) or pallet, for the handling
and transport of bundled flat-size
mailpieces or parcels. Alternate
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:11 Mar 11, 2011
Jkt 223001
containers could include sacks, other
USPS-supplied mail transport
equipment, or mailer-supplied
containers.
[Revise the second sentence of 1.4c as
follows:]
c. * * * When standards require 5digit/scheme sort, mailers must prepare
all possible 5-digit scheme bundles and
trays, or approved alternate containers
of flats before preparing 5-digit bundles
and trays (or approved alternate
containers). * * *
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 1.4e as follows:]
e. The required at [quantity]
instruction means that the particular
unit must be prepared for the
corresponding presort level whenever
the specified quantity of mail is reached
or exceeded, up to the maximum size or
weight.
[Revise 1.4f as follows:]
f. The optional at [quantity]
instruction means that the particular
unit may be prepared for the
corresponding presort level whenever
the specified quantity is reached or
exceeded, up to the maximum size or
weight.
*
*
*
*
*
[Add a new 1.5 as follows:]
1.5
Required Pallet Preparation
Mailers must prepare pallets under
705.8 when they have reached the
minimum load requirements described
in 705.8.5.3. If a mailer is unable to
palletize, mail must be separated and
placed in properly labeled flat trays or
approved alternate containers.
2.0
Bundles
*
*
2.6
Preparing Bundles
*
*
*
Bundle Sizes
[Revise the fifth sentence of 2.7 as
follows:]
* * * Unless otherwise noted, the
maximum weight for bundles placed in
trays or approved alternate containers is
20 pounds. * * *
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise title of 3.0 as follows:]
3.0
Trays and Alternate Containers
[Revise title and text of 3.1 as follows:]
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Standard Containers
If mailers are unable to palletize,
mailings must be prepared in flat trays
or approved alternate containers.
[Add a new 3.2 as follows:]
3.2
Tray Preparation
Tray and alternate container
preparation is subject to these
standards:
a. Each tray or alternate container
must bear the correct tray label.
b. The weight of a tray, or alternate
container, and its content must not
exceed 70 pounds.
[Revise title of 4.0 as follows:]
4.0
Tray Labels
4.1
Basic Standards
[Revise 4.1 as follows:]
Tray labels are subject to the
following:
a. Use 2-inch labels for trays and
approved alternate containers.
b. Illegible labels are not acceptable.
Machine-printed labels (available from
the USPS) ensure legibility. Legible
hand-printed labels are acceptable.
[Revise title and text of the
introductory sentence of 4.2 as follows:]
4.2 Physical Characteristics of a Tray
Label
A tray label must meet these
specifications:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 4.2d as follows:]
d. Height (perpendicular to printing):
1.860 inches minimum; 2.015 inches
maximum.
[Renumber current items 4.3 through
4.7 as the new 4.4 through 4.8 and add
a new 4.3 as follows:]
4.3 Additional Standards for
Barcoded Tray Labels
Bundles of flat-size pieces must be
secure and stable subject to the
following:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 2.6b as follows:]
b. If placed in trays or approved
alternate containers, Media Mail must
meet the specific weight limits in 5.2.
2.7
3.1
In addition to 4.2, barcoded tray
labels must meet the standards in 4.9
and 708.6.3.
4.4
Line 1 (Destination Line)
Line 1 (destination line) must meet
these standards:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 4.4c as follows:]
c. Overseas Military Mail. On 5-digit
trays or approved alternate containers
for overseas military destinations, Line
1 shows, from left to right, ‘‘APO’’ or
‘‘FPO,’’ followed by ‘‘AE’’ (for ZIP Codes
within the ZIP Code prefix range 090–
098), ‘‘AA’’ (for ZIP Codes within the 3digit ZIP Code prefix 340), or ‘‘AP’’ (for
ZIP Codes within the ZIP Code prefix
range 962–966), followed by the
destination 5-digit ZIP Code of the mail
in the tray or alternate container.
E:\FR\FM\14MRP2.SGM
14MRP2
13719
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules
4.5 Line 2 (Content Line)
Line 2 (content line) must meet these
standards:
[Revise 4.5a as follows:]
a. Placement: Line 2 must be the
second visible line on the label. This
line must show the class and processing
category of the mail in the tray or
alternate container and other
information as specified by standards.
*
*
*
*
*
[Add a new 4.9 as follows:]
4.9 Basic Standards for Barcoded
Tray Labels
Trays or approved alternate
containers may bear barcoded tray
labels meeting these general standards:
a. Mailers must use the appropriate
size label as described in 4.1.
b. Mailer-produced barcoded labels
must meet the standards in 708.6.0.
c. All information on barcoded labels
must be machine-printed. Do not make
alterations to preprinted barcoded
labels.
d. Mailers must insert a barcoded
label completely into the label holder on
the tray or alternate container.
e. Intelligent Mail tray labels (see
708.6.0) may optionally be used on trays
or alternate containers.
5.0
Preparing Presorted Flats
*
*
5.2
Bundling
*
*
*
5.2.1 Required Bundling
[Revise the third sentence of 5.2.1 as
follows:]
* * * The maximum weight of each
physical bundle is 20 pounds, except
that 5-digit bundles placed in 5-digit
tray or approved alternate container
may weigh a maximum of 40 pounds.
* * *
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise title of 5.3 and 5.3.1 as
follows:]
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
5.3
Traying
5.3.1 Required Traying
[Revise the introductory paragraph of
5.3.1 as follows:]
Mailers must prepare pallets under
705.8 when they have reached the
minimum load requirements described
in 705.8.5.3. Otherwise, mailers must
prepare a tray or approved alternate
container when the quantity of mail for
a required presort destination reaches
the minimums specified in 5.3.2.
Smaller volumes are not permitted
(except in mixed ADC trays or alternate
containers).
[Revise title and text of the
introductory paragraph only of 5.3.2 as
follows:]
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:11 Mar 11, 2011
Jkt 223001
5.3.2
Traying and Labeling
Mailers must segregate trays or
alternate containers destined within the
origin/entry SCF as described in
376.2.1. Preparation sequence and
labeling:
a. 5-digit/scheme (optional, but
required for 5-digit price); see 1.4c;
scheme sort required, only for pieces
meeting the automation-compatibility
criteria in 301.3.0; minimum 10
addressed pieces; when making these
separations; labeling:
[Revise items 5.3.2a1 and 5.3.2a2 as
follows:]
1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme trays or
alternate containers, use L007, Column
B. For 5-digit trays or alternate
containers, use city, state, and 5-digit
ZIP Code on mail (see 4.5 for overseas
military mail).
2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme trays or
alternate containers, ‘‘PSVC FLT 5D SCH
NBC.’’ For 5-digit trays or alternate
containers, ‘‘PSVC FLT 5D NBC.’’
*
*
*
*
*
[Delete 5.3.2d in its entirety and add
new items d through f as follows:]
d. Origin Network Distribution Center
(NDC) Network (required); no minimum;
labeling:
1. Line 1: L604, Column B.
2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC FLTS NDC NON
BC.’’
e. Tier 2 Network (required); no
minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L604, Column C.
2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC FLTS NON BC
WKG.’’
f. Tier 2 Network (required for
specified acceptance locations); if the
origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or
Saint Louis, use Labeling List L604 to
separate the remaining mail into two
east or west directionally-based
containers; if the origin NDC is San
Francisco, use Labeling List L604 to
separate the remaining mail into two
north or south directionally-based
containers; no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L604, Column C.
2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC FLTS NON BC
WKG.’’
[Add a new 5.4 as follows:]
5.4 Containerization—Flat Tray
Preparation and Labeling
For mail prepared in bundles, mailers
must prepare pallets under 705.8.0
when minimum volume is available for
a required pallet level. Mailers who are
unable to palletize, or mailers of small
volume mailings, must prepare bundles
in flat trays or approved alternate
containers under 5.4a through 5.4c.
Mailers entering mailings at acceptance
locations specified in item 5.4d must
prepare mailings according to the
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
instructions in 5.4d instead of 5.4c.
Preparation sequence and labeling:
a. Origin-Entry 3 Digit (optional); no
minimum; when making these
separations, mailers must segregate trays
under 376.2.1; labeling:
1. Line 1: Column A, L002
2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC FLTS 3D NON BC
b. Origin Network Distribution Center
(NDC) Network (required); no minimum;
labeling:
1. Line 1: L604, Column C
information for the facility serving the
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post
Office.
2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC FLTS NON BC.’’
c. Tier 2 Network (required); no
minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L604, Column C, based on
information for the facility serving the
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post
Office.
2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC FLTS NON BC.’’
d. Tier 2 Network (required for
specified acceptance locations); if the
origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or
Saint Louis, use Labeling List L604 to
separate the remaining mail into two
east or west directionally-based
containers; if the origin NDC is San
Francisco, use Labeling List L604 to
separate the remaining mail into two
north or south directionally-based
containers; no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L604, Column C, based on
information for the facility serving the
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post
Office
2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC FLTS NON BC.’’
376
*
Enter and Deposit
*
*
*
*
[Add a new 2.0 and 2.1 as follows:]
2.0
Presenting a Mailing
2.1
Segregation of Origin SCF Trays
Mailers must make all required, and
may make any optional, origin/entry 3digit and origin/entry 5-digit (scheme)
trays destinating in the service area of
the SCF serving the Post Office where
the mail is verified, or the service area
of the SCF/plant where mail is entered.
For all such separations, mailpieces
must be trayed or placed in alternative
containers under 375.0 and segregated
from the remainder of the mailing.
Mailers must segregate the origin/entry
trays by one of these methods:
separately containerize the trays; place
the trays in a conspicuous location on
top of origin SCF pallet or other
container; or present them separately to
acceptance personnel.
380
Library Mail
383
Prices and Eligibility
*
*
E:\FR\FM\14MRP2.SGM
*
14MRP2
*
*
13720
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules
3.0 Price Eligibility for Library Mail
Flats
*
*
*
*
*
3.4
Price Categories for Library Mail
Library Mail prices are based on the
weight of the piece without regard to
zone. The price categories and discounts
are as follows:
[Revise the second sentence of 3.4a as
follows:]
a. * * * To qualify for the 5-digit
price, a piece must be sorted to 5-digit
trays or approved alternate containers
under 385.5.0 or to 5-digit pallets under
705.8.0. * * *
*
*
*
*
*
385
Mail Preparation
1.0 General Information for Mail
Preparation
*
*
*
*
*
1.3
Terms for Presort Levels
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
1.4 Preparation Definitions and
Instructions
For purposes of preparing mail:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 1.4b as follows:]
b. An approved alternate container is
a container that is authorized by the
appropriate USPS official, instead of a
flat tray (tub) or pallet, for the handling
and transport of bundled flat-size
mailpieces or parcels. Alternate
containers could include sacks, other
USPS-supplied mail transport
equipment, or mailer-supplied
containers.
[Revise the second sentence of 1.4c as
follows:]
c. * * * When standards require 5digit/scheme sort, mailers must prepare
all possible 5-digit scheme bundles and
trays, or alternate containers of flats
before preparing 5-digit bundles and
trays (or alternate containers). * * *
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 1.4e as follows:]
e. The required at [quantity]
instruction means that the particular
unit must be prepared for the
corresponding presort level whenever
17:11 Mar 11, 2011
Jkt 223001
1.5 Required Pallet Preparation
Mailers must prepare pallets under
705.8 when they have reached the
minimum load requirements described
in 705.8.5.3. If a mailer is unable to
palletize, mail must be separated and
placed in properly labeled flat trays or
approved alternate containers.
2.0
Terms used for presort levels are
defined as follows:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 1.3b as follows:]
b. 5-digit scheme (bundles, trays and
approved alternate containers) for flats
meeting the automation-compatibility
standards in 301.3.0: the ZIP Code in
the delivery address on all pieces begins
with one of the 5-digit ZIP Code ranges
processed in a single scheme, as shown
in L007.
*
*
*
*
*
VerDate Mar<15>2010
the specified quantity of mail is reached
or exceeded, up to the maximum size or
weight.
[Revise 1.4f as follows:]
f. The optional at [quantity]
instruction means that the particular
unit may be prepared for the
corresponding presort level whenever
the specified quantity is reached or
exceeded, up to the maximum size or
weight.
*
*
*
*
*
[Add a new 1.5 as follows:]
Bundles
*
*
*
*
*
2.6 Preparing Bundles
Bundles of flat-size pieces must be
secure and stable subject to the
following:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 2.6b as follows:]
b. If placed in trays or approved
alternate containers, Library Mail must
meet the specific weight limits in 5.2
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise title of 3.0 as follows:]
3.0 Trays and Alternate Containers
[Revise title and text of 3.1 as follows:]
3.1 Standard Containers
If mailers are unable to palletize,
mailings must be prepared in flat trays
or approved alternate containers.
[Add a new 3.2 as follows:]
3.2 Tray Preparation
Tray and alternate container
preparation is subject to these
standards:
a. Each tray or alternate container
must bear the correct tray label.
b. The weight of a tray, or alternate
container, and its content must not
exceed 70 pounds.
[Revise title of 4.0 as follows:]
4.0
Tray Labels
4.1 Basic Standards
[Revise 4.1 as follows:]
Tray labels are subject to the
following:
a. Use 2-inch labels for trays and
approved alternate containers.
b. Illegible labels are not acceptable.
Machine-printed labels (available from
the USPS) ensure legibility. Legible
hand-printed labels are acceptable.
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
[Revise title and text of the
introductory sentence of 4.2 as follows:]
4.2 Physical Characteristics of a Tray
Label
A tray label must meet these
specifications:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 4.2d as follows:]
d. Height (perpendicular to printing):
1.860 inches minimum; 2.015 inches
maximum.
[Renumber current 4.3 through 4.7 as
the new 4.4 through 4.8 and add a new
4.3 as follows:]
4.3 Additional Standards for
Barcoded Tray Labels
In addition to 4.2, barcoded tray
labels must meet the standards in 4.9
and 708.6.3.
4.4 Line 1 (Destination Line)
Line 1 (destination line) must meet
these standards:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 4.4c as follows:]
c. Overseas Military Mail. On 5-digit
trays or approved alternate containers
for overseas military destinations, Line
1 shows, from left to right, ‘‘APO’’ or
‘‘FPO,’’ followed by ‘‘AE’’ (for ZIP Codes
within the ZIP Code prefix range 090–
098), ‘‘AA’’ (for ZIP Codes within the 3digit ZIP Code prefix 340), or ‘‘AP’’ (for
ZIP Codes within the ZIP Code prefix
range 962–966), followed by the
destination 5-digit ZIP Code of the mail
in the tray or alternate container.
4.5 Line 2 (Content Line)
Line 2 (content line) must meet these
standards:
[Revise 4.5a as follows:]
a. Placement: Line 2 must be the
second visible line on the label. This
line must show the class and processing
category of the mail in the tray or
alternate container and other
information as specified by standards.
*
*
*
*
*
[Add a new 4.9 as follows:]
4.9 Basic Standards for Barcoded
Tray Labels
Trays or approved alternate
containers may bear barcoded tray
labels. When used, barcoded labels must
meet these general standards:
a. Mailers must use the appropriate
size label as described in 4.1.
b. Mailer-produced barcoded labels
must meet the standards in 708.6.0.
c. All information on barcoded labels
must be machine-printed. Do not make
alterations to preprinted barcoded
labels.
d. Mailers must insert a barcoded
label completely into the label holder on
the tray or alternate container.
E:\FR\FM\14MRP2.SGM
14MRP2
13721
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules
e. Intelligent Mail tray labels (see
708.6.0) may optionally be used on trays
or alternate containers.
5.0
Preparing Presorted Flats
*
*
5.2
Bundling
*
*
*
5.2.1 Required Bundling
[Revise the third sentence of 5.2.1 as
follows:]
* * * The maximum weight of each
physical bundle is 20 pounds, except
that 5-digit bundles placed in 5-digit
tray or approved alternate container
may weigh a maximum of 40 pounds.
* * *
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise title of 5.3 and 5.3.1 as
follows:]
5.3
Traying
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
5.3.1 Required Traying
[Revise the introductory paragraph of
5.3.1as follows:]
Mailers must prepare pallets under
705.8 when they have reached the
minimum load requirements described
in 705.8.5.3. Otherwise, mailers must
prepare a tray or approved alternate
container when the quantity of mail for
a required presort destination reaches
the minimums specified in 5.3.2.
Smaller volumes are not permitted
(except in mixed ADC trays or alternate
containers).
[Revise title and text of introductory
paragraph only of 5.3.2 as follows:]
5.3.2 Traying and Labeling
Mailers must segregate trays or
alternate containers destined within the
origin/entry SCF under 386.2.1.
Preparation sequence and labeling:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise item 5.3.2a1 and 5.3.2a2 as
follows:]
1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme trays or
alternate containers, use L007, Column
B. For 5-digit trays or alternate
containers, use city, state, and 5-digit
ZIP Code on mail (see 4.5 for overseas
military mail).
2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme trays or
alternate containers, ‘‘PSVC FLT 5D SCH
NBC.’’ For 5-digit trays or alternate
containers, ‘‘PSVC FLT 5D NBC.’’
*
*
*
*
*
[Delete item 5.3.2d in its entirety and
add new items d through f as follows:]
d. Origin Network Distribution Center
(NDC) Network (required); no minimum;
labeling:
1. Line 1: L604, Column C.
2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC FLTS NDC NON
BC.’’
e. Tier 2 Network (required); no
minimum; labeling:
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:03 Mar 11, 2011
Jkt 223001
1. Line 1: L604, Column C.
2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC FLTS NON BC
WKG.’’
f. Tier 2 Network (required for
specified acceptance locations); if the
origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or
Saint Louis, use Labeling List L604 to
separate the remaining mail into two
east or west directionally-based
containers; if the origin NDC is San
Francisco, use Labeling List L604 to
separate the remaining mail into two
north or south directionally-based
containers; no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L604, Column C.
2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC FLTS NON BC
WKG.’’
[Add a new 5.4 as follows:]
5.4 Containerization—Flat Tray
Preparation and Labeling
For mail prepared in bundles, mailers
must prepare pallets under 705.8.0
when minimum volume is available for
a required pallet level. Mailers who are
unable to palletize, or mailers of small
volume mailings, must prepare bundles
in flat trays or approved alternate
containers as shown in 5.4a through
5.4c. Mailers entering mailings at
acceptance locations specified in 5.4d
must prepare mailings according to the
instructions in 5.4d instead of 5.4c.
Preparation sequence and labeling:
a. Origin-Entry 3 Digit (optional); no
minimum; when making these
separations, mailers must segregate trays
under 346.1.3; labeling:
1. Line 1: Column A, L002.
2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC FLTS 3D NON BC.’’
b. Origin Network Distribution Center
(NDC) Network (required); no minimum;
labeling:
1. Line 1: L604, Column C.
information for the facility serving the
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post
Office
2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC FLTS NON BC.’’
c. Tier 2 Network (required); no
minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L604, Column C, based on
information for the facility serving the
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post
Office.
2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC FLTS NON BC.’’
d. Tier 2 Network (required for
specified acceptance locations); if the
origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or
Saint Louis, use Labeling List L604 to
separate the remaining mail into two
east or west directionally-based
containers; if the origin NDC is San
Francisco, use Labeling List L604 to
separate the remaining mail into two
north or south directionally-based
containers; no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L604, Column C, based on
information for the facility serving the
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post
Office
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC FLTS NON BC.’’
386
*
Enter and Deposit
*
*
*
*
[Add a new 2.0 as follows:]
2.0
Presenting a Mailing
2.1 Segregation of Origin SCF Trays
Mailers must make all required, and
may make any optional, origin/entry 3digit and origin/entry 5-digit (scheme)
trays destinating in the service area of
the SCF serving the Post Office where
the mail is verified, or the service area
of the SCF/plant where mail is entered.
For all such separations, mailpieces
must be trayed or placed in alternative
containers under 385.0 and segregated
from the remainder of the mailing.
Mailers must segregate the origin/entry
trays by one of these methods:
separately containerize the trays; place
the trays in a conspicuous location on
top of origin SCF pallet or other
container; or present them separately to
acceptance personnel.
400
Commercial Parcels
*
*
430
First-Class Mail
433
Prices and Eligibility
*
*
*
1.0 Prices and Fees for First-Class
Mail
*
*
*
*
*
1.4 Surcharge
[Revise the introductory sentence of
1.4 as follows:]
Unless prepared in 5-digit/scheme
trays, sacks, or approved alternate
containers; or paid at the single-piece
prices, presorted parcels are subject to a
surcharge if any of the following
characteristics apply:
*
*
*
*
*
4.0 Price Eligibility for Presorted
First-Class Mail Parcels
4.1 5–Digit Price
[Revise 4.1 as follows:]
The 5-digit price applies to presorted
parcels in a 5-digit/scheme tray, sack or
approved alternate container containing
at least 10 pounds of parcels.
4.2 3–Digit Price
[Revise 4.2 as follows:]
The 3-digit price applies to presorted
parcels in a 3-digit tray or approved
alternate container containing at least 10
pounds of parcels.
4.3 ADC Price
[Revise 4.3 as follows:]
The ADC price applies to presorted
parcels in a 3-digit origin tray or
approved alternate container (no
E:\FR\FM\14MRP2.SGM
14MRP2
13722
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules
minimum), and to parcels in an ADC
tray or approved alternate container
containing at least 10 pounds of parcels.
4.4
Single-Piece Price
palletize, mail must be separated and
placed in properly labeled flat trays or
approved alternate containers.
[Revise title of 2.0 as follows:]
[Revise 4.4 as follows:]
The single-piece price applies to
presorted parcels in a mixed ADC tray
or approved alternate container, with no
minimum volume requirement.
*
*
*
*
*
2.0
435
If mailers are unable to palletize,
mailings must be prepared in flat trays,
sacks (for 5-digit or 5-digit scheme
separations), or approved alternate
containers. A postmaster may authorize
nonpostal containers for a small-volume
presorted mailing if the mailing weighs
no more than 20 pounds, consists
primarily of mail or bundles of mail for
local ZIP Codes, and requires no USPS
transportation for processing.
[Revise title and text of renumbered
2.2 as follows:]
Mail Preparation
1.0 General Information for Mail
Preparation
*
*
*
*
*
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
1.4 Preparation Definitions and
Instructions
For purposes of preparing mail:
*
*
*
*
*
[Resequence current items 1.4c
through f as the new d through g and
add a new item c as follows:]
c. An approved alternate container is
a container that is authorized by the
appropriate USPS official, instead of a
flat tray (tub) or pallet, for the handling
and transport of bundled flat-size
mailpieces or parcels. Alternate
containers could include sacks, other
USPS-supplied mail transport
equipment, or mailer-supplied
containers.
[Revise resequenced 1.4d as follows:]
d. An origin/entry 3-digit tray or
approved alternate container contains
all mail (regardless of quantity) for a 3digit ZIP Code area processed by the
SCF in whose service area the mail is
verified/entered. Mailpieces may be
optionally separated for each such 3digit area regardless of the volume of
mail. These separations are optional, but
mailers making these separations must
segregate flat trays, approved alternate
containers or pallets labeled to
destinations within the origin 3-digit
area be segregated from the remainder of
the mailing as described in 436.1.5.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise resequenced 1.4g as follows:]
g. A ‘‘logical’’ presort destination
represents the total number of pieces in
a mailing that are eligible for a specific
presort level based on the required
sortation, but which might not be
contained in one container (tray,
alternate container or pallet) due to
preparation requirements or the size of
the individual pieces.
[Add a new 1.5 as follows:]
1.5
Required Pallet Preparation
Mailers must prepare pallets under
705.8 when they have reached the
minimum load requirements described
in 705.8.5.3. If a mailer is unable to
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:11 Mar 11, 2011
Jkt 223001
Trays and Alternate Containers
[Delete current 2.1, Presort, in its
entirety, renumber current 2.2 and 2.3
as the new 2.1 and 2.2, and revise
renumbered 2.1 as follows:]
2.1
2.2
Standard Containers
Tray Preparation
Tray, alternate container or sack
preparation is subject to these
standards:
a. Each tray, alternate container or
sack must bear the correct tray label.
b. The weight of a tray, alternate
container or sack, and its content must
not exceed 70 pounds.
[Revise title of 3.0 as follows:]
3.0
Tray Labels
3.1
Basic Standards
[Revise 3.1 as follows:]
Tray labels are subject to the
following:
a. Use 2-inch tray labels for trays,
approved alternate containers and sacks.
b. Illegible labels are not acceptable.
Machine-printed labels (available from
the USPS) ensure legibility. Legible
hand-printed labels are acceptable.
c. Barcoded tray labels are subject to
3.9 and 708.6.0.
[Renumber 3.2 through 3.7 as the new
3.3 through 3.8 and add a new 3.2 as
follows:]
3.2 Physical Characteristics of a Tray
Label
A tray label must meet these
specifications:
a. Color: white or manila.
b. Weight: 70-pound or heavier stock
(required for mailings of automationcompatible flats, optional for others).
c. Length (parallel to printing): 3.250
inches minimum; 3.515 inches
maximum.
d. Height (perpendicular to printing):
1.860 inches minimum; 2.015 inches
maximum.
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
3.3 Line 1 (Destination Line)
Line 1 (destination line) must meet
these standards:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise renumbered 3.3c as follows:]
c. Overseas Military Mail. On 5-digit
trays, approved alternate containers or
sacks for overseas military destinations,
Line 1 shows, from left to right, ‘‘APO’’
or ‘‘FPO,’’ followed by ‘‘AE’’ (for ZIP
Codes within the ZIP Code prefix range
090–098), ‘‘AA’’ (for ZIP Codes within
the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix 340), or ‘‘AP’’
(for ZIP Codes within the ZIP Code
prefix range 962–966), followed by the
destination 5-digit ZIP Code of the mail
in the tray, alternate container or sack.
3.4 Line 2 (Content Line)
Line 2 (content line) must meet these
standards:
[Revise renumbered 3.4a and b as
follows:]
a. Placement: Line 2 must be the
second visible line on the label. This
line must show the class and processing
category of the mail in the tray, alternate
container or sack and other information
as specified by standards.
b. Codes: The codes shown below
must be used as appropriate on Line 2
of tray labels.
*
*
*
*
*
3.5 Line 3 (Origin Line)
[Revise the first sentence of
renumbered 3.5 as follows:]
Line 3 (origin line showing office of
mailing or mailer information) must be
the bottom line of required information
unless the tray, alternate container or
sack contains mail manifested using the
Electronic Verification System (eVS)
under 705.2.9. * * *
3.6 Electronic Verification System
[Revise renumbered 3.6 as follows:]
All trays, alternate containers or sacks
containing parcels prepared and
identified using the Electronic
Verification System (eVS) under 705.2.9
must show ‘‘eVS’’ (or the alternatives
‘‘EVS’’ or ‘‘E–VS’’) directly below Line 3
using the same size and lettering used
for Line 3. As an option, ‘‘eVS’’ may be
placed as the first element on Line 3.
*
*
*
*
*
[Add a new 3.9 as follows:]
3.9 Basic Standards for Barcoded
Tray Labels
Trays, approved alternate containers
or sacks may bear barcoded tray labels.
When used, barcoded labels must meet
these general standards:
a. Mailers must use the appropriate
size label as described in 3.1.
b. Mailer-produced barcoded labels
must meet the standards in 708.6.0.
E:\FR\FM\14MRP2.SGM
14MRP2
13723
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules
c. All information on barcoded labels
must be machine-printed. Do not make
alterations to preprinted barcoded
labels.
d. Mailers must insert a barcoded
label completely into the label holder on
the tray or alternate container.
e. Intelligent Mail tray labels (see
708.6.0) may optionally be used on trays
or alternate containers.
4.0
Preparing Presorted Parcels
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise title and text of the
introductory paragraph only of 4.4 as
follows:]
4.4 Containerization and Labeling
Mailers must segregate trays,
approved alternate containers or sacks
destined within the origin/entry SCF as
described in 436.1.5. Preparation
sequence and labeling:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 4.4a1 and 4.4a2 as follows:]
1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme trays,
alternate containers or sacks use L606,
Column B. For 5-digit trays, alternate
containers or sacks use city, state, and
5-digit ZIP Code on mail (see 3.2c for
overseas military mail).
2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme trays,
alternate containers or sacks, ‘‘FCM
PARCELS 5D SCH.’’ For 5-digit trays,
alternate containers or sacks, ‘‘FCM
PARCELS 5D.’’
*
*
*
*
*
436
Enter and Deposit
1.0
Deposit
*
*
*
*
[Revise 1.0 by adding a new 1.5 as
follows:]
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
*
1.5 Segregation of Origin SCF Trays
Mailers must make all required, and
may make any optional, origin/entry 3digit and origin/entry 5-digit (scheme)
trays destinating in the service area of
the SCF serving the Post Office where
the mail is verified, or the service area
of the SCF/plant where mail is entered.
For all such separations, mailpieces
must be trayed or placed in alternative
containers under 435.4 and segregated
from the remainder of the mailing.
Mailers must segregate the origin/entry
trays by one of these methods:
separately containerize the trays; place
the trays in a conspicuous location on
top of origin SCF pallet or other
container; or present them separately to
acceptance personnel.
*
*
*
*
*
440
Standard Mail
443
Prices and Eligibility
*
*
*
VerDate Mar<15>2010
*
*
17:11 Mar 11, 2011
Jkt 223001
3.0 Basic Standards for Standard Mail
Parcels
5.4 Prices for Irregular Parcels and Not
Flat-Machinable (NFM) Pieces
*
5.4.1 5-Digit Price
The 5-digit price applies to irregular
parcels and NFMs that are dropshipped
to a DNDC (or ASF when claiming
DNDC prices), DSCF, or DDU and
presented:
[Revise 5.4.1a as follows:]
a. In a 5-digit/scheme (L606) tray,
approved alternate container or sack
containing at least 10 pounds of pieces.
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
3.3 Additional Basic Standards for
Standard Mail
Each Standard Mail mailing is subject
to these general standards:
[Revise 3.3a as follows:]
a. All pieces in a mailing must be of
the same processing category, except
that irregular and machinable parcels
may be combined in 5-digit scheme and
5-digit trays, approved alternate
containers or sacks, or on 5-digit scheme
and 5-digit pallets.
*
*
*
*
*
5.0 Additional Eligibility Standards
for Presorted Standard Mail Pieces
*
*
*
*
*
5.2 Price Application
[Revise the last sentence in 5.2 as
follows:]
* * * For example, when there are 10
pounds of combined machinable
parcels, irregular parcels, and Not FlatMachinable pieces in a 5-digit tray,
approved alternate container or sack, all
pieces are eligible for the 5-digit prices.
5.3
Prices for Machinable Parcels
5.3.1 5-Digit Price
The 5-digit price applies to qualifying
machinable parcels that are
dropshipped to a DNDC (or ASF when
claiming DNDC prices), DSCF, or DDU
and presented:
[Revise 5.3.1a as follows:]
a. In a 5-digit/scheme (L606) tray,
approved alternate container or sack
containing at least 10 pounds of pieces.
*
*
*
*
*
5.3.2 NDC Price
The NDC price applies to qualifying
machinable parcels as follows under
either of the following conditions:
a. When dropshipped to an ASF or
NDC and presented:
[Revise 5.3.2a1 as follows:]
1. In an ASF or NDC tray or approved
alternate container containing at least 10
pounds of parcels, or
*
*
*
*
*
5.3.3 Mixed NDC Price
[Revise 5.3.3 as follows:]
The mixed NDC price applies to
machinable parcels that are not eligible
for 5-digit or NDC prices. Place
machinable parcels at mixed NDC prices
in origin NDC trays or approved
alternate containers or on origin NDC
pallets, then in mixed NDC trays or
approved alternate containers, or on
mixed NDC pallets. See 445.5.3.2 and
705.8.10.
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
5.4.2 SCF Price
The SCF price applies to irregular
parcels or NFMs that are dropshipped
and presented to a DSCF or DNDC:
[Revise 5.4.2a as follows:]
a. In an SCF tray or approved
alternate container containing at least 10
pounds of parcels.
*
*
*
*
*
5.4.3 NDC Price
The NDC price applies to qualifying
irregular parcels or NFMs as follows
under either of the following conditions:
a. When dropshipped to an ASF or
NDC and presented:
[Revise 5.4.3a1 as follows:]
1. In an ASF or NDC tray or approved
alternate container containing at least 10
pounds of parcels, or
*
*
*
*
*
5.4.4 Mixed NDC Price
[Revise the last sentence of 5.4.4 as
follows:]
* * * Place irregular parcels or NFMs
at mixed NDC prices in origin NDC or
mixed NDC trays or approved alternate
containers under 445.5.4.4 or on origin
NDC or mixed NDC pallets under
705.8.10.
6.0 Additional Eligibility Standards
for Enhanced Carrier Route Standard
Mail Parcels
*
*
*
*
*
6.3 Basic Price Enhanced Carrier
Route Standards
*
*
*
*
*
6.3.2 Basic Price Discount for
Irregular Parcels
[Revise 6.3.2 as follows:]
Basic prices apply to each piece in a
carrier route or 5-digit carrier routes
tray, approved alternate container or
sack containing at least 125 pieces or 15
pounds of pieces. DALs must be in
carrier route bundles of 10 or more
pieces and prepared under 602.4.0.
6.4 High Density Enhanced Carrier
Route Standards
*
E:\FR\FM\14MRP2.SGM
*
*
14MRP2
*
*
13724
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules
6.4.2 High Density Price Discount for
Irregular Parcels
1.4 Preparation Definitions and
Instructions
[Revise 6.4.2 as follows:]
High density prices apply to each
piece in a carrier route or 5-digit carrier
routes tray, approved alternate container
or sack containing at least 125 pieces or
15 pounds of pieces. DALs must be in
carrier route bundles of 10 or more
pieces and prepared under 602.4.0.
For purposes of preparing mail:
*
*
*
*
*
[Resequence items 1.4b through j as
the new c through k and add a new item
b as follows:]
b. An approved alternate container is
a container that is authorized by the
appropriate USPS official, instead of a
flat tray (tub) or pallet, for the handling
and transport of bundled flat-size
mailpieces or parcels. Alternate
containers could include sacks, other
USPS-supplied mail transport
equipment, or mailer-supplied
containers.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise resequenced 1.4d as follows:]
d. A 5-digit/scheme sort for Standard
Mail parcels yields 5-digit scheme trays,
approved alternate containers, sacks or
pallets for 5-digit ZIP Codes listed in
L606 and 5-digit trays, alternate
containers, sacks or pallets for other ZIP
Codes. The 5-digit ZIP Codes in each
scheme are treated as one presort
destination subject to a single minimum
volume (if required). Trays, alternate
containers, sacks or pallets prepared for
a 5-digit scheme destination that
contain pieces for only one of the
schemed 5-digit ZIP Codes are
considered 5-digit scheme sorted.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise resequenced 1.4f as follows:]
f. The required at [quantity]
instruction means that the particular
unit must be prepared for the
corresponding presort level whenever
the specified quantity of mail is reached
or exceeded, up to the maximum size or
weight.
[Revise resequenced 1.4g as follows:]
g. The optional at [quantity]
instruction means that the particular
unit may be prepared for the
corresponding presort level whenever
the specified quantity is reached or
exceeded, up to the maximum size or
weight.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise resequenced item k as
follows:]
k. A ‘‘logical’’ presort destination
represents the total number of pieces
that are eligible for a specific presort
level based on the required sortation,
but which might not be contained in
one bundle or in one container due to
preparation requirements or the size of
the individual pieces. For example,
there may be 42 mailpieces for ZIP Code
43112 forming a ‘‘logical’’ 5-digit bundle,
and the pieces are prepared in three
physical 5-digit bundles.
*
*
*
*
*
6.5 Saturation Enhanced Carrier
Route Standards
*
*
*
*
*
6.5.2 Saturation Price Discount for
Irregular Parcels
[Revise the first two sentences of 6.5.2
as follows:]
Saturation prices apply to each piece
in a carrier route, or 5-digit carrier
routes tray, approved alternate container
or sack containing at least 125 pieces or
15 pounds of pieces. * * *
*
*
*
*
*
445
Mail Preparation
1.0 General Information for Mail
Preparation
*
1.3
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
*
*
*
*
Terms for Presort Levels
Terms used for presort levels are
defined as follows:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 1.3c as follows:]
c. 5-digit scheme (pallets, trays,
alternate containers and sacks) for
Standard Mail parcels: The ZIP Code in
the delivery address on all pieces begins
with one of the 5-digit ZIP Codes in a
single scheme, as shown in L606.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 1.3g as follows:]
g. Origin/entry SCF: The separation
includes bundles or pieces for one or
more 3-digit areas served by the same
sectional center facility (SCF) (see L005)
in whose service area the mail is
verified/entered. Mailpieces may be
optionally separated for each such 3digit area regardless of the volume of
mail. Mailers making these separations
must segregate flat trays, approved
alternate containers or pallets labeled to
destinations within the origin SCF area
from the remainder of the mailing as
described in 446.1.3.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise the first sentence of 1.3l as
follows:]
l. Residual pieces/bundles/trays/
alternate containers contain material
remaining after completion of a presort
sequence. * * *
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:11 Mar 11, 2011
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
[Add a new 1.5 as follows:]
1.5
Required Pallet Preparation
Mailers must prepare pallets under
705.8 when they have reached the
minimum load requirements described
in 705.8.5.3. If a mailer is unable to
palletize, mail must be separated and
placed in flat trays or approved alternate
containers.
2.0
Bundles
*
*
2.2
Address Visibility
*
*
*
* * * This standard does not apply to
the following:
[Revise items 2.2a and b as follows:]
a. Bundles placed in or on 5-digit or
5-digit scheme (L001) trays, approved
alternate containers, sacks or pallets.
b. Bundles placed in carrier route and
5-digit carrier routes trays or approved
alternate containers.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise the title and text of the
introductory sentence of 2.6 as follows:]
2.6 Preparing Bundles in Trays or
Sacks
In addition to the standards in 2.5,
mailers must prepare and secure
bundles placed in trays, approved
alternate containers or sacks as follows:
*
*
*
*
*
2.7
Pieces With Simplified Address
[Revise the last sentence of 2.7 as
follows:]
* * * Bundles must be secure and
stable subject to weight limits in 705.8.0
if placed on pallets, and weight and
height limits in 2.6 if placed in trays,
approved alternate containers or sacks.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise title of 3.0 as follows:]
3.0
Trays and Alternate Containers
3.1
Standard Containers
[Revise the first sentence of the
introductory paragraph of 3.1 as
follows:]
If mailers are unable to palletize,
mailings must be prepared in flat trays
or approved alternate containers, except
that 5-digit, 5-digit scheme, carrier route
and 5-digit carrier route separations may
be prepared in sacks. * * *
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise title and text of 3.2 as follows:]
3.2
Tray Preparation
Tray and alternate container
preparation is subject to these
standards:
a. Each tray or alternate container
must bear the correct tray label.
E:\FR\FM\14MRP2.SGM
14MRP2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules
4.5
b. The weight of a tray, or alternate
container, and its content must not
exceed 70 pounds.
[Revise title of 4.0 as follows:]
4.0
Tray Labels
4.1 Basic Standards
[Revise 4.1 as follows:]
Tray labels are subject to the
following:
a. Barcoded tray labels are subject to
4.9 and 708.6.5.
b. Illegible labels are not acceptable.
Machine-printed labels (available from
the USPS) ensure legibility. Legible
hand-printed labels are acceptable.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise title of 4.2 as follows:]
4.2 Physical Characteristics of a Tray
Label
[Revise 4.2 as follows:]
A tray label must meet these
specifications:
a. Color: White or manila.
b. Weight: 70-pound or heavier stock
(required for mailings of automationcompatible flats, optional for others).
c. Length (parallel to printing): 3.250
inches minimum; 3.515 inches
maximum.
d. Height (perpendicular to printing):
1.860 inches minimum; 2.015 inches
maximum.
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
4.3 Line 1 (Destination Line)
Line 1 (destination line) must meet
these standards:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 4.3c as follows:]
c. Overseas Military Mail. On 5-digit
trays, approved alternate containers or
sacks for overseas military destinations,
Line 1 shows, from left to right, ‘‘APO’’
or ‘‘FPO,’’ followed by ‘‘AE’’ (for ZIP
Codes within the ZIP Code prefix range
090–098), ‘‘AA’’ (for ZIP Codes within
the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix 340), or ‘‘AP’’
(for ZIP Codes within the ZIP Code
prefix range 962–966), followed by the
destination 5-digit ZIP Code of the mail
in the tray, alternate container or sack.
4.4 Line 2 (Content Line)
Line 2 (content line) must meet these
standards:
[Revise 4.4a as follows:]
a. Placement: Line 2 must be the
second visible line on the label. This
line must show the class and processing
category of the mail in the tray, alternate
container or sack, and other information
as specified by standards.
[Revise the introductory sentence of
4.4b as follows:]
b. Codes: The codes shown below
must be used as appropriate on Line 2
of tray labels:
*
*
*
*
*
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:11 Mar 11, 2011
Jkt 223001
5.3.2
Line 3 (Origin Line)
[Revise the first sentence of 4.5 as
follows:]
Line 3 (origin line showing office of
mailing or mailer information) must be
the bottom line of required information
unless the tray, alternate container or
sack contains mail manifested using the
Electronic Verification System (eVS)
under 705.2.9. * * *
*
*
*
*
*
[Add a new 4.9 as follows:]
4.9 Basic Standards for Barcoded
Tray Labels
Trays, approved alternate containers
or sacks may bear barcoded tray labels.
When used, barcoded labels must meet
these general standards:
a. Mailers must use the appropriate
size label as described in 3.1.
b. Mailer-produced barcoded labels
must meet the standards in 708.6.0.
c. All information on barcoded labels
must be machine-printed. Do not make
alterations to preprinted barcoded
labels.
d. Mailers must insert a barcoded
label completely into the label holder on
the tray or alternate container.
e. Intelligent Mail tray labels (see
708.6.0) may optionally be used on trays
or alternate containers.
5.0
Preparing Presorted Parcels
*
*
5.3
Preparing Machinable Parcels
*
*
*
[Revise title and text of 5.3.1 as
follows:]
5.3.1
Containerization
Mailers must prepare pallets under
705.8 when they have reached the
minimum load requirements described
in 705.8.5.3. Otherwise, mailers may
prepare 5-digit trays, approved alternate
containers or sacks only for parcels that
will be dropshipped to a DNDC (or ASF
when claiming DNDC prices), DSCF, or
DDU. Mailers may prepare ASF or NDC
trays or alternate containers only for
parcels that will be dropshipped to a
DNDC (or ASF when claiming DNDC
prices). There is no minimum for
parcels prepared in 5-digit/scheme
trays, alternate containers or sacks
entered at a DDU. Mailers choosing to
combine the preparation of either
irregular parcels or any Not FlatMachinable pieces with machinable
parcels placed in 5-digit/scheme trays,
alternate containers or sacks must
prepare those containers or sacks under
5.3.2a.
[Revise title of 5.3.2 and text of the
introductory sentence as follows:]
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
13725
Containerization and Labeling
Preparation sequence and labeling:
[Revise 5.3.2a as follows:]
a. 5-digit/scheme (optional, but
required for 5-digit price), sacking
allowed, see definition in 1.4c; allowed
only for mail deposited at DNDC (or
ASF when claiming DNDC prices),
DSCF, or DDU. Trays, approved
alternate containers or sacks must
contain a 10-pound minimum except at
DDU which has no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme trays,
containers or sacks, use L606, Column
B. For 5-digit trays, containers or sacks,
use city, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code
destination on pieces (see 4.0 for
overseas military mail).
2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme trays,
containers or sacks, ‘‘STD MACH 5D
SCH.’’ For 5-digit trays, containers or
sacks, ‘‘STD MACH 5D.’’
*
*
*
*
*
[Delete 5.3.2e in its entirety and add
new items 5.3.2e and f as follows:]
e. Tier 2 Network (required); no
minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L603, Column C
information for the facility serving the
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post
Office.
2. Line 2: ‘‘STD MACH WKG.’’
f. Tier 2 Network (required for
specified acceptance locations); if the
origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or
Saint Louis, use Labeling List L603 to
separate the remaining mail into two
east or west directionally-based
containers; if the origin NDC is San
Francisco, use Labeling List L603 to
separate the remaining mail into two
north or south directionally-based
containers; no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L603, Column C
information for the facility serving the
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post
Office.
2. Line 2: ‘‘STD MACH WKG.’’
5.4
Preparing Irregular Parcels
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise title and text of 5.4.2 as
follows:]
5.4.2
Containerization
Mailers must prepare pallets under
705.8 when they have reached the
minimum load requirements described
in 705.8.5.3. Otherwise, mailers may
prepare 5-digit trays, approved alternate
containers or sacks only for parcels that
will be dropshipped to a DNDC (or ASF
when claiming DNDC prices), DSCF, or
DDU. See 5.4.4 for restrictions on SCF,
ASF, and NDC trays or alternate
containers. Mailers must prepare a tray,
alternate container or sack when the
quantity of mail for a required presort
E:\FR\FM\14MRP2.SGM
14MRP2
13726
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules
destination reaches 10 pounds of pieces.
There is no minimum for parcels
prepared in 5-digit/scheme trays,
alternate containers or sacks entered at
a DDU. Mailers choosing to combine
irregular parcels with machinable
parcels and NFMs in 5-digit/scheme
trays, alternate containers or sacks must
prepare the mailing under 5.3.2. Mailers
may combine irregular and machinable
parcels to other presort levels. Mailers
may combine irregular parcels with
NFMs weighing less than 6 ounces in
trays, alternate containers or sacks
under 5.4.4.
5.4.3
Drop Shipment
[Revise 5.4.3 as follows:]
A mailer using Priority Mail or
Express Mail to drop ship Standard Mail
irregular parcels may prepare containers
or sacks containing fewer than 125
pieces or less than 15 pounds of mail.
[Revise title and text of the
introductory paragraph only of 5.4.4 as
follows:]
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
5.4.4
Containerization and Labeling
Mailers must segregate trays, alternate
containers or sacks destined within the
origin/entry SCF (no piece minimum) as
described in 446.1.3. Preparation
sequence and labeling:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise items 5.4.4a1 and 5.4.4a2 as
follows:]
1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme trays,
alternate containers or sacks, use L606,
Column B. For 5-digit trays, alternate
containers or sacks, use city, state, and
5-digit ZIP Code destination on pieces
(see 4.0 for overseas military mail).
2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme trays,
alternate containers or sacks, ‘‘STD
IRREG 5D SCH.’’ For 5-digit trays,
alternate containers or sacks, ‘‘STD
IRREG 5D.’’
[Renumber current items 5.4.4b
through f as the new 5.4.4c through g
and add a new b as follows:]
b. Origin SCF, optional; no minimum;
labeling:
1. For Line 1, L002, Column C.
2. For Line 2, ‘‘STD IRREG SCF.’’
*
*
*
*
*
[Delete renumbered 5.4.4g in its
entirety and add new items g and h as
follows:]
g. Tier 2 Network (required); no
minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L603, Column C
information for the facility serving the
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post
Office.
2. Line 2: ‘‘STD IRREG WKG.’’
h. Tier 2 Network (required for
specified acceptance locations); if the
origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:11 Mar 11, 2011
Jkt 223001
Saint Louis, use Labeling List L603 to
separate the remaining mail into two
east or west directionally-based
containers; if the origin NDC is San
Francisco, use Labeling List L603 to
separate the remaining mail into two
north or south directionally-based
containers; no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L603, Column C
information for the facility serving the
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post
Office.
2. Line 2: ‘‘STD IRREG WKG.’’
*
*
*
*
*
6.0 Preparing Not Flat-Machinable
Pieces
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise title of 6.3 as follows:]
6.3
Containerization and Labeling
[Revise title and text of 6.3.1 as
follows:]
6.3.1
Containerization
Mailers must prepare pallets under
705.8 when they have reached the
minimum load requirements described
in 705.8.5.3. Otherwise, mailers may
prepare 5-digit trays, approved alternate
containers or sacks only for NFMs that
will be dropshipped to a DNDC (or ASF
when claiming DNDC prices), DSCF, or
DDU. See 6.3.2 and 6.3.3 for restrictions
on SCF, ASF, and NDC trays or
containers.
6.3.2 NFM Pieces Weighing Less Than
6 Ounces
[Revise the introductory paragraph
only of 6.3.2 as follows:]
Mailers must segregate trays, alternate
containers or sacks destined within the
origin/entry SCF (no piece minimum) as
described in 446.1.3. Preparation
sequence and labeling of NFM pieces
weighing less than 6 ounces:
[Revise 6.3.2a as follows:]
a. 5-digit/scheme (optional, but
required for 5-digit price), sacking
allowed; see definition in 1.4c; allowed
only for mail deposited at DNDC (or
ASF when claiming DNDC prices),
DSCF, or DDU. Trays, approved
alternate containers or sacks must
contain a 10-pound minimum except at
DDU entry (which has no minimum);
labeling:
1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme trays,
alternate containers or sacks, use L606,
Column B. For 5-digit trays, alternate
containers or sacks, use city, state, and
5-digit ZIP Code destination on pieces
(see 4.0 for overseas military mail).
2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme trays,
alternate containers or sacks, ‘‘STD NFM
5D SCH.’’ For 5-digit trays, alternate
containers or sacks, ‘‘STD NFM 5D.’’
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
[Renumber current 6.3.2b through f as
the new 6.3.2c through g and add a new
6.3.2b as follows:]
b. Origin SCF (optional); no
minimum; labeling:
1. For Line 1, L002, Column C.
2. For Line 2, ‘‘STD NFM SCF.’’
*
*
*
*
*
[Delete renumbered 6.3.2g in its
entirety and add a new 6.3.2 g and h as
follows:]
g. Tier 2 Network (required); no
minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L603, Column C
information for the facility serving the
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post
Office.
2. Line 2: ‘‘STD NFM WKG.’’
h. Tier 2 Network (required for
specified acceptance locations); if the
origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or
Saint Louis, use Labeling List L603 to
separate the remaining mail into two
east or west directionally-based
containers; if the origin NDC is San
Francisco, use Labeling List L603 to
separate the remaining mail into two
north or south directionally-based
containers; no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L603, Column C
information for the facility serving the
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post
Office.
2. Line 2: ‘‘STD NFM WKG.’’
6.3.3 NFM Pieces Weighing 6 Ounces
or More
[Revise the introductory paragraph of
6.3.3 as follows:]
Preparation sequence and labeling for
trays, alternate containers or sacks of
NFM pieces that weigh 6 ounces or
more:
[Revise 6.3.3a as follows:]
a. 5-digit/scheme (optional, but
required for 5-digit price), sacking
allowed; see definition in 1.4c; allowed
only for mail deposited at DNDC (or
ASF when claiming DNDC prices),
DSCF, or DDU. Trays, alternate
containers or sacks must contain a
10-pound minimum except at DDU
entry (which has no minimum);
labeling:
1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme trays,
alternate containers or sacks, use L606,
Column B. For 5-digit trays, alternate
containers or sacks, use city, state, and
5-digit ZIP Code destination on pieces
(see 4.0 for overseas military mail).
2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme trays,
alternate containers or sacks, ‘‘STD NFM
MACH 5D SCH.’’ For 5-digit trays,
alternate containers or sacks, ‘‘STD NFM
MACH 5D.’’
*
*
*
*
*
[Delete 6.3.3e in its entirety and add
new 6.3.3e and f as follows:]
E:\FR\FM\14MRP2.SGM
14MRP2
13727
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules
e. Tier 2 Network (required); no
minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L603, Column C
information for the facility serving the
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post
Office.
2. Line 2: ‘‘STD NFM WKG.’’
f. Tier 2 Network (required for
specified acceptance locations); if the
origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or
Saint Louis, use Labeling List L603 to
separate the remaining mail into two
east or west directionally-based
containers; if the origin NDC is San
Francisco, use Labeling List L603 to
separate the remaining mail into two
north or south directionally-based
containers; no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L603, Column C
information for the facility serving the
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post
Office.
2. Line 2: ‘‘STD NFM WKG.’’
7.0 Preparing Enhanced Carrier Route
Parcels
*
*
*
*
7.4
7.5.2
*
Bundling
7.4.1 Carrier Route Bundle
Preparation
Prepare carrier route bundles of
parcels as follows:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 7.4.1c as follows:]
c. The method of labeling a carrier
route bundle is based on the following
tray, sack or alternate container levels:
1. Carrier route tray, sack or alternate
container: No bundle labeling is
required.
2. 5-digit scheme or 5-digit carrier
routes trays, sacks or alternate
containers: Bundles must have a facing
slip unless the pieces in the bundle
have a carrier information line or an
optional endorsement line (OEL).
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
destination reaches either 125 pieces or
15 pounds of pieces subject to these
conditions:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 7.5.1b as follows:]
b. For nonidentical-weight pieces,
mailers must either use the minimum
that applies to the average piece weight
for the entire mailing (divide the net
weight of the mailing by the number of
pieces; the resulting average singlepiece weight determines whether the
125-piece or 15-pound minimum
applies) or tray (sacking or use of
alternate containers allowed) by the
actual piece count or mail weight for
each tray, sack or container, if
documentation shows the number of
pieces and their total weight of the
pieces in each tray or container.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise title and text of the
introductory paragraph of 7.5.2 only as
follows:]
7.4.2 Bundles and Sacks With Fewer
Than the Minimum Number of Pieces
Required
[Revise 7.4.2 as follows:]
As a general exception to 7.4.1, a
mailer may prepare a bundle with fewer
than 10 pieces and a less-than-full tray
or alternate container with fewer than
125 pieces and less than 15 pounds of
pieces to a carrier route when claiming
the saturation price for the contents and
the density standard is met.
Containerization and Labeling
Mailers must segregate trays or
alternate containers destined within the
origin/entry SCF as described in
446.1.3. Preparation sequence and
labeling:
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
4.2 Eligibility
Pieces in a mailing that meets the
standards in 2.0 and 4.0 are eligible for
the DSCF price, as follows:
[Revise items 4.2a and b as follows:]
a. When deposited at a DSCF (or
USPS-designated facility), addressed for
delivery within that facility’s service
area, and placed in a tray or approved
alternate container, or on a pallet, that
is labeled to that DSCF or to a postal
facility within its service area.
b. When prepared in 5-digit bundles
and placed on a 5-digit pallet or in a 5digit scheme or 5-digit tray, alternate
container or sack that is deposited at the
destination delivery unit as defined in
5.1.
*
*
*
*
*
5.0 Destination Delivery Unit (DDU)
Entry
1.0
Presenting a Mailing
*
*
*
*
*
*
[Add a new 1.3 as follows:]
1.3
Segregation of Origin SCF Trays
Mailers must make all required, and
may make any optional, separations
containing irregular parcels destinating
in the service area of the SCF serving
the Post Office where the mail is
verified, or the service area of the SCF/
plant where mail is entered. For all such
separations, mailpieces must be trayed
or placed in alternative containers
under 445.0 and segregated from the
remainder of the mailing. Mailers must
segregate the origin/entry trays by one of
these methods: Separately containerize
the trays; place the trays in a
conspicuous location on top of origin
SCF pallet or other container; or present
them separately to acceptance
personnel.
*
*
*
*
*
7.5.1 Container Minimums
A tray, sack or approved alternate
container must be prepared when the
quantity of mail for a required presort
3.3 Additional Standards for
Machinable Parcels
Jkt 223001
*
Enter and Deposit
3.0 Destination Network Distribution
Center (DNDC) Entry
17:11 Mar 11, 2011
4.0 Destination Sectional Center
Facility (DSCF) Entry
446
7.5 Preparing Irregular Parcels
[Revise title of 7.5.1 and text of the
introductory sentence as follows:]
VerDate Mar<15>2010
text of 3.3a as the complete 3.3, and
revise the second sentence as follows:]
* * * Machinable parcels palletized,
trayed, sacked or placed in approved
alternate containers may be sorted to
destination NDCs or to destination
NDCs and ASFs. * * *
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
[Delete the introductory sentence of
3.3 and 3.3b in their entirety. Use the
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
*
*
*
*
5.2 Eligibility
Pieces in a mailing that meets the
standards in 2.0 and 5.0 are eligible for
the DDU price when deposited at a
DDU, addressed for delivery within that
facility’s service area, and prepared as
follows:
[Revise item 5.2a as follows:]
a. Irregular parcels in carrier route
bundles sorted to carrier route trays,
approved alternate containers or sacks,
and otherwise eligible for and claimed
at a carrier route price.
*
*
*
*
*
450
Parcel Select
453
Prices and Eligibility
*
*
*
*
*
3.0 Price Eligibility for Parcel Select
3.1
Destination Entry Price Eligibility
*
*
3.1.2
*
*
*
Basic Standards
For Parcel Select destination entry,
pieces must meet the applicable
standards in 455.4.0 and the following
criteria:
[Revise 3.1.2a as follows:]
a. Pieces may be bedloaded on pallets,
in pallet boxes on pallets, in flat trays,
E:\FR\FM\14MRP2.SGM
14MRP2
13728
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules
approved alternate containers or sacks
as specified in 456.2.1 through 456.2.16,
depending on the facility at which the
pieces are deposited.
*
*
*
*
*
3.1.3
DNDC Prices
For DNDC prices, pieces must meet
the applicable standards in 3.0 and the
following:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 3.1.3d as follows:]
d. Pieces must be within a ZIP Code
eligible for DNDC prices under Exhibit
3.1.3 and must be prepared according to
455.4.0 and 705.8.0. Mail meeting the
additional criteria in 456.2.15 or
456.2.16 may be deposited at an SCF.
*
*
*
*
*
455
Mail Preparation
1.0 General Information for Mail
Preparation
1.1
Basic Standards
All mailings at Parcel Select prices are
subject to these general standards:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 1.1b as follows:]
b. All pieces must be prepared on
pallets when they have reached the
minimum load requirements described
in 705.8.5.3. If a mailer is unable to
palletize, mail must be separated and
placed in flat trays or approved alternate
containers.
*
*
*
*
*
1.4
Terms for Presort Level
Terms used for presort levels are
defined as follows:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 1.4b as follows:]
b. 5-digit scheme (pallets, trays,
approved alternate containers and
sacks): The ZIP Code in the delivery
address on all pieces begins with one of
the 5-digit ZIP Code in a single scheme,
as shown in L606.
*
*
*
*
*
1.5 Preparation Definitions and
Instructions
For purposes of preparing mail:
*
*
*
*
[Resequence items 1.5 b through i as
the new 1.5c through j and add a new
1.5b as follows:]
b. An approved alternate container is
a container that is authorized by the
appropriate USPS official, instead of a
flat tray (tub) or pallet, for the handling
and transport of bundled flat-size
mailpieces or parcels. Alternate
containers could include sacks, other
USPS-supplied mail transport
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
*
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:11 Mar 11, 2011
Jkt 223001
equipment, or mailer-supplied
containers.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise resequenced 1.5d as follows:]
d. A 5-digit scheme sort for parcels
yields 5-digit scheme pallets, trays,
approved alternate containers or sacks
for those 5-digit ZIP Codes listed in
L606, and 5-digit pallets, trays, alternate
containers or sacks for other ZIP Codes.
The 5-digit ZIP Codes in each scheme
are treated as one presort destination
subject to a single minimum volume.
Pallets, trays, alternate containers or
sacks prepared for a 5-digit scheme
destination that contain pieces for only
one of the schemed 5-digit ZIP Codes
are considered 5-digit scheme sorted.
The 5-digit scheme sort is always
optional, including when 5-digit
sortation is required for price eligibility
and need not be used for all possible 5digit scheme sorts.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise resequenced 1.5h as follows:]
h. An overflow container for Parcel
Select DSCF mail is a 5-digit scheme or
5-digit tray, approved alternate
container or sack prepared with fewer
than seven pieces after all other
required trays, alternate containers or
sacks for that same 5-digit scheme or 5digit ZIP Code area are prepared under
4.2. If all of the mail is trayed,
containerized or sacked under 4.0, only
one overflow container is permitted for
each 5-digit scheme or 5-digit ZIP Code.
If a mailing is prepared on pallets,
remaining Parcel Select pieces mail may
be prepared in one or more 5-digit
scheme or 5-digit overflow containers
only after one or more 5-digit scheme or
5-digit pallets are prepared to meet the
minimum pallet requirement in 705.8.0.
Pieces in overflow containers qualify for
the Parcel Select DSCF prices.
*
*
*
*
*
1.6
Separation
[Revise the last sentence of 1.6 as
follows:]
* * * If DSCF trays or approved
alternate containers prepared under
4.2.3 are included in the same mailing
as DSCF pallets prepared under
705.8.20.1e., then at the time of
acceptance the mailer must separate the
trays or alternate containers that are
overflow from palletized mail from
those trays or alternate containers
prepared under 4.2.
*
*
*
*
*
[Renumber current items 1.7 and 1.8
as the new 1.8 and 1.9, and add a new
1.7 as follows:]
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
1.7 Required Pallet Preparation
Mailers must prepare pallets under
705.8 when they have reached the
minimum load requirements described
in 705.8.5.3. If a mailer is unable to
palletize, mail must be separated and
placed in flat trays or approved alternate
containers.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise title of 2.0 as follows:]
2.0 Trays and Alternate Containers
[Renumber current 2.1 as the new 2.2
and add a new 2.1 as follows:]
2.1 Standard Containers
If mailers are unable to palletize,
mailings must be prepared in flat trays
or approved alternate containers, except
that 5-digit and 5-digit scheme
separations may be prepared in sacks.
[Revise title and text of renumbered
2.2 as follows:]
2.2 Tray Preparation
All tray, approved alternate container
and sack preparation is subject to these
standards:
a. Each tray, alternate container or
sack must bear the correct tray label.
b. The weight of a tray, alternate
container or sack, and its contents, must
not exceed 70 pounds.
[Revise title of 3.0 as follows:]
3.0
Tray Labels
3.1 Basic Standards
[Revise 3.1 as follows:]
Tray labels are subject to the
following:
a. Barcoded labels for mailings placed
in flat trays or approved alternate
containers are subject to 3.9 and 708.6.0.
b. Illegible labels are not acceptable.
Machine-printed labels (available from
the USPS) ensure legibility. Legible
hand-printed labels are acceptable.
[Revise title of 3.2 as follows:]
3.2 Physical Characteristics of a Tray
Label
[Revise 3.2 as follows:]
A tray label must meet these
specifications:
a. Color: White or manila.
b. Weight: 70-pound or heavier stock
(required for mailings of automationcompatible flats, optional for others).
c. Length (parallel to printing): 3.250
inches minimum; 3.515 inches
maximum.
d. Height (perpendicular to printing):
1.860 inches minimum; 2.015 inches
maximum.
3.3 Line 1 (Destination Line)
Line 1 (destination line) must meet
these standards:
*
*
*
*
*
E:\FR\FM\14MRP2.SGM
14MRP2
13729
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules
[Revise 3.3c as follows:]
c. Overseas Military Mail. On 5-digit
trays, approved alternate containers or
sacks for overseas military destinations,
Line 1 shows, from left to right, ‘‘APO’’
or ‘‘FPO,’’ followed by ‘‘AE’’ (for ZIP
Codes within the ZIP Code prefix range
090–098), ‘‘AA’’ (for ZIP Codes within
the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix 340), or ‘‘AP’’
(for ZIP Codes within the ZIP Code
prefix range 962–966), followed by the
destination 5-digit ZIP Code of the mail
in the tray, alternate container or sack.
3.4 Line 2 (Content Line)
Line 2 (content line) must meet these
standards:
[Revise items 3.4a and b as follows:]
a. Placement: Line 2 must be the
second visible line on the label. This
line must show the class and processing
category of the mail in the tray, alternate
container or sack, and other information
as specified by standards.
b. Codes: The codes shown below
must be used as appropriate on Line 2
of tray labels.
*
*
*
*
*
3.5 Line 3 (Origin Line)
[Revise the first sentence of 3.5 as
follows:]
Line 3 (origin line showing office of
mailing or mailer information) must be
the bottom line of required information
unless the tray, approved alternate
container or sack contains mail
manifested using the Electronic
Verification System (eVS) (see 4.6 for
eVS labeling information). * * *
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
3.6 Electronic Verification System
[Revise the first sentence of 3.6 as
follows:]
All trays, approved alternate
containers or sacks containing parcels
prepared and identified using the
Electronic Verification System (eVS)
under 705.2.9 must show ‘‘eVS’’ (or the
alternatives ‘‘EVS’’ or ‘‘E–VS’’) directly
below Line 3 using the same size and
lettering used for Line 3. * * *
*
*
*
*
*
[Add a new 3.9 as follows:]
3.9 Basic Standards for Barcoded
Tray Labels
Trays, approved alternate containers
or sacks may bear barcoded tray labels.
When used, barcoded labels must meet
these general standards:
a. Mailers must use the appropriate
size label as described in 3.1.
b. Mailer-produced barcoded labels
must meet the standards in 708.6.0.
c. All information on barcoded labels
must be machine-printed. Do not make
alterations to preprinted barcoded
labels.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:11 Mar 11, 2011
Jkt 223001
d. Mailers must insert a barcoded
label completely into the label holder on
the tray or alternate container.
e. Intelligent Mail tray labels (see
708.6.0) may optionally be used on trays
or alternate containers.
4.0 Preparing Destination Entry Parcel
Select
4.1 Preparing Destination Delivery
Unit (DDU) Parcel Select
*
*
4.1.2
*
*
*
Basic Standards
Pieces must meet the applicable
standards in 4.0 and the following
criteria:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise the first sentence of 4.1.2c as
follows:]
c. If the delivery unit serves more
than one 5-digit ZIP Code, the pieces
must be separated by 5-digit ZIP Code
when unloaded, unless prepared as
optional 5-digit scheme trays, approved
alternate containers, sacks or
pallets. * * *
[Revise title of 4.1.3 and text of the
introductory paragraph as follows:]
4.1.3
Containerization and Labeling
There are no minimum traying,
containerization, sacking or pallet
preparation standards. DDU pieces may
be bedloaded, trayed, placed in
approved alternate containers, sacked,
placed directly on pallets or placed in
pallet boxes. Machinable and
nonmachinable pieces may be combined
in the same tray, alternate container or
sack, or on the same pallet (including
pallet boxes). Trayed, containerized and
sacked mail must be labeled as follows:
*
*
*
*
*
4.2 Preparing Destination SCF (DSCF)
Parcel Select
*
*
4.2.2
*
*
*
Basic Standards
Pieces must meet the applicable
standards in 4.0 and the following
criteria:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise the first sentence of 4.2.2c as
follows:]
c. Sorted to optional 5-digit scheme
destinations under L606, Column B, and
5-digit destinations, either in trays,
approved alternate containers, sacks or
directly on pallets or in pallet boxes.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise title and text of 4.2.3 as
follows:]
4.2.3
Containerization and Labeling
Containerization requirements for
DSCF entry:
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
a. Only 5-digit scheme and 5-digit
trays, approved alternate containers or
sacks are permitted.
b. Each 5-digit scheme and 5-digit
tray, alternate container or sack must
contain a minimum of seven pieces.
Machinable and nonmachinable pieces
may be combined in the same tray,
alternate container or sack to meet this
requirement. One overflow tray,
alternate container or sack per 5-digit
ZIP Code is permitted (no piece
minimum).
c. 5-digit scheme tray, alternate
container or sack labeling: Line 1, use
L606, Column B; for Line 2, ‘‘PSVC
PARCELS 5D SCH.’’
d. 5-digit tray, alternate container or
sack labeling: Line 1, use city, state, and
5-digit ZIP Code on mail (see 3.3 for
overseas military mail); for Line 2,
‘‘PSVC PARCELS 5D.’’
e. 3-digit nonmachinable tray or
alternate container labeling: Line 1, use
L002, Column A; for Line 2, ‘‘PSVC
IRREG 3D.’’
f. See 705.8.0 for option to place 5digit scheme and 5-digit DSCF trays,
alternate containers or sacks and 3-digit
nonmachinable trays or alternate
containers on an SCF pallet.
4.3 Preparing Destination NDC
(DNDC) Parcel Select
*
*
*
*
*
4.3.2 Basic Standards
Pieces must meet the applicable
standards in 4.0 and the following
criteria:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise the first sentence of 4.3.2e as
follows:]
e. Pieces must be within a ZIP Code
eligible for DNDC prices under Exhibit
453.3.1.3 and, if trayed, placed in
approved alternate containers, sacked or
palletized, must be prepared according
to 4.0 and 705.8.0. * * *
[Revise title and text of 4.3.3 as
follows:]
4.3.3 Containerization and Labeling
DNDC mailing (if not bedloaded),
must be prepared as follows:
a. DNDC machinable parcels must be
trayed, placed in approved alternate
containers or sacked under 6.0, or
prepared on pallets under 705.8.0.
b. DNDC nonmachinable parcels that
each weigh 35 pounds or less must be
trayed, placed in approved alternate
containers or sacked under 6.0, if the
parcels do not contain perishables and
the size of the parcels allows a tray,
alternate container or sack to hold at
least two pieces. DNDC nonmachinable
parcels that cannot be containerized in
this manner or that weigh more than 35
E:\FR\FM\14MRP2.SGM
14MRP2
13730
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules
pounds must be transported as outside
(uncontainerized) pieces. If authorized
by the USPS, DNDC nonmachinable
parcels may be palletized.
*
*
*
*
*
6.0 Preparing Barcoded Machinable
Parcels
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise title of 6.3 and the text of the
first sentence as follows:]
6.3 Containerization and Labeling
Traying, containerization or sacking is
not required, however mailers may opt
to prepare Parcel Select machinable
parcels in trays, approved alternate
containers or sacks under 2.0 or on
pallets under 705.8.0. * * *
[Revise title of 6.3.1 and text of the
introductory sentence as follows:]
6.3.1 Container Preparation
Container and preparation sequence,
and Line 1 labeling:
[Revise items 6.3.1a and b as follows:]
a. 5-digit scheme: Optional (minimum
of 10 pieces or 20 pounds); sacking
allowed; for Line 1, use L606,
Column B.
b. 5-digit; required (minimum of 10
pieces or 20 pounds); sacking allowed;
for Line 1, use city, state and 5-digit ZIP
Code destination of pieces (see 3.3c. for
military mail).
*
*
*
*
*
[Delete 6.3.1e in its entirety and add
new items e and f as follows:]
e. Tier 2 Network: Required (no
minimum); for Line 1, use L603,
Column C information for the Tier 2
facility serving the 3-digit ZIP Code
prefix of entry Post Office.
f. Tier 2 Network: Required for
specified acceptance locations (no
minimum); if the origin NDC is Chicago,
Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling
List L603 to separate the remaining mail
into two east or west directionally-based
containers; if the origin NDC is San
Francisco, use Labeling List L603 to
separate the remaining mail into two
north or south directionally-based
containers. For Line 1, use L603,
Column C information for the facility
serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of
entry Post Office.
[Revise title of 6.3.2 as follows:]
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
6.3.2
Tray Line 2
*
*
*
*
*
[Delete 6.3.2e in its entirety and add
new items e and f as follows:]
e. Tier 2 Network: ‘‘PSVC MACH
WKG.’’
f. Tier 2 Network, Directional: ‘‘PSVC
MACH WKG.’’
456
Enter and Deposit
*
*
*
VerDate Mar<15>2010
*
*
18:03 Mar 11, 2011
Jkt 223001
2.0
Deposit
2.1
Bedloaded Parcels
*
*
*
*
*
2.1.1 Containers
DNDC mailings (if not bedloaded),
DDU mailings (if not bedloaded), and all
DSCF mailings must be prepared as
follows:
[Revise 2.1.1a through d as follows:]
a. Machinable parcels for which a
DNDC, DSCF, or DDU price is claimed
must be trayed, placed in approved
alternate containers or sacked under
455.4.0, Preparing Destination Entry
Parcel Select, or prepared on pallets
under 705.8.0.
b. For DNDC price, nonmachinable
parcels must be prepared under
455.4.3.3.
c. For DSCF, if prepared under
455.4.0, trays, alternate containers or
sacks must contain at least seven pieces.
If the tray, alternate container or sack is
overflow from a 5-digit scheme, 5-digit,
or 3-digit tray, alternate container or
sack that contains at least seven pieces,
then a tray, alternate container or sack
may contain fewer than seven pieces.
For DSCF, if trayed, placed in approved
alternate containers or sacked as
overflow from a 5-digit scheme, 5-digit,
or 3-digit pallet that meets the pallet
minimum, may contain any number of
pieces. Machinable and nonmachinable
pieces may be included in the same
tray, alternate container or sack.
d. For DSCF, 5-digit scheme, 5-digit,
and 3-digit trays, approved alternate
containers or sacks may be bedloaded or
be placed on SCF pallets that are labeled
and otherwise prepared under 705.8.0.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 2.1.1f as follows:]
f. For DDU, there are no minimums
for trays, approved alternate containers,
sacks, pallets, or pallet boxes. DDU mail
must be separated by 5-digit scheme and
5-digit and, if placed in trays, alternate
containers, or sacks, on pallets, or in
pallet boxes, it must be labeled to the 5digit scheme or 5-digit destination.
Machinable and nonmachinable pieces
may be combined in 5-digit scheme and
5-digit trays, approved alternate
containers or sacks, or on 5-digit scheme
and 5-digit pallets (including pallet
boxes).
*
*
*
*
*
2.12 Vehicle Unloading
Unloading of destination entry
mailings is subject to these conditions:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise the first sentence of 2.1.2c as
follows:]
c. At destination delivery units
(DDUs), drivers must unload all mail,
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
whether bedloaded, trayed,
containerized, sacked, or palletized
(including boxes on pallets), within 1
hour of arrival. Unloading procedures
are as follows:
*
*
*
*
*
2.16 Acceptance at Designated SCF–
USPS Benefit
A mailing that is otherwise eligible for
DNDC prices may be deposited, and
accepted, at an SCF designated by the
USPS when it benefits the USPS and:
[Revise item 2.16a as follows:]
a. The mailing contains only
machinable parcels prepared in 5-digit
scheme and 5-digit trays, alternate
containers, sacks or pallets, and
nonmachinable parcels prepared under
2.1.1.
*
*
*
*
*
460
Bound Printed Matter
*
*
465
Mail Preparation
*
*
*
1.0 General Information for Mail
Preparation
1.1
Basic Preparation—Nonpresorted
[Revise 1.1 as follows:]
There are no presort, traying,
containerization, or labeling standards
for nonpresorted price Bound Printed
Matter.
*
*
*
*
*
1.5 Preparation Definitions and
Instructions
For purposes of preparing mail:
*
*
*
*
[Resequence 1.5b through j as the new
1.5c through k and add a new item 1.5b
as follows:]
b. An approved alternate container is
a container that is authorized by the
appropriate USPS official, instead of a
flat tray (tub) or pallet. Alternate
containers could include sacks, other
USPS-supplied mail transport
equipment, or mailer-supplied
containers.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise the first three sentences of
resequenced 1.5d as follows:]
d. A 5-digit scheme sort for Bound
Printed Matter parcels yields 5-digit
scheme trays, approved alternate
containers, sacks or pallets for those 5digit ZIP Codes listed in L606 and 5digit trays, alternate containers, sacks or
pallets for other ZIP Codes. The 5-digit
ZIP Codes in each scheme are treated as
one presort destination subject to a
single minimum volume. Trays,
alternate containers, sacks or pallets
prepared for a 5-digit scheme
destination that contain pieces for only
*
E:\FR\FM\14MRP2.SGM
14MRP2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules
one of the schemed 5-digit ZIP Codes
are considered 5-digit scheme
sorted. * * *
[Revise resequenced 1.5e as follows:]
e. An origin 3-digit (or origin 3-digit
scheme) tray or approved alternate
container includes all mail (regardless
of quantity) for a 3-digit ZIP Code (or 3digit scheme) area processed by the SCF
in whose service area the mail is
verified. If more than one 3-digit (or 3digit scheme) area is served, as
indicated in L005, a separate tray or
alternate container may be prepared for
each. These separations are optional,
but mailers making these separations
must segregate flat trays, approved
alternate containers or pallets labeled to
destinations within the origin SCF area
from the remainder of the mailing as
described in 466.2.7.
[Revise resequenced 1.5f as follows:]
f. The required at [quantity]
instruction means that the particular
unit must be prepared for the
corresponding presort level whenever
the specified quantity of mail is reached
or exceeded, up to the maximum size or
weight.
[Revise resequenced 1.5g as follows:]
g. The optional at [quantity]
instruction means that the particular
unit may be prepared for the
corresponding presort level whenever
the specified quantity is reached or
exceeded, up to the maximum size or
weight.
*
*
*
*
*
[Add a new 1.6 as follows:]
1.6 Required Pallet Preparation
Mailers must prepare pallets under
705.8 when they have reached the
minimum load requirements described
in 705.8.5.3. If a mailer is unable to
palletize, mail must be separated and
placed in flat trays or approved alternate
containers.
Bundles
*
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
2.0
*
*
*
*
2.2 Address Visibility
* * * This standard does not apply to
the following:
[Revise 2.2a and b as follows:]
a. Bundles placed in or on 5-digit or
5-digit scheme (L001) trays, approved
alternate containers, sacks or pallets.
b. Bundles placed in carrier route and
5-digit carrier routes trays, approved
alternate containers or sacks.
*
*
*
*
*
2.6 Bundle Sizes
[Revise 2.6 as follows:]
Mailers must prepare
uncontainerized, nonpalletized bundles
of Presorted irregular parcels for DDU
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:11 Mar 11, 2011
Jkt 223001
entry according to 2.8 and 5.2 for
parcels weighing less than 10 pounds
and 5.3 for parcels weighing 10 pounds
or more. Mailers must prepare
uncontainerized, nonpalletized bundles
of carrier route irregular parcels for DDU
entry according to 2.7 and 6.2 for
parcels weighing less than 10 pounds
and 6.3 for parcels weighing 10 pounds
or more.
[Revise title of 2.7 and the text of the
introductory sentence of 2.7 as follows:]
2.7 Additional Standards for
Uncontainerized Bundles Entered at
DDU Facilities
Mailers may enter uncontainerized,
nonpalletized bundles of irregular
parcels at destination delivery units
(DDUs) if all of the following conditions
are met:
*
*
*
*
*
2.8 Pieces With Simplified Addresses
[Revise the last sentence of 2.8 as
follows:]
* * * Bundles must be secure and
stable subject to specific weight limits
in 705.8.0 if placed on pallets, and for
parcels in trays or approved alternate
containers, specific weight limits in 5.0
and 6.0.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise title of 3.0 as follows:]
3.0 Trays and Alternate Containers
[Renumber current 3.1 as the new 3.2
and add a new 3.1 as follows:]
3.1 Standard Containers
If mailers are unable to palletize,
mailings must be prepared in flat trays
or approved alternate containers, except
that 5-digit, 5-digit scheme and carrier
route separations may be prepared in
sacks.
[Revise title and text of 3.2 as follows:]
3.2 Tray Preparation
All tray, approved alternate container
and sack preparation is subject to these
standards:
a. Each tray, alternate container or
sack must bear the correct tray label.
b. The weight of a tray, alternate
container or sack, and its contents, must
not exceed 70 pounds.
[Revise title of 4.0 as follows:]
4.0
Tray Labels
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
the USPS) ensure legibility. Legible
hand-printed labels are acceptable.
[Revise title of 4.2 as follows:]
4.2 Physical Characteristics of a Tray
Label
[Revise 4.2 as follows:]
A tray label must meet these
specifications:
a. Color: White or manila.
b. Weight: 70-pound or heavier stock
(required for mailings of automationcompatible flats, optional for others).
c. Length (parallel to printing): 3.250
inches minimum; 3.515 inches
maximum.
d. Height (perpendicular to printing):
1.860 inches minimum; 2.015 inches
maximum.
4.3
Sfmt 4702
Line 1 (Destination Line)
Line 1 (destination line) must meet
these standards:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 4.3c as follows:]
c. Overseas Military Mail. On 5-digit
trays, approved alternate containers or
sacks for overseas military destinations,
Line 1 shows, from left to right, ‘‘APO’’
or ‘‘FPO,’’ followed by ‘‘AE’’ (for ZIP
Codes within the ZIP Code prefix range
090–098), ‘‘AA’’ (for ZIP Codes within
the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix 340), or ‘‘AP’’
(for ZIP Codes within the ZIP Code
prefix range 962–966), followed by the
destination 5-digit ZIP Code of the mail
in the tray, alternate container or sack.
4.4
Line 2 (Content Line)
Line 2 (content line) must meet these
standards:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise the text of 4.4b as follows:]
b. Codes: The codes shown below
must be used as appropriate on Line 2
of tray labels.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise the ‘‘code’’ description for
nonbarcoded ‘‘content type’’ (ninth from
the top) as follows:]
CONTENT TYPE CODE
*
*
*
*
*
Nonbarcoded NON BC (trays/alternate
containers) NBC (pallets and combined
mail under 705.9.0)
*
*
*
*
*
4.5
4.1 Basic Standards
[Revise 4.1 as follows:]
Tray labels are subject to the
following:
a. Barcoded labels for mailings placed
in flat trays or approved alternate
containers are subject to 4.9 and 708.6.0.
b. Illegible labels are not acceptable.
Machine-printed labels (available from
13731
Line 3 (Origin Line)
[Revise the first sentence of 4.5 as
follows:]
Line 3 (origin line showing office of
mailing or mailer information) must be
the bottom line of required information
unless the tray, approved alternate
container or sack contains mail
manifested using the Electronic
Verification System (eVS). * * *
E:\FR\FM\14MRP2.SGM
14MRP2
13732
4.6
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules
Electronic Verification System
[Revise the first sentence of 4.6 as
follows:]
All trays, approved alternate
containers or sacks containing parcels
prepared and identified using the
Electronic Verification System (eVS)
under 705.2.9 must show ‘‘eVS’’ (or the
alternatives ‘‘EVS’’ or ‘‘E–VS’’) directly
below Line 3 using the same size and
lettering used for Line 3. * * *
*
*
*
*
*
[Add a new 4.9 as follows:]
4.9 Basic Standards for Barcoded
Tray Labels
Trays, approved alternate containers
or sacks may bear barcoded tray labels.
When used, barcoded labels must meet
these general standards:
a. Mailers must use the appropriate
size label as described in 3.1.
b. Mailer-produced barcoded labels
must meet the standards in 708.6.0.
c. All information on barcoded labels
must be machine-printed. Do not make
alterations to preprinted barcoded
labels.
d. Mailers must insert a barcoded
label completely into the label holder on
the tray or alternate container.
e. Intelligent Mail tray labels (see
708.6.0) may optionally be used on trays
or alternate containers.
5.0
Preparing Presorted Parcels
5.1
Basic Standards
*
*
5.1.2
*
*
*
Separation
[Revise 5.1.2 as follows:]
Pieces for each zone must be trayed,
sacked or placed in approved alternate
containers separately, separated by
zone. Exception: Pieces for different
zones may be trayed or placed in
alternate containers together, and the
trays or alternate containers do not have
to be separated by zone for verification
if the mailing is prepared under 705.2.0,
705.3.0, 705.4.0 or under 5.1.3,
Commingling Zones.
*
*
*
*
*
5.2 Preparing Irregular Parcels
Weighing Less Than 10 Pounds
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
5.2.1
Required Bundling
[Revise the introductory paragraph of
5.2.1 as follows:]
Bundling is required before placing
pieces into trays, approved alternate
containers or sacks, except for pieces
placed in 5-digit scheme and 5-digit
trays, alternate containers or sacks when
such pieces are enclosed in an envelope,
full-length sleeve, full-length wrapper,
or polybag and the minimum bundle
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:11 Mar 11, 2011
Jkt 223001
size is met. Otherwise, a bundle must be
prepared when the quantity of
addressed pieces for a required presort
level reaches a minimum of 10 pieces or
10 pounds, whichever occurs first.
Smaller volumes are not permitted
(except mixed ADC bundles). The
maximum weight of each physical
bundle is 20 pounds, except that 5-digit
bundles placed in 5-digit scheme and
5-digit trays, alternate containers or
sacks, or prepared for and entered at
DDU prices, may weigh a maximum of
40 pounds each. Each physical bundle
must contain at least two addressed
pieces (except mixed ADC bundles).
Bundling also is subject to these
conditions:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise title of 5.2.3 and text of the
introductory paragraph as follows:]
5.2.3 Containerization
Mailers must prepare pallets under
705.8 when they have reached the
minimum load requirements described
in 705.8.5.3. Otherwise a tray, approved
alternate container or sack must be
prepared when the quantity of mail for
a required presort destination reaches
either 10 addressed pieces or 20
pounds, whichever occurs first. Smaller
volumes are not permitted (except
mixed ADC trays or alternate
containers). Optional SCF trays or
alternate containers may be prepared
only when there are at least 10
addressed pieces or 20 pounds,
whichever occurs first. Containerization
is not required for 5-digit bundles when
entered at DDU prices. Such bundles
may be bedloaded and may weigh up to
40 pounds. Containerization is also
subject to these conditions:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise the last sentence of 5.2.3b as
follows:]
b. * * * Alternatively, place pieces in
trays, alternate containers or sacks by
the actual piece count or mail weight for
each bundle destination, provided that
documentation shows the number of
pieces and their total weight in each
container.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise title and introductory
paragraph of 5.2.4 as follows:]
5.2.4 Containerization and Labeling
Mailers must segregate trays, alternate
containers or sacks destined within the
origin/entry SCF (no piece minimum) as
described in 466.2.7. Preparation
sequence and labeling:
[Revise 5.2.4a as follows:]
a. 5-digit/scheme (required); sacking
allowed; labeling:
1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme trays,
approved alternate containers or sacks,
PO 00000
Frm 00030
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
use L606, Column B. For 5-digit trays,
alternate containers or sacks, use city,
state, and 5-digit ZIP Code on mail (see
4.4 for overseas military mail).
2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme sacks,
‘‘PSVC IRREG 5D SCH.’’ For 5-digit
trays, approved alternate containers or
sacks, ‘‘PSVC IRREG 5D.’’
*
*
*
*
*
[Resequence current 5.2.4c through e
as the new 5.2.4d through f and add a
new 5.2.4c as follows:]
c. Origin SCF, optional; no minimum;
labeling:
1. For Line 1, L005, Column B.
2. For Line 2, ‘‘PSVC IRREG SCF.’’
*
*
*
*
*
[Delete resequenced 5.2.4f in its
entirety and add 5.2.4f through h as
follows:]
f. Origin Network Distribution Center
(NDC) Network (required); no minimum;
labeling:
1. Line 1: L601, Column B.
2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC IRREG NDC.’’
g. Tier 2 Network (required); no
minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L603, Column C.
2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC IRREG WKG.’’
h. Tier 2 Network (required for
specified acceptance locations); if the
origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or
Saint Louis, use Labeling List L603 to
separate the remaining mail into two
east or west directionally-based
containers; if the origin NDC is San
Francisco, use Labeling List L603 to
separate the remaining mail into two
north or south directionally-based
containers; no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L603, Column C.
2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC IRREG WKG.’’
5.3 Preparing Irregular Parcels
Weighing 10 Pounds or More
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise title and text of 5.3.2 as
follows:]
5.3.2 Containerization
Mailers must prepare pallets under
705.8 when they have reached the
minimum load requirements described
in 705.8.5.3. Otherwise a tray, approved
alternate container or sack must be
prepared when the quantity of mail for
a required presort destination reaches
20 pounds. Smaller volumes are not
permitted (except mixed ADC trays or
alternate containers). Optional 5-digit
scheme and optional SCF trays or
alternate containers or sacks may be
prepared only when there are at least 20
pounds. Smaller volumes are not
permitted. Containerization is not
required for 5-digit bundles when
prepared for and entered at DDU prices.
Such bundles may be bedloaded and
may weigh up to 40 pounds.
E:\FR\FM\14MRP2.SGM
14MRP2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules
[Revise title and text of the
introductory paragraph only of 5.3.3 as
follows:]
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
5.3.3 Containerization and Labeling
Mailers must segregate trays, alternate
containers or sacks destined within the
origin/entry SCF (no piece minimum) as
described in 466.2.7. Preparation
sequence and labeling:
[Revise 5.3.3a as follows:]
a. 5-digit/scheme (required); sacking
allowed; labeling:
1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme trays,
approved alternate containers or sacks,
use L606, Column B. For 5-digit trays,
alternate containers or sacks, use city,
state, and 5-digit ZIP Code on mail (see
4.4 for overseas military mail).
2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme trays,
alternate containers or sacks, ‘‘PSVC
IRREG 5D SCH.’’ For 5-digit trays,
alternate containers or sacks, ‘‘PSVC
IRREG 5D.’’
*
*
*
*
*
[Renumber current 5.3.3c through e as
the new 5.3.3d through f and add a new
5.3.3c as follows:]
c. Origin SCF, optional; no minimum;
labeling:
1. For Line 1, L005, Column B.
2. For Line 2, ‘‘PSVC IRREG SCF.’’
*
*
*
*
*
[Delete renumbered 5.3.3 f and add
new 5.3.3 f through h as follows:]
f. Origin Network Distribution Center
(NDC) Network (required); no
minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L601, Column B.
2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC IRREG NDC.’’
g. Tier 2 Network (required); no
minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L603, Column C.
2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC IRREG WKG.’’
h. Tier 2 Network (required for
specified acceptance locations); if the
origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or
Saint Louis, use Labeling List L603 to
separate the remaining mail into two
east or west directionally-based
containers; if the origin NDC is San
Francisco, use Labeling List L603 to
separate the remaining mail into two
north or south directionally-based
containers; no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L603, Column C.
2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC IRREG WKG.’’
5.4 Preparing Machinable Parcels Not
Claiming DNDC Prices
[Revise title of 5.4.1 and text of the
introductory paragraph as follows:]
5.4.1
Containerization
Mailers must prepare pallets under
705.8 when they have reached the
minimum load requirements described
in 705.8.5.3. Otherwise a tray, approved
alternate container or sack must be
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:11 Mar 11, 2011
Jkt 223001
prepared when the quantity of mail for
a required presort destination reaches
either 10 addressed pieces or 20
pounds, whichever occurs first. Smaller
volumes are not permitted (except
origin (mixed) NDC trays or alternate
containers). Optional 5-digit scheme
trays, approved alternate containers or
sacks may be prepared only when there
are at least 10 addressed pieces or 20
pounds, whichever occurs first. Smaller
volumes are not permitted.
Containerization is also subject to these
conditions:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 5.4.1b as follows:]
b. For nonidentical-weight pieces,
mailers must use either the minimum
that applies to the average piece weight
for the entire mailing or containerize by
the actual piece count or mail weight for
each bundle destination, provided that
documentation can be provided with
the mailing that shows the number of
pieces and their total weight for each
container.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise title of 5.4.2 as follows:]
5.4.2
Containerization and Labeling
Preparation sequence and labeling:
[Revise 5.4.2a as follows:]
a. 5-digit/scheme (required); sacking
allowed; labeling:
1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme trays,
approved alternate containers or sacks,
use L606, Column B. For 5-digit trays,
approved alternate containers or sacks,
use city, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code on
mail (see 4.4 for overseas military mail).
2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme trays,
approved alternate containers or sacks,
‘‘PSVC MACH 5D SCH.’’ For 5-digit
trays, approved alternate containers or
sacks, ‘‘PSVC MACH 5D.’’
*
*
*
*
*
[Delete current 5.4.2c in its entirety
and add new 5.4.2c and d as follows:]
c. Tier 2 Network (required); no
minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L603, Column C
information for the facility serving the
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post
Office.
2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC MACH WKG.’’
d. Tier 2 Network (required for
specified acceptance locations); if the
origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or
Saint Louis, use Labeling List L603 to
separate the remaining mail into two
east or west directionally-based
containers; if the origin NDC is San
Francisco, use Labeling List L603 to
separate the remaining mail into two
north or south directionally-based
containers; no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L603, Column C
information for the facility serving the
PO 00000
Frm 00031
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
13733
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post
Office.
2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC MACH WKG.’’
5.5 Preparing Machinable Parcels
Claiming DNDC Prices
[Revise title of 5.4.1 and text of the
introductory paragraph as follows:]
5.5.1
Containerization
Mailers must prepare pallets under
705.8 when they have reached the
minimum load requirements described
in 705.8.5.3. Otherwise a tray, approved
alternate container or sack must be
prepared when the quantity of mail for
a required presort destination reaches
either 10 addressed pieces or 20
pounds, whichever occurs first. Smaller
volumes are not permitted (except
origin (mixed) NDC trays or alternate
containers). Optional 5-digit scheme
and optional ASF trays or alternate
containers may be prepared only when
there are at least 10 addressed pieces or
20 pounds, whichever occurs first.
Smaller volumes are not permitted. See
466.4.0 for DNDC price eligibility.
Containerization is also subject to these
conditions:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 5.5.1b as follows:]
b. For nonidentical-weight pieces,
mailers must either use the minimum
that applies to the average piece weight
for the entire mailing or containerize by
the actual piece count or mail weight for
each container destination, provided
that documentation can be provided
with the mailing that shows the number
of pieces and their total weight for each
container.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise title of 5.5.2 as follows:]
5.5.2
Containerization and Labeling
Preparation sequence and labeling:
[Revise 5.5.2a as follows:]
a. 5-digit/scheme (required); sacking
allowed; labeling:
1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme trays,
approved alternate containers or sacks,
use L606, Column B. For 5-digit trays,
approved alternate containers or sacks,
use city, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code on
mail (see 4.4 for overseas military mail).
2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC MACH 5D SCHEME’’
or ‘‘PSVC MACH 5D SCH.’’
*
*
*
*
*
[Delete current 5.5.2d in its entirety
and add new 5.5.2d and e as follows:]
d. Tier 2 Network (required); no
minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L603, Column C
information for the facility serving the
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post
Office.
2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC MACH WKG.’’
E:\FR\FM\14MRP2.SGM
14MRP2
13734
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules
e. Tier 2 Network (required for
specified acceptance locations); if the
origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or
Saint Louis, use Labeling List L603 to
separate the remaining mail into two
east or west directionally-based
containers; if the origin NDC is San
Francisco, use Labeling List L603 to
separate the remaining mail into two
north or south directionally-based
containers; no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L603, Column C
information for the facility serving the
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post
Office.
2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC MACH WKG.’’
6.0
Preparing Carrier Route Parcels
6.1
Basic Standards
*
*
6.1.2
*
*
*
Separation
[Revise 6.1.2 as follows:]
Pieces for each zone must be
separately placed in trays, approved
alternate containers or sacks. When
presented for verification, trays,
alternate containers or sacks must be
separated by zone. Exception: Pieces for
different zones may be containerized
together, and the containers do not have
to be separated by zone for verification
if the mailing is prepared under 705.2.0,
705.3.0, 705.4.0, or under 6.1.3,
Commingling Zones.
*
*
*
*
*
6.2 Preparing Irregular Parcels
Weighing Less Than 10 Pounds
6.2.1
Bundle Preparation
[Revise the first sentence of the
introductory paragraph of 6.2.1 as
follows:]
Bundling is not required in direct
carrier route trays or approved alternate
containers. * * *
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise title of 6.2.2 and text of the
introductory paragraph as follows:]
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
6.2.2
Containerization
Mailers may prepare irregular parcels
in bundles on pallets or prepare
uncontainerized bundles under 2.7.
Otherwise, mailers must prepare a
direct carrier route tray, sack or
approved alternate container when the
quantity of mail for an individual carrier
route reaches either 10 addressed pieces
or 20 pounds, whichever occurs first;
smaller volumes are not permitted.
Mailers then must place remaining
bundles in 5-digit scheme carrier routes
trays or alternate containers or 5-digit
carrier routes trays or alternate
containers, which have no minimum
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:11 Mar 11, 2011
Jkt 223001
container size. Carrier route containers
also are subject to these conditions:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 6.2.2b as follows:]
b. For nonidentical-weight pieces,
mailers must either use the minimum
that applies to the average piece weight
for the entire mailing or containerize by
the actual piece count or mail weight for
each container destination, provided
that documentation can be provided
with the mailing that shows the number
of pieces and their total weight for each
container.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise title of 6.2.3 and text of the
introductory sentence as follows:]
6.2.3 Containerization and Labeling
Mailers must segregate trays, alternate
containers or sacks destined within the
origin/entry SCF (no piece minimum) as
described in 466.2.7. Preparation
sequence and Line 1 labeling:
[Revise items 6.2.3a through c as
follows:]
a. Carrier route: required; sacking
permitted; for Line 1, use city, state, and
5-digit ZIP Code on mail (see 4.3 for
overseas military mail).
b. 5-digit scheme carrier routes:
Optional (no minimum); sacking
permitted; for Line 1, use L606, Column
B.
c. 5-digit carrier routes: Required (no
minimum); sacking permitted; for Line
1, use city, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code
destination of bundles (for military
mail, the ZIP Code is preceded by the
prefixes under 4.3).
[Revise title of 6.2.4 as follows:]
6.2.4
*
Tray Label Line 2
*
*
*
*
6.3 Preparing Irregular Parcels
Weighing 10 Pounds or More
[Revise the introductory paragraph of
6.3 as follows:]
Mailers may prepare irregular parcels
in bundles on pallets or prepare
uncontainerized bundles under 2.6.
When preparing irregular parcels in
trays, approved alternate containers or
sacks, place parcels only in direct
carrier route containers. Each carrier
route container must contain a
minimum of 20 pounds. Required
preparation:
*
*
*
*
*
6.4 Preparing Machinable Parcels
[Revise title of 6.4.1 and text of
introductory paragraph as follows:]
6.4.1 Required Carrier Route
Containerization
Machinable parcels may be prepared
only in direct carrier route containers.
PO 00000
Frm 00032
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Each carrier route tray, sack or approved
alternate container must contain a
minimum of 10 addressed pieces or 20
pounds, whichever occurs first. Carrier
route trays, sacks or alternate containers
also are subject to these conditions:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 6.4.1b as follows:]
b. For nonidentical-weight pieces,
mailers must use either the minimum
that applies to the average piece weight
for the entire mailing or container by the
actual piece count or mail weight for
each container destination, provided
that documentation can be provided
with the mailing that shows the number
of pieces and their total weight for each
container.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise title of 6.4.2 as follows:]
6.4.2
*
Tray Label
*
*
*
*
466
Enter and Deposit
*
*
2.0
Presenting a Mailing
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
[Add a new 2.7 as follows:]
2.7
Segregation of Origin SCF Trays
Mailers must make all required, and
may make any optional, separations
containing irregular parcels destinating
in the service area of the SCF serving
the Post Office where the mail is
verified, or the service area of the SCF/
plant where mail is entered. For all such
separations, mailpieces must be trayed
or placed in alternative containers in
accordance with 465.0 and segregated
from the remainder of the mailing.
Mailers must segregate the origin/entry
trays by one of these methods:
Separately containerize the trays; place
the trays in a conspicuous location on
top of origin SCF pallet or other
container; or present them separately to
acceptance personnel.
3.0
Destination Entry
3.1
General
[Revise the second sentence of 3.1 as
follows:]
* * * Eligibility for a destination
entry price is determined by the sort
level, processing category of the mail,
and the type of container the mail is in
(tray, alternate container, sack or pallet).
* * *
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise title and text of 3.7 as follows:]
3.7 Mailings of Uncontainerized
Bundles
Mailers may present untrayed or
uncontainerized, nonpalletized bundles
E:\FR\FM\14MRP2.SGM
14MRP2
13735
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules
of BPM irregular parcels that are
properly prepared for and entered at
DDU prices and unloaded according to
standards in 3.9.9. Pieces in these
bundles are not eligible for barcode
discounts.
*
*
*
*
*
4.0 Destination Network Distribution
Center (DNDC) Entry
4.1 Eligibility
Pieces in a mailing meeting the
standards in 3.0 and 4.0 are eligible for
the DNDC price when they meet all of
the following conditions:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 4.1d as follows:]
d. Are placed in a tray, approved
alternate container, sack or on a pallet
that is labeled to the NDC or ASF where
deposited, or labeled to a postal facility
within that NDCs or ASFs service area
(see Exhibit 4.4).
*
*
*
*
*
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
4.3 Presorted Machinable Parcels
[Revise 4.3 as follows:]
Presorted machinable parcels in trays,
approved alternate containers or sacks,
or on pallets, at all sort levels may claim
DNDC prices. Machinable parcels
containerized under 465.5.0, or
palletized under 705.8.0 may be sorted
to destination NDCs under L601 or to
destination NDCs and ASFs under L601
and L602. Except as provided in Exhibit
4.4, sortation of machinable parcels to
ASFs is optional but is required for the
ASF mail to be eligible for DNDC prices.
Mailers may opt to sort some or all
machinable parcels for ASF service area
ZIP Codes to ASFs only when the mail
will be deposited at the respective ASFs
where the DNDC prices are claimed,
under applicable volume standards,
using L602. Mailers also may opt to sort
machinable parcels only to destination
NDCs under L601. When machinable
parcels are sorted under L601, only mail
for 3-digit ZIP Codes served by a NDC
as listed in Exhibit 4.4 is eligible for
DNDC prices (i.e., mail for 3-digit ZIP
Codes served by an ASF in Exhibit 4.4
is not eligible for DNDC prices, nor are
3-digit ZIP Codes that do not appear on
Exhibit 4.4).
[Delete items 4.3a and b in their
entirety.]
4.4 Presorted Irregular Parcels
[Revise item 4.4 as follows:]
Presorted irregular parcels in trays,
approved alternate containers or on
pallets at all sort levels may claim
DNDC prices. All pieces in an ADC tray
or alternate container, or in a palletized
ADC bundle, are eligible for the DNDC
price if the ADC facility ZIP Code (as
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:11 Mar 11, 2011
Jkt 223001
shown in Line 1 of the corresponding
tray label or the ADC facility that is the
destination of the palletized ADC
bundle as would be shown on an ADC
tray label for that facility using L004,
Column B) is within the service area of
the NDC at which the tray or alternate
container is deposited under Exhibit
4.4. Separate mixed ADC trays or
alternate containers must be prepared
for pieces eligible for and claimed at the
DNDC price and for parcels not claimed
at the DNDC price. Use the ‘‘label to’’ ZIP
Code for the ADC to assign ADC
bundles to the respective mixed ADC
tray or alternate container. Use the
address on the parcels to assign parcels
to the respective mixed ADC bundle,
tray or alternate container, as
appropriate. Mail must be entered at the
appropriate facility under 4.1.
*
*
*
*
*
4.5 Carrier Route Machinable Parcels
[Revise the text of 4.5 as follows:]
Carrier Route machinable parcels in
individual carrier route trays, sacks or
alternate containers may claim DNDC
prices. Mail must be entered at the
appropriate facility under 4.1.
*
*
*
*
*
must be entered at the appropriate
facility under 5.1.
6.0 Destination Delivery Unit (DDU)
Entry
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise the text of 6.2 through 6.5 as
follows:]
6.2
Presorted Machinable Parcels
Presorted machinable parcels in 5digit scheme and 5-digit trays, alternate
containers or sacks, or on 5-digit scheme
and 5-digit pallets, may claim DDU
prices. Mail must be entered at the
appropriate facility under 6.1.
6.3
Presorted Irregular Parcels
Presorted irregular parcels in 5-digit
scheme or 5-digit trays, alternate
containers or sacks, or on 5-digit scheme
or 5-digit pallets, or prepared as
uncontainerized 5-digit bundles may
claim DDU prices. Mailers must enter
mail at the appropriate facility under
6.1.
6.4
Carrier Route Machinable Parcels
5.0 Destination Sectional Center
Facility (DSCF) Entry
Carrier Route machinable parcels
sorted to carrier route trays, sacks or
alternate containers may claim DDU
prices. Mail must be entered at the
appropriate facility under 6.1.
*
6.5
*
*
*
*
[Revise the text of 5.2 through 5.5 as
follows:]
5.2 Presorted Machinable Parcels
Presorted machinable parcels in trays,
alternate containers, sacks, or on pallets,
at the 5-digit scheme and 5-digit sort
levels may claim DSCF prices. Mail
must be entered at the appropriate
facility under 5.1.
5.3 Presorted Irregular Parcels
Presorted irregular parcels in trays,
alternate containers or sacks, at the 5digit scheme, 5-digit, 3-digit, and SCF
sort levels, or on pallets at the 5-digit
scheme, 5-digit, 3-digit, SCF, and ASF
sort levels may claim DSCF prices. Mail
must be entered at the appropriate
facility under 5.1.
5.4 Carrier Route Machinable Parcels
Carrier Route machinable parcels in
individual carrier route trays, sacks or
alternate containers may claim DSCF
prices. Mail must be entered at the
appropriate facility under 5.1.
5.5 Carrier Route Irregular Parcels
Carrier Route irregular parcels in
trays, sacks or alternate containers at all
sort levels or on pallets at the 5-digit
scheme, 5-digit, 3-digit, SCF, and ASF
sort levels may claim DSCF prices. Mail
PO 00000
Frm 00033
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Carrier Route Irregular Parcels
Carrier Route irregular parcels in trays
or alternate containers, on 5-digit
scheme and 5-digit pallets, or prepared
as uncontainerized carrier route bundles
may claim DDU prices. Mailers must
enter mail at the appropriate facility
under 6.1.
470
Media Mail
473
Prices and Eligibility
*
*
*
*
*
3.0 Price Eligibility for Media Mail
Parcels
*
*
*
*
*
3.4
Price Categories for Media Mail
Media Mail prices are based on the
weight of the piece without regard to
zone. The price categories and discounts
are as follows:
[Revise the first sentence of 3.4a as
follows:]
a. To qualify for the 5-digit price, a
piece must be prepared and sorted to
either 5-digit scheme (machinable
parcels only) and 5-digit trays, approved
alternate containers or sacks under
475.5.0 or to 5-digit scheme (machinable
parcels only) and 5-digit pallets under
705.8.0, or 705.20.0. * * *
*
*
*
*
*
E:\FR\FM\14MRP2.SGM
14MRP2
13736
475
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules
Mail Preparation
1.0 General Information for Mail
Preparation
*
*
*
*
*
1.3
Terms for Presort Levels
Terms used for presort levels are
defined as follows:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 1.3b as follows:]
b. 5-digit scheme (pallets, trays,
approved alternate containers and
sacks) for Media Mail parcels: The ZIP
Code in the delivery address on all
pieces begins with one of the 5-digit ZIP
Code zones processed by the USPS as a
single scheme, as shown in L606.
*
*
*
*
*
1.4 Preparation Definitions and
Instructions
For purposes of preparing mail:
*
*
*
*
[Resequence items 1.4b through h as
the new 1.4c through i and add a new
1.4b as follows:]
b. An approved alternate container is
a container that is authorized by the
appropriate USPS official, instead of a
flat tray (tub) or pallet, for the handling
and transport of bundled flat-size
mailpieces or parcels. Alternate
containers could include sacks, other
USPS-supplied mail transport
equipment, or mailer-supplied
containers.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise the first three sentences of
resequenced 1.4d as follows:]
d. A 5-digit scheme sort for Media
Mail parcels yields 5-digit scheme trays
approved alternate containers, sacks or
pallets for those 5-digit ZIP Codes listed
in L606 and 5-digit trays approved
alternate containers, sacks or pallets for
other ZIP Codes. The 5-digit ZIP Codes
in each scheme are treated as one
presort destination subject to a single
minimum volume (if required), with no
further separation by 5-digit ZIP Code
required. Trays approved alternate
containers, sacks or pallets prepared for
a 5-digit scheme destination that
contain pieces for only one of the
schemed 5-digit ZIP Codes are still
considered 5-digit scheme sorted and
are labeled accordingly. * * *
[Redesignate resequenced 1.4e
through i as the new 1.4f through j and
insert a new 1.4e as follows:]
e. An origin 3-digit (or origin 3-digit
scheme) tray/sack contains all mail
(regardless of quantity) for a 3-digit ZIP
Code (or 3-digit scheme) area processed
by the SCF in whose service area the
mail is verified. If more than one 3-digit
(or 3-digit scheme) area is served, as
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
*
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:11 Mar 11, 2011
Jkt 223001
indicated in L005, a separate tray/sack
must be prepared for each. These
separations are optional, but mailers
making these separations must segregate
flat trays, approved alternate containers
or pallets labeled to destinations within
the origin SCF area from the remainder
of the mailing under 476.2.1.
*
*
*
*
*
[Add a new 1.5 as follows:]
b. Weight: 70-pound or heavier stock
(required for mailings of automationcompatible flats, optional for others).
c. Length (parallel to printing): 3.250
inches minimum; 3.515 inches
maximum.
d. Height (perpendicular to printing):
1.860 inches minimum; 2.015 inches
maximum.
1.5
Line 1 (destination line) must meet
these standards:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 4.3c as follows:]
c. Overseas Military Mail. On 5-digit
trays, approved alternate containers or
sacks for overseas military destinations,
Line 1 shows, from left to right, ‘‘APO’’
or ‘‘FPO,’’ followed by ‘‘AE’’ (for ZIP
Codes within the ZIP Code prefix range
090–098), ‘‘AA’’ (for ZIP Codes within
the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix 340), or ‘‘AP’’
(for ZIP Codes within the ZIP Code
prefix range 962–966), followed by the
destination 5-digit ZIP Code of the mail
in the tray, alternate container or sack.
Required Pallet Preparation
Mailers must prepare pallets under
705.8 when they have reached the
minimum load requirements described
in 705.8.5.3. If a mailer is unable to
palletize, mail must be separated and
placed in properly labeled flat trays or
approved alternate containers.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise title of 3.0 as follows:]
3.0
Trays and Alternate Containers
[Renumber current 3.1 as the new 3.2
and add a new 3.1 as follows:]
3.1
Standard Containers
If mailers are unable to palletize,
mailings must be prepared in flat trays
or approved alternate containers, except
that 5-digit and 5-digit scheme
separations may be prepared in sacks.
[Revise title and text of renumbered
3.2 as follows:]
3.2
Tray Preparation
All tray, approved alternate container
and sack preparation is subject to these
standards:
a. Each tray, alternate container or
sack must bear the correct tray label.
b. The weight of a tray, alternate
container or sack, and its contents, must
not exceed 70 pounds.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise title of 4.0 as follows:]
4.0
Tray Labels
4.1
Basic Standards
[Revise 4.1 as follows:]
Tray labels are subject to the
following:
a. Barcoded labels for mailings placed
in flat trays or approved alternate
containers are subject to 4.9 and 708.6.5.
b. Illegible labels are not acceptable.
Machine-printed labels (available from
the USPS) ensure legibility. Legible
hand-printed labels are acceptable.
[Revise title of 4.2 as follows:]
4.2 Physical Characteristics of a Tray
Label
[Revise 4.2 as follows:]
A tray label must meet these
specifications:
a. Color: white or manila.
PO 00000
Frm 00034
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
4.3
4.4
Line 1 (Destination Line)
Line 2 (Content Line)
Line 2 (content line) must meet these
standards:
[Revise 4.4a and b as follows:]
a. Placement: Line 2 must be the
second visible line on the label. This
line must show the class and processing
category of the mail in the tray, alternate
container or sack, and other information
as specified by standards.
b. Codes: The codes shown below
must be used as appropriate on Line 2
of tray labels.
*
*
*
*
*
4.5
Line 3 (Origin Line)
[Revise the first sentence of 4.5 as
follows:]
Line 3 (origin line showing office of
mailing or mailer information) must be
the bottom line of required information
unless the tray, approved alternate
container or sack contains mail
manifested using the Electronic
Verification System (eVS) (see 4.6 for
eVS labeling information). * * *
4.6
Electronic Verification System
[Revise the first sentence of 4.6 as
follows:]
All trays, approved alternate
containers or sacks containing parcels
prepared and identified using the
Electronic Verification System (eVS)
under 705.2.9 must show ‘‘eVS’’ (or the
alternatives ‘‘EVS’’ or ‘‘E–VS’’) directly
below Line 3 using the same size and
lettering used for Line 3. * * *
*
*
*
*
*
[Add a new 4.9 as follows:]
E:\FR\FM\14MRP2.SGM
14MRP2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules
4.9 Basic Standards for Barcoded
Tray Labels
Trays, approved alternate containers
or sacks may bear barcoded tray labels.
When used, barcoded labels must meet
these general standards:
a. Mailers must use the appropriate
size label as described in 3.1.
b. Mailer-produced barcoded labels
must meet the standards in 708.6.0.
c. All information on barcoded labels
must be machine-printed. Do not make
alterations to preprinted barcoded
labels.
d. Mailers must insert a barcoded
label completely into the label holder on
the tray or alternate container.
e. Intelligent Mail tray labels (see
708.6.0) may optionally be used on trays
or alternate containers.
5.0
Preparing Media Mail Parcels
*
*
*
*
*
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
5.2 Preparing Machinable Parcels
[Revise title of 5.2.1 as follows:]
5.2.1 Containerization
[Revise the introductory paragraph of
5.2.1 as follows:]
Mailers must prepare pallets under
705.8 when they have reached the
minimum load requirements described
in 705.8.5.3. Otherwise, mailers must
prepare a tray, approved alternate
container or sack when the quantity of
mail for a required presort destination
reaches 10 addressed pieces or 20
pounds, whichever occurs first. At the
mailer’s option, a tray, approved
alternate container or sack may be
prepared when the quantity of mail
reaches 1,000 cubic inches. Smaller
volumes are not permitted (except in
mixed NDC trays or alternate
containers). Containerization also is
subject to these conditions:
[Revise 5.2.1a as follows:]
a. Identical-weight pieces that weigh
2 pounds or less must be containerized
using the 10-piece minimum; those that
weigh more must be containerized using
the 20-pound or 1,000 cubic inch
minimum.
[Revise the second sentence of item
5.2.1b as follows:]
b. * * * Alternately, mailers may
containerize by the actual piece count,
mail weight for each bundle destination,
or 1,000 cubic inch minimum, provided
that documentation can be provided
with the mailing that shows
(specifically for each container) the
number of pieces and their total weight.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise title of 5.2.2 as follows:]
5.2.2 Containerization and Labeling
Preparation sequence and labeling:
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:11 Mar 11, 2011
Jkt 223001
[Revise 5.2.2a as follows:]
a. 5-digit/scheme (optional, but
required for 5-digit price); sacking
allowed; labeling:
1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme trays,
approved alternate containers or sacks,
use L606, Column B. For 5-digit trays,
alternate containers or sacks, use city,
state, and 5-digit ZIP Code on mail (see
4.3 for overseas military mail).
2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme trays,
alternate containers or sacks, ‘‘PSVC
MACH 5D SCH.’’ For 5-digit trays,
alternate containers or sacks, ‘‘PSVC
MACH 5D.’’
*
*
*
*
*
[Delete 5.2.2c in its entirety and add
new 5.2.2 c and d as follows:]
c. Tier 2 Network (required); no
minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L603, Column C
information for the facility serving the
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post
Office.
2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC MACH WKG.’’
d. Tier 2 Network (required for
specified acceptance locations); if the
origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or
Saint Louis, use Labeling List L603 to
separate the remaining mail into two
east or west directionally-based
containers; if the origin NDC is San
Francisco, use Labeling List L603 to
separate the remaining mail into two
north or south directionally-based
containers; no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L603, Column C
information for the facility serving the
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post
Office.
2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC MACH WKG.’’
*
*
*
*
*
5.3
Preparing Irregular Parcels
5.3.1 Required Bundling
[Revise the last four sentences of the
introductory paragraph of 5.3.1 as
follows:]
* * * Bundling is not required for
pieces placed in 5-digit scheme trays,
approved alternate containers or sacks
and 5-digit trays, approved alternate
containers or sacks when such pieces
are enclosed in an envelope, full-length
sleeve, full-length wrapper, or polybag
and the minimum bundle volume is
met. The maximum weight of each
physical bundle is 20 pounds, except
that 5-digit bundles placed in 5-digit
trays, approved alternate containers or
sacks may weigh a maximum of 40
pounds. Each physical bundle must
contain at least two addressed pieces.
Bundling is also subject to these
conditions:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 5.3.1b as follows:]
b. For nonidentical-weight pieces,
mailers must either use the minimum
PO 00000
Frm 00035
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
13737
that applies to the average piece weight
for the entire mailing (divide the net
weight of the mailing by the number of
pieces; the resulting average singlepiece weight determines whether the
10-piece or 10-pound minimum
applies), or bundle by the actual piece
count or mail weight for each container,
if documentation can be provided with
the mailing that shows (specifically for
each container) the number of pieces in
each bundle and their total weight.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise title of 5.3.3 as follows:]
5.3.3 Containerization
[Revise the introductory paragraph of
5.3.3 as follows:]
Mailers must prepare pallets under
705.8 when they have reached the
minimum load requirements described
in 705.8.5.3. Otherwise, mailers must
prepare a tray, approved alternate
container or sack when the quantity of
mail for a required presort destination
reaches 10 addressed pieces or 20
pounds, whichever occurs first. At the
mailer’s option, a tray, alternate
container or sack may be prepared when
the quantity of mail reaches 1,000 cubic
inches. Smaller volumes are not
permitted (except in mixed ADC
containers). Optional 5-digit scheme
containers may be prepared only when
there are at least 10 addressed pieces or
20 pounds. Smaller volumes are not
permitted (except in mixed ADC
containers). Containerization is also
subject to these conditions:
[Revise 5.3.3a as follows:]
a. Identical-weight pieces weighing 2
pounds or less must be containerized
using the 10-piece minimum; those that
weigh more must be containerized using
the 20-pound or 1,000 cubic inch
minimum.
[Revise the second sentence of 5.3.3b
as follows:
b. * * * Alternatively, mailers may
containerize by the actual piece count,
mail weight for each destination, or
1,000 cubic inch minimum, provided
that documentation can be provided
with the mailing that shows
(specifically for each container) the
number of pieces in each container and
their total weight.
[Revise 5.3.3c as follows:]
c. Mailers must note on the postage
statement which containerization
method was used except for eVS
mailings prepared under 705.2.9.
[Revise the title and introductory
paragraph of 5.3.4 as follows:]
5.3.4 Containerization and Labeling
Mailers must segregate trays, alternate
containers or sacks destined within the
origin/entry SCF (no piece minimum) as
E:\FR\FM\14MRP2.SGM
14MRP2
13738
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules
described in 476.2.1. Preparation
sequence and labeling:
[Revise 5.3.4a as follows:]
a. 5-digit/scheme (optional, but
required for 5-digit price); sacking
allowed; when making these
separations; labeling:
1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme trays,
approved alternate containers or sacks,
use L606, Column B. For 5-digit trays,
approved alternate containers or sacks,
use city, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code on
mail (see 4.3 for overseas military mail).
2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme trays,
approved alternate containers or sacks,
‘‘PSVC IRREG 5D SCH.’’ For 5-digit
trays, approved alternate containers or
sacks, ‘‘PSVC IRREG 5D.’’
*
*
*
*
*
[Delete 5.3.4d in its entirety and add
new 5.3.4d through f as follows:]
d. Origin Network Distribution Center
(NDC) Network (required); no
minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L601, Column B.
2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC IRREG NDC.’’
e. Tier 2 Network (required); no
minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L603, Column C.
2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC IRREG WKG.’’
f. Tier 2 Network (required for
specified acceptance locations); if the
origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or
Saint Louis, use Labeling List L603 to
separate the remaining mail into two
east or west directionally-based
containers; if the origin NDC is San
Francisco, use Labeling List L603 to
separate the remaining mail into two
north or south directionally-based
containers; no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L603, Column C.
2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC IRREG WKG.’’
476
*
Enter and Deposit
*
*
*
*
[Add a new 2.0 and 2.1 as follows:]
Presenting a Mailing
2.1
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
2.0
Segregation of Origin SCF Trays
Mailers must make all required, and
may make any optional, separations
containing origin/entry 3-digit and
irregular parcels origin/entry 5-digit
(scheme) trays, approved alternate
containers or sacks destinating in the
service area of the SCF serving the Post
Office where the mail is verified, or the
service area of the SCF/plant where mail
is entered. For all such separations,
mailpieces must be trayed or placed in
alternative containers in accordance
with 475.0 and segregated from the
remainder of the mailing. Mailers must
segregate the origin/entry trays by one of
these methods: Separately containerize
the trays; place the trays in a
conspicuous location on top of origin
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:11 Mar 11, 2011
Jkt 223001
SCF pallet or other container; or present
them separately to acceptance
personnel.
480
Library Mail
483
Prices and Eligibility
*
*
*
*
*
3.0 Price Eligibility for Library Mail
Parcels
*
*
*
*
*
3.4 Price Categories for Library Mail
Library Mail prices are based on the
weight of the piece without regard to
zone. The price categories and discounts
are as follows:
[Revise the first sentence 3.4a as
follows:]
a. To qualify for the 5-digit price, a
piece must be prepared and sorted to
either 5-digit scheme (machinable
parcels only) and 5-digit trays, approved
alternate containers or sacks under
485.5.0 or to 5-digit scheme (machinable
parcels only) and 5-digit pallets under
705.8.0, or 705.20.0. * * *
*
*
*
*
*
485
Mail Preparation
1.0 General Information for Mail
Preparation
*
*
*
*
*
1.3 Terms for Presort Levels
Terms used for presort levels are
defined as follows:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 1.3b as follows:]
b. 5-digit scheme (pallets, trays,
approved alternate containers and
sacks) for Library Mail parcels: The ZIP
Code in the delivery address on all
pieces begins with one of the 5-digit ZIP
Code zones processed by the USPS as a
single scheme, as shown in L606.
*
*
*
*
*
1.4 Preparation Definitions and
Instructions
For purposes of preparing mail:
*
*
*
*
*
[Resequence items 1.4b through h as
the new 1.4c through i and add a new
1.4b as follows:]
b. An approved alternate container is
a container that is authorized by the
appropriate USPS official, instead of a
flat tray (tub) or pallet, for the handling
and transport of bundled flat-size
mailpieces or parcels. Alternate
containers could include sacks, other
USPS-supplied mail transport
equipment, or mailer-supplied
containers.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise the first three sentences of
resequenced 1.4d as follows:]
PO 00000
Frm 00036
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
d. A 5-digit scheme sort for Library
Mail parcels yields 5-digit scheme trays,
approved alternate containers, sacks or
pallets for those 5-digit ZIP Codes listed
in L606 and 5-digit trays, approved
alternate containers, sacks or pallets for
other ZIP Codes. The 5-digit ZIP Codes
in each scheme are treated as one
presort destination subject to a single
minimum volume, with no further
separation by 5-digit ZIP Code required.
Trays, approved alternate containers,
sacks or pallets prepared for a 5-digit
scheme destination that contain pieces
for only one of the schemed 5-digit ZIP
Codes are still considered 5-digit
scheme sorted. * * *
[Redesignate resequenced items 1.4e
through i as the new 1.4f through j and
insert a new 1.4e as follows:]
e. An origin 3-digit (or origin 3-digit
scheme) tray or alternate container
contains all mail (regardless of quantity)
for a 3-digit ZIP Code (or 3-digit
scheme) area processed by the SCF in
whose service area the mail is verified.
If more than one 3-digit (or 3-digit
scheme) area is served, as indicated in
L005, a separate tray or alternate
container must be prepared for each.
These separations are optional, but
mailers making these separations must
segregate flat trays, approved alternate
containers or pallets labeled to
destinations within the origin SCF area
be segregated from the remainder of the
mailing under 486.2.1.
*
*
*
*
*
[Add a new 1.5 as follows:]
1.5
Required Pallet Preparation
Mailers must prepare pallets under
705.8 when they have reached the
minimum load requirements described
in 705.8.5.3. If a mailer is unable to
palletize, mail must be separated and
placed in properly labeled flat trays or
approved alternate containers.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise title of 3.0 as follows:]
3.0
Trays and Alternate Containers
[Renumber current 3.1 as the new 3.2
and add a new 3.1 as follows:]
3.1
Standard Containers
If mailers are unable to palletize,
mailings must be prepared in flat trays
or approved alternate containers, except
that 5-digit and 5-digit scheme
separations may be prepared in sacks.
[Revise title and text of renumbered
3.2 as follows:]
3.2
Tray Preparation
All tray, approved alternate container
and sack preparation is subject to these
standards:
E:\FR\FM\14MRP2.SGM
14MRP2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules
a. Each tray, alternate container or
sack must bear the correct tray label.
b. The weight of a tray, alternate
container or sack, and its contents, must
not exceed 70 pounds.
[Revise title of 4.0 as follows:]
4.0
Tray Labels
4.1 Basic Standards
[Revise 4.1 as follows:]
Tray labels are subject to the
following:
a. Barcoded labels for mailings placed
in flat trays or approved alternate
containers are subject to 4.9 and 708.6.5.
b. Illegible labels are not acceptable.
Machine-printed labels (available from
the USPS) ensure legibility. Legible
hand-printed labels are acceptable.
[Revise title of 4.2 as follows:]
4.2 Physical Characteristics of a Tray
Label
[Revise 4.2 as follows:]
A tray label must meet these
specifications:
a. Color: white or manila.
b. Weight: 70-pound or heavier stock
(required for mailings of automationcompatible flats, optional for others).
c. Length (parallel to printing): 3.250
inches minimum; 3.515 inches
maximum.
d. Height (perpendicular to printing):
1.860 inches minimum; 2.015 inches
maximum.
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
4.3 Line 1 (Destination Line)
Line 1 (destination line) must meet
these standards:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 4.3c as follows:]
c. Overseas Military Mail. On 5-digit
trays, approved alternate containers or
sacks for overseas military destinations,
Line 1 shows, from left to right, ‘‘APO’’
or ‘‘FPO,’’ followed by ‘‘AE’’ (for ZIP
Codes within the ZIP Code prefix range
090–098), ‘‘AA’’ (for ZIP Codes within
the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix 340), or ‘‘AP’’
(for ZIP Codes within the ZIP Code
prefix range 962–966), followed by the
destination 5-digit ZIP Code of the mail
in the tray, alternate container or sack.
4.4 Line 2 (Content Line)
Line 2 (content line) must meet these
standards:
[Revise items 4.4a and b as follows:]
a. Placement: Line 2 must be the
second visible line on the label. This
line must show the class and processing
category of the mail in the tray, alternate
container or sack, and other information
as specified by standards.
b. Codes: The codes shown below
must be used as appropriate on Line 2
of tray labels.
*
*
*
*
*
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:11 Mar 11, 2011
Jkt 223001
4.5 Line 3 (Origin Line)
[Revise the first sentence of 4.5 as
follows:]
Line 3 (origin line showing office of
mailing or mailer information) must be
the bottom line of required information
unless the tray, approved alternate
container or sack contains mail
manifested using the Electronic
Verification System (eVS) (see 4.6 for
eVS labeling information). * * *
4.6 Electronic Verification System
[Revise the first sentence of 4.6 as
follows:]
All trays, approved alternate
containers or sacks containing parcels
prepared and identified using the
Electronic Verification System (eVS)
under 705.2.9 must show ‘‘eVS’’ (or the
alternatives ‘‘EVS’’ or ‘‘E–VS’’) directly
below Line 3 using the same size and
lettering used for Line 3. * * *
*
*
*
*
*
[Add a new 4.9 as follows:]
4.9 Basic Standards for Barcoded
Tray Labels
Trays, approved alternate containers
or sacks may bear barcoded tray labels.
When used, barcoded labels must
meet these general standards:
a. Mailers must use the appropriate
size label as described in 3.1.
b. Mailer-produced barcoded labels
must meet the standards in 708.6.0.
c. All information on barcoded labels
must be machine-printed. Do not make
alterations to preprinted barcoded
labels.
d. Mailers must insert a barcoded
label completely into the label holder on
the tray or alternate container.
e. Intelligent Mail tray labels (see
708.6.0) may optionally be used on trays
or alternate containers.
5.0
Preparing Library Mail Parcels
*
*
*
*
*
5.2 Preparing Machinable Parcels
[Revise title of 5.2.1 as follows:]
5.2.1 Containerization
[Revise the introductory paragraph of
5.2.1 as follows:]
Mailers must prepare pallets under
705.8 when they have reached the
minimum load requirements described
in 705.8.5.3. Otherwise, mailers must
prepare a tray, approved alternate
container or sack when the quantity of
mail for a required presort destination
reaches 10 addressed pieces or 20
pounds, whichever occurs first. At the
mailer’s option, a tray, approved
alternate container or sack may be
prepared when the quantity of mail
reaches 1,000 cubic inches. Smaller
PO 00000
Frm 00037
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
13739
volumes are not permitted (except in
mixed NDC trays or alternate
containers). Containerization also is
subject to these conditions:
[Revise 5.2.1a as follows:]
a. Identical-weight pieces that weigh
2 pounds or less must be containerized
using the 10-piece minimum; those that
weigh more must be containerized using
the 20-pound or 1,000 cubic inch
minimum.
[Revise the second sentence 5.2.1b as
follows:]
b. * * * Alternately, mailers may
containerize by the actual piece count,
mail weight for each bundle destination,
or 1,000 cubic inch minimum, provided
that documentation can be provided
with the mailing that shows
(specifically for each container) the
number of pieces and their total weight.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise title of 5.2.2 as follows:]
5.2.2
Containerization and Labeling
Preparation sequence and labeling:
[Revise 5.2.2a as follows:]
a. 5-digit/scheme (optional, but
required for 5-digit price); sacking
allowed; labeling:
1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme trays,
approved alternate containers or sacks,
use L606, Column B. For 5-digit trays,
alternate containers or sacks, use city,
state, and 5-digit ZIP Code on mail (see
4.3 for overseas military mail).
2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme trays,
alternate containers or sacks, ‘‘PSVC
MACH 5D SCH.’’ For 5-digit trays,
alternate containers or sacks, ‘‘PSVC
MACH 5D.’’
*
*
*
*
*
[Delete 5.2.2c in its entirety and add
new 5.2.2c and d as follows:]
c. Tier 2 Network (required); no
minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L603, Column C
information for the facility serving the
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post
Office.
2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC MACH WKG.’’
d. Tier 2 Network (required for
specified acceptance locations); if the
origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or
Saint Louis, use Labeling List L603 to
separate the remaining mail into two
east or west directionally-based
containers; if the origin NDC is San
Francisco, use Labeling List L603 to
separate the remaining mail into two
north or south directionally-based
containers; no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L603, Column C
information for the facility serving the
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post
Office.
2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC MACH WKG.’’
E:\FR\FM\14MRP2.SGM
14MRP2
13740
5.3
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules
Preparing Irregular Parcels
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
5.3.1 Required Bundling
[Revise the last four sentences of the
introductory paragraph of 5.3.1 as
follows:]
* * * Bundling is not required for
pieces placed in 5-digit scheme trays,
approved alternate containers or sacks
and 5-digit trays, approved alternate
containers or sacks when such pieces
are enclosed in an envelope, full-length
sleeve, full-length wrapper, or polybag
and the minimum bundle volume is
met. The maximum weight of each
physical bundle is 20 pounds, except
that 5-digit bundles placed in 5-digit
trays, approved alternate containers or
sacks may weigh a maximum of 40
pounds. Each physical bundle must
contain at least two addressed pieces.
Bundling is also subject to these
conditions:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 5.3.1b as follows:]
b. For nonidentical-weight pieces,
mailers must either use the minimum
that applies to the average piece weight
for the entire mailing, or bundle by the
actual piece count or mail weight for
each container, if documentation can be
provided with the mailing that shows
the number of pieces in each bundle
and their total weight for each
container.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise title of 5.3.3 as follows:]
5.3.3 Containerization
[Revise the introductory paragraph of
5.3.3 as follows:]
Mailers must prepare pallets under
705.8 when they have reached the
minimum load requirements described
in 705.8.5.3. Otherwise, mailers must
prepare a tray, approved alternate
container or sack when the quantity of
mail for a required presort destination
reaches 10 addressed pieces or 20
pounds, whichever occurs first. At the
mailer’s option, a tray, alternate
container or sack may be prepared when
the quantity of mail reaches 1,000 cubic
inches. Smaller volumes are not
permitted (except in mixed ADC
containers). Optional 5-digit scheme
containers may be prepared only when
there are at least 10 addressed pieces or
20 pounds. Smaller volumes are not
permitted (except in mixed ADC
containers). Containerization is also
subject to these conditions:
[Revise 5.3.3a as follows:]
a. Identical-weight pieces weighing 2
pounds or less must be containerized
using the 10-piece minimum; those that
weigh more must be containerized using
the 20-pound or 1,000 cubic inch
minimum.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:11 Mar 11, 2011
Jkt 223001
[Revise the second sentence 5.3.3b as
follows:]
b. * * * Alternatively, mailers may
containerize by the actual piece count,
mail weight for each destination, or
1,000 cubic inch minimum, provided
that documentation can be provided
with the mailing that shows
(specifically for each container) the
number of pieces in each container and
their total weight.
[Revise 5.3.3c as follows:]
c. Mailers must note on the postage
statement which containerization
method was used except for eVS
mailings prepared under 705.2.9.
[Revise the title and introductory
paragraph only of 5.4.2 as follows:]
5.3.4 Containerization and Labeling
Mailers must segregate trays, alternate
containers or sacks destined within the
origin/entry SCF (no piece minimum) as
described in 486.2.1. Preparation
sequence and labeling:
[Revise 5.3.4a as follows:]
a. 5-digit/scheme (optional, but
required for 5-digit price); sacking
allowed; labeling:
1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme trays,
approved alternate containers or sacks,
use L606, Column B. For 5-digit trays,
approved alternate containers or sacks,
use city, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code on
mail (see 4.3 for overseas military mail).
2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme trays,
approved alternate containers or sacks,
‘‘PSVC IRREG 5D SCH.’’ For 5-digit
trays, approved alternate containers or
sacks, ‘‘PSVC IRREG 5D.’’
*
*
*
*
*
[Delete 5.3.4d in its entirety and add
new 5.3.4d through f as follows:]
d. Origin Network Distribution Center
(NDC) Network (required); no
minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L601, Column C.
2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC IRREG NDC.’’
e. Tier 2 Network (required); no
minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L603, Column C.
2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC IRREG WKG.’’
f. Tier 2 Network (required for
specified acceptance locations); if the
origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or
Saint Louis, use Labeling List L603 to
separate the remaining mail into two
east or west directionally-based
containers; if the origin NDC is San
Francisco, use Labeling List L603 to
separate the remaining mail into two
north or south directionally-based
containers; no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L603, Column C.
2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC IRREG WKG.’’
*
*
*
*
*
[Add a new 2.0 and 2.1 as follows:]
2.0
Presenting a Mailing
2.1
Segregation of Origin SCF Trays
Mailers must make all required, and
may make any optional, separations
containing origin/entry 3-digit and
irregular parcels origin/entry 5-digit
(scheme) trays, approved alternate
containers or sacks destinating in the
service area of the SCF serving the Post
Office where the mail is verified, or the
service area of the SCF/plant where mail
is entered. For all such separations,
mailpieces must be trayed or placed in
alternative containers in accordance
with 485.0 and segregated from the
remainder of the mailing. Mailers must
segregate the origin/entry trays by one of
these methods: separately containerize
the trays; place the trays in a
conspicuous location on top of origin
SCF pallet or other container; or present
them separately to acceptance
personnel.
500
Additional Services
*
*
507
Mailer Services
*
*
11.0
*
*
*
*
*
*
Merchandise Return Service
*
11.7
*
*
*
*
*
Priority Mail Reshipment
*
*
*
*
[Revise the title of 11.7.3 as follows:]
11.7.3
Container Tag
[Revise the first sentence of 11.7.3 as
follows:]
If a sack, or approved alternate
container is used as the mail container
for Priority Mail reshipment, the permit
holder must provide a tag and an
address label containing the delivery
address of the postage due unit at the
Post Office where the permit is held, the
permit holder’s address, a space for the
customer’s return address, and
otherwise meet the format standards in
11.6 for each affected postal facility.
* * *
*
*
*
*
*
700
Special Standards
*
*
*
*
*
705 Advanced Preparation and
Special Postage Payment Systems
1.0
Customized MarketMail
*
*
*
*
*
486
Enter and Deposit
1.4
Preparation Standards
*
*
*
*
PO 00000
*
Frm 00038
*
Fmt 4701
*
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\14MRP2.SGM
*
14MRP2
*
*
13741
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules
1.4.5
Required Bundling
[Revise the first sentence of 1.4.5 as
follows:]
Bundling is required before traying or
filling other mailing containers. * * *
*
*
*
*
*
1.4.7
Required Containerizing
The following standards apply to
containerizing CMM pieces:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise the first sentence of 1.4.7b as
follows:]
b. Bundles in drop shipment mailings
under 246.2.0 and 246.5.0 must be
placed in letter trays, flat trays, or
approved alternate containers.
*
*
*
*
*
1.4.8
Containerizing and Labeling
Prepare and label containers as
follows:
[Revise 1.4.8a as follows:]
a. Drop shipments under 246.2.0 and
246.5.0 must be prepared in 5-digit trays
or approved alternate containers, or as
an option, in 5-digit scheme (under
L606, Column B), carrier route, or 5digit carrier routes trays or containers,
labeled as follows:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 14.8a2 and 8a3 as follows:]
2. Line 2: ‘‘DEL LTR STD CMM MAN’’
(for letter trays); ‘‘DEL FLTS STD CMM
MAN’’ (for flat trays); ‘‘DEL STD CMM
MAN’’ (for other approved alternate
containers).
3. Line 3: Office of mailing or mailer
information (see 707.21.0).
*
*
*
*
*
6.0 Combining Mailings of Standard
Mail, Package Services, and Parcel
Select Parcels
6.1 Basic Standards for Combining
Parcels and NFMs
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
6.1.1
Basic Standards
Standard Mail parcels, NFMs, Package
Services, and Parcel Select parcels in
combined mailings must meet the
following standards:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise the last sentence of 6.1.1d as
follows:]
d. * * * Pieces claimed at other
prices in the same flat tray or approved
alternate container or on the same pallet
do not count towards these minimum
volume requirements.
*
*
*
*
*
6.2 Combining Parcels and NFMs—
DNDC Entry
*
*
*
VerDate Mar<15>2010
*
*
17:11 Mar 11, 2011
Jkt 223001
6.2.2 Additional Standards
Standard Mail machinable parcels,
NFMs 6 ounces or more, and Package
Services and Parcel Select machinable
parcels prepared for DNDC entry must
meet the following conditions in
addition to the basic standards in 6.1:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 6.2.2d as follows:]
d. Mailers must prepare all parcels on
pallets or in pallet boxes under 8.0; or
in flat trays, approved alternate
containers or sacks under 6.2.3, or to
achieve the finest level of sortation.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise title and text of introductory
sentence of 6.2.3 as follows:]
6.2.3 Containerization and Labeling
Preparation sequence and labeling:
[Revise the opening paragraphs of
6.2.3a and b as follows:]
a. 5-digit scheme, optional, but
required for Standard Mail 5-digit price
eligibility, 10-piece or 20-pound
minimum; sacking permitted; labeling:
*
*
*
*
*
b. 5-digit, optional, but required for
Standard Mail 5-digit price eligibility,
10-piece or 20-pound minimum; sacking
permitted; labeling:
*
*
*
*
*
[Delete 6.2.3e in its entirety and add
new 6.2.3e and f as follows:]
e. Tier 2 Network (required); no
minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: ‘‘MXD’’ followed by L601,
Column C, based on information for the
facility serving the 3-digit ZIP Code
prefix of entry Post Office.
2. Line 2: ‘‘STD/PSVC MACH WKG.’’
f. Tier 2 Network (required for
specified acceptance locations); if the
origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or
Saint Louis, use Labeling List L603 to
separate the remaining mail into two
east or west directionally-based
containers; if the origin NDC is San
Francisco, use Labeling List L603 to
separate the remaining mail into two
north or south directionally-based
containers; no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L603, Column C, based on
information for the facility serving the
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post
Office.
2. Line 2: ‘‘STD/PSVC MACH WKG.’’
*
*
*
*
*
6.3 Combining Parcels—Parcel Select
ONDC Presort, NDC Presort, DSCF, and
DDU Prices
*
*
*
*
*
6.3.2 Preparation and Prices
Combined parcels must be prepared
as follows:
*
*
*
*
*
PO 00000
Frm 00039
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
[Revise the introductory paragraph of
6.3.2b as follows:]
b. Parcel Select or Bound Printed
Matter Qualifying for DSCF Prices.
Mailers must prepare the combined
mailings under the 5-digit scheme and
5-digit tray, sack or approved alternate
container requirements in 455.4.2 or the
5-digit scheme and 5-digit pallet
requirements in 8.0 for the Parcel Select
DSCF prices. All other requirements for
Parcel Select DSCF prices and Standard
Mail prices must be met. The following
additional requirements apply:
[Revise 6.3.2b1 as follows:]
1. If trayed, sacked or placed in
approved alternate containers under
455.4.2, the minimum requirement of
seven pieces per tray, sack or container
must be met with only Package Services
and Parcel Select parcels. After the
minimum tray, sack or container
volume has been met; Standard Mail
parcels may be included in the same
tray, sack or container or in overflow
trays, sacks or containers.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 6.3.2b5 as follows:]
5. Line 2 of 5-digit scheme pallet and
tray labels must read: ‘‘STD/PSVC
MACH 5D SCH.’’ Line 2 of 5-digit pallet
and tray labels must read: ‘‘STD/PSVC
MACH 5D.’’
*
*
*
*
*
7.0 Combining Package Services and
Parcel Select Parcels for Destination
Entry
*
*
*
*
*
7.1 Combining Parcels—DSCF and
DDU Entry
7.1.1
Qualification
[Revise the first sentence of the
introductory paragraph of 7.1.1 as
follows:]
Mailers may combine Package
Services and Parcel Select parcels in 5digit scheme and 5-digit flat trays, sacks
or approved alternate containers or on
5-digit scheme and 5-digit pallets for
entry either at a destination sectional
center facility (DSCF) or a destination
delivery unit (DDU) when authorized by
the USPS under 7.5. * * *
7.1.2
Basic Standards
[Revise the introductory sentence of
7.1.2 as follows:]
All Package Services and Parcel Select
parcels that meet the following
conditions may be combined in 5-digit
scheme and 5-digit flat trays, sacks or
approved alternate containers or 5-digit
scheme and 5-digit pallets under these
conditions:
*
*
*
*
*
E:\FR\FM\14MRP2.SGM
14MRP2
13742
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules
[Revise the first sentence of 7.1.2c as
follows:]
c. All parcels must be prepared in flat
trays, sacks or approved alternate
containers under 7.2 or on pallets under
7.3. * * *
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise title of 7.1.3 as follows:]
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
7.1.3 Combined Parcels Prepared in
Trays or Sacks—Price Eligibility
[Revise the introductory paragraph of
7.1.3 and items 7.1.3a through e as
follows:]
In addition to the applicable
standards in 455.4.0 and 466.3.0
through 466.6.0 for destination entry
Parcel Select and Bound Printed Matter,
the following standards apply for
combined parcels prepared in flat trays,
sacks or approved alternate containers:
a. Parcel Select DSCF prices apply to
parcels that are in 5-digit scheme and 5digit flat trays, sacks or approved
alternate containers, each with at least
10 pieces of any combination of Parcel
Select and Package Services mail, or
that are in overflow trays, sacks or
alternate containers under 7.2.2, when
all other requirements for the DSCF
price in 453.3.0 and 455.4.2 are met.
Parcel Select DDU prices apply to
parcels that are contained in 5-digit
scheme and 5-digit trays, sacks or
alternate containers, each with at least
10 pieces of any combination of Parcel
Select and Package Services mail, or
that are in overflow trays, sacks or
alternate containers under 7.2.2, when
all other requirements for the DDU price
in 453.3.0 and 455.4.1 are met.
b. Presorted Bound Printed Matter
DSCF prices apply to parcels that are in
5-digit scheme and 5-digit trays, sacks
or alternate containers, each with at
least 10 pieces of any combination of
Parcel Select and Package Services mail,
or that are in overflow trays, sacks or
alternate containers under 7.2.2, when
all other requirements for the DSCF
price in 466.3.0 through 466.6.0 are met.
Presorted Bound Printed Matter DDU
prices apply to parcels that are
contained in 5-digit scheme and 5-digit
trays, sacks or alternate containers, each
containing at least 10 pieces of any
combination of Parcel Select and
Package Services mail, or contained in
overflow trays, sacks or alternate
containers under 7.2.2, provided all
other requirements for the DDU price in
466.3.0 through 466.6.0 are met.
c. Presorted Library Mail 5-digit
prices apply to parcels that are in 5-digit
scheme and 5-digit trays, sacks or
alternate containers sacks, each with at
least 10 pieces of any combination of
Parcel Select and Package Services mail,
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:11 Mar 11, 2011
Jkt 223001
or that are in overflow trays, sacks or
alternate containers under 7.2.2.
d. Presorted Media Mail 5-digit prices
apply to parcels that are in 5-digit
scheme and 5-digit trays, sacks or
alternate containers, each with at least
10 pieces of any combination of Parcel
Select and Package Services mail, or
that are in overflow trays, sacks or
alternate containers under 7.2.2.
e. Single-piece price parcels that are
in 5-digit scheme and 5-digit trays,
sacks or alternate containers, each with
at least 10 pieces of any combination of
Parcel Select and Package Services mail,
or that are in overflow trays, sacks or
alternate containers under 7.2.2, qualify
for single-piece prices.
[Revise title and text 7.1.4 as follows:]
7.1.4
Containerization
Only 5-digit scheme and 5-digit trays,
sacks or alternate containers may be
prepared. Each tray, sack or alternate
container of combined Parcel Select and
Package Services mail must contain at
least 10 pieces. One overflow tray,
alternate container or sack containing
fewer than 10 pieces is permitted per
destination.
[Revise title and text of the
introductory sentence only of 7.15 as
follows:]
7.1.5
Labeling
Tray labels must be prepared as
follows:
*
*
*
*
*
7.2 Combining Parcel Select and
Package Services Machinable Parcels
for DNDC Entry
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise title and text of the
introductory sentence only of 7.2.3 as
follows:]
7.2.3
Containerization and Labeling
Preparation sequence, container type,
and labeling:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise the opening sentence of items
7.2.3c and d as follows:]
c. ASF, optional, allowed only for
mail deposited at an ASF to claim
DNDC price, 10-piece or 20-pound
minimum; flat trays or approved
alternate containers required; labeling:
*
*
*
*
*
d. NDC, required,10-piece or 20pound minimum; flat trays or approved
alternate containers required; labeling:
*
*
*
*
*
8.0
Preparing Pallets
*
*
PO 00000
*
Frm 00040
*
Fmt 4701
*
Sfmt 4702
8.2
8.2.1
Top Caps
Use
Top caps are used as follows:
[Revise 8.2.1a as follows:]
a. Except as provided below, all
pallets or pallet boxes must be topcapped if the pallets are stacked two,
three, or four tiers high when presented
to the USPS for acceptance.
*
*
*
*
*
8.5
8.5.1
General Preparation
Presort
[Revise 8.5.1, starting with the forth
sentence as follows:]
* * * For trays, approved alternate
containers or machinable parcels on
pallets, the mailer must prepare all
required pallet levels before preparing
any mixed ADC or mixed NDC pallets
for a mailing job. Bundles that cannot be
placed on pallets must be prepared in
flat trays or other approved alternate
containers under the applicable
standards. Bundle reallocation
standards (8.11, 8.13, and 8.14) to
protect the SCF, ADC, or NDC pallets
may result in some bundles of
Periodicals flats and irregular parcels
and Standard Mail flats not being placed
on the finest level of pallet possible.
Mailers must use PAVE-certified presort
software to prepare mailings using
bundle reallocation (bundle reallocation
is optional, but if performed, it must be
done for the complete mailing job).
8.5.2
Required Preparation
The following standards apply to
Periodicals, Standard Mail, Parcel
Select, and Package Services, except
Parcel Select mailed at NDC Presort,
ONDC Presort, DSCF, and DDU prices.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 8.5.2c as follows:]
c. Trays, bundles or parcels that
cannot be prepared on a direct pallet
must be placed on the appropriate
Origin Network Distribution Center,
Tier 2 Network, Directional Tier 2
Network, Local Surface Transport or
Extended Surface Network pallet, when
the volume reaches 150 pounds, or three
layers of trays, for any pallet level.
Mailers may optionally make pallets
with less than 150 pounds or 36 linear
feet of trays for these pallet levels.
Mailers choosing not to make optional
pallets, or unable to palletize, must
prepare bundles in flat trays or
approved alternate containers under
applicable preparation standards.
8.5.3
Minimum Load
The following minimum load
standards apply to mail prepared on
pallets:
E:\FR\FM\14MRP2.SGM
14MRP2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules
a. For Periodicals, Standard Mail,
Parcel Select, and Package Services
(except for Parcel Select mailed at NDC
Presort, ONDC Presort, DSCF, and DDU
prices):
[Revise 8.5.3a1 as follows:]
1. In a single mailing, the minimum
load per pallet is 250 pounds of
bundles, parcels, or approved alternate
containers, except as provided in items
2 through 4 below. When preparing
letter trays on pallets, the minimum
load is 36 linear feet or three layers of
trays, except as provided in item 3
below.
*
*
*
*
*
[Add a new 8.5.3a6 as follows:]
6. There is no minimum load for
Origin Entry 3–Digit, Origin Network
Distribution Center, Tier 2 Network,
Directional Tier 2 Network, Local
Surface Transport or Extended Surface
Network pallets.
*
*
*
*
*
palletized (e.g. the mailer is physically
unable to palletize, the USPS
acceptance location is unable to accept
pallets, or the bundles do not meet the
machinability standards in 8.5.7
through 8.5.11) must be prepared in flat
trays or approved alternate containers
under the standards for the price
claimed. For Periodicals, the mailer
must separately place bundles of each
publication, which are not palletized,
into flat trays or approved alternate
containers. Alternate containers that are
not palletized must be bedloaded.
Alternate containers not placed on
pallets may be presented with the
palletized mail (and reported on the
same postage statement) if separated
from the palletized portion of the
mailing.
*
*
*
*
*
8.5.5 Maximum Load
[Revise the first sentence of 8.5.5 as
follows:]
The maximum weight (mail and
pallet) is 2,200 pounds. The maximum
height of a single pallet (mail and pallet)
is 77 inches for bundles, parcels,
approved alternate containers, or pallet
boxes, or 77 inches or 12 layers of trays
(whichever occurs first) for letter trays.
* * *
*
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
8.5.6 Mail on Pallets
These standards apply to mail on
pallets:
[Revise 8.5.6a as follows:]
a. Pieces in trays, bundles, and
approved alternate containers must be
prepared under the standards for the
class of mail and price claimed.
*
*
*
*
*
[Delete 8.5.6g in its entirety and
renumber current 8.5.6h and i as the
new 8.5.6g and h.]
*
*
*
*
*
8.5.9 Address Visibility
This standard does not apply to the
following:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 8.5.9b and c as follows:]
b. Bundles placed in or on 5-digit or
5-digit scheme (L001) approved
alternate containers or pallets.
c. Bundles placed in carrier route and
5-digit carrier routes approved alternate
containers.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise title and text of 8.5.12 as
follows:]
8.5.12 Alternate Containers
All mailers are required to palletize
when possible. Mail that is not
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:11 Mar 11, 2011
Jkt 223001
8.8
Basic Uses
These types of mail may be palletized:
*
*
*
*
[Revise items 8.8b and c as follows:]
b. Bundles of nonletter-size mail not
prepared in approved alternate
containers.
c. Bundles or parcels in approved
alternate containers or in sacks (5-digit
or 5-digit scheme only).
*
*
*
*
*
8.9
Bundles on Pallets
8.9.1
Applicability
[Revise 8.9.1 as follows:]
Presort bundles of Periodicals,
Standard Mail, and Package Services
flats and irregular parcels must be
placed directly on pallets under 8.9.2
through 8.9.5 and 8.10. Mail that cannot
be placed on pallets (e.g. the mailer is
physically unable to palletize, the USPS
acceptance location is unable to accept
pallets, or the bundles do not meet the
machinability standards in 8.5.7
through 8.5.11) must be prepared in flat
trays or approved alternate containers
under the applicable standards. Flat
trays or alternate containers that contain
any remaining bundles after all pallets
are prepared may be presented with the
palletized portion of the mailing job
(and, subject to 8.16.5, reported on the
same postage statement) if the trayed or
containerized portion is presented
separately from the palletized portion.
*
*
*
*
*
8.9.5
Bound Printed Matter
Bound Printed Matter on pallets must
be bundled as follows:
*
*
*
*
*
b. Presorted and Carrier Route Bound
Printed Matter:
[Revise 8.9.5b1 as follows:]
PO 00000
Frm 00041
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
13743
1. Only individual pieces of flats or
irregular parcels that weigh less than 10
pounds each may be prepared as
bundles on pallets. Presorted pieces that
weigh 10 or more pounds each must be
prepared and palletized as machinable
parcels under 8.10.4. Carrier route
pieces that individually weigh 10 or
more pounds each must either be
prepared and palletized as machinable
parcels under 8.10.4, and qualify for
Presorted prices or be prepared in
alternate containers under 365.6.0 for
flats and 465.6.0 for parcels and qualify
for carrier route prices.
*
*
*
*
*
8.10
*
Pallet Presort and Labeling
*
*
*
*
[Revise title of 8.10.2 as follows:]
8.10.2 Periodicals—Bundles, Trays, or
Alternate Containers
[Revise the fourth and last sentence of
the introductory paragraph of 8.10.2 as
follows:]
* * * For mailings of letter trays or
bundles of flat-size pieces in approved
alternate containers on pallets, pallet
preparation begins with 8.10.2e. * * *
For pieces meeting the standards in
707.26.0, mailers may prepare the
nonpalletized (residual) portion of a
mailing in flat trays or approved
alternate containers under 10.0.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise the opening paragraph of
items 8.10.2e and f as follows:]
e. 5-digit carrier routes, required,
except for trays; permitted for bundles,
alternate containers, and trays. Pallet
must contain only carrier route mail for
the same 5-digit ZIP Code. Labeling:
*
*
*
*
*
f. 5-digit, required, except for trays;
permitted for bundles, alternate
containers, and trays. Pallet must
contain only automation price and/or
Presorted price mail for the same 5-digit
ZIP Code or the same 5-digit scheme
under L007 (for automation- compatible
flats only under 301.3.0). Five-digit
scheme bundles are assigned to pallets
according to the ‘‘label to’’ 5-digit ZIP
Code in L007. Labeling:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise the opening paragraph of
items 8.10.2h through j as follows:]
h. SCF, required, permitted for
bundles, alternate containers, and trays.
Pallet may contain carrier route,
automation price, and/or Presorted price
mail for the 3-digit ZIP Code groups in
L005. Mailers may place origin mixed
ADC (OMX) containers on origin SCF
pallets. Labeling:
*
*
*
*
*
E:\FR\FM\14MRP2.SGM
14MRP2
13744
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules
i. ADC, required, permitted for
bundles, alternate containers, and trays.
Pallet may contain carrier route,
automation price, and/or Presorted price
mail for the 3-digit ZIP Code groups in
L004. Labeling:
*
*
*
*
*
j. Local Surface Transport; required;
no minimum, permitted for Origin
Mixed ADC (OMX) trays, bundles and
alternate containers. Pallet may contain
carrier route, automation price, and/or
presorted price mail. Labeling:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 8.10.2k as follows:]
k. Extended Surface Network;
required; no minimum; permitted for
bundles, trays and alternate containers.
Pallet may contain carrier route,
automation, and/or presorted mail.
Pallets must not contain origin mixed
ADC (OMX) trays, bundles or alternate
containers. labeling:
1. Line 1: ‘‘MXD’’ followed by L009,
Column B for the facility serving the 3digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post
Office.
2. Line 2: ‘‘PER’’ or ‘‘NEWS,’’ as
applicable; followed by ‘‘FLTS,’’
‘‘IRREG,’’ or ‘‘LTRS,’’ as applicable;
followed by ‘‘BARCODED’’ (or ‘‘BC’’) if
pallet contains automation price mail;
followed by ‘‘NONBARCODED’’ (or
‘‘NBC’’) if pallet contains carrier route
and/or Presorted price mail; followed by
‘‘WKG.’’
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise title of 8.10.3 as follows:]
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
8.10.3 Standard Mail—Bundles,
Trays, or Alternate Containers
[Revise the third and fourth sentences
of 8.10.3 as follows:]
* * * For irregular parcels, use this
preparation only for pieces in carrier
route bundles or bundles placed in
approved alternate containers. Palletize
unbundled or uncontainerized irregular
parcels under 8.10.8. * * *
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise the opening paragraph of
items 8.10.3b and c as follows:]
b. 5-digit carrier routes, required
except for trays, permitted for bundles,
trays and approved alternate containers.
Pallet must contain only carrier route
mail for the same 5-digit ZIP Code.
Labeling:
*
*
*
*
*
c. 5-digit, required except for trays,
permitted for bundles, trays and
approved alternate containers. Pallet
must contain only automation price
and/or Presorted price mail for the same
5-digit ZIP Code or same 5-digit scheme.
5-digit scheme bundles and alternate
containers are assigned to 5-digit pallets
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:11 Mar 11, 2011
Jkt 223001
according to the ‘‘label to’’ 5-digit ZIP
Code. Labeling:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise the first sentence of the
opening paragraph of 8.10.3e as
follows:]
e. SCF, required, permitted for
bundles, trays, and approved alternate
containers. * * *
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise the opening paragraph of
8.10.3f as follows:]
f. ASF, required unless bundle
reallocation used under 8.13, permitted
for bundles, trays, and approved
alternate containers. Pallet may contain
carrier route, automation price, and/or
Presorted price mail for the 3-digit ZIP
Code groups in L602. ADC bundles,
trays, or alternate containers are
assigned to pallets according to the
‘‘label to’’ ZIP Code in L004 as
appropriate. AADC trays are assigned to
pallets according to the ‘‘label to’’ ZIP
Code in L801. Labeling:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 8.10.3g as follows:]
g. NDC, required, permitted for
bundles, trays, and approved alternate
containers. Required for the Origin NDC
pallet when volume reaches 150
pounds. Pallet may contain carrier
route, automation price, and/or
Presorted price mail for the 3-digit ZIP
Code groups in L604 (L601 for parcels).
ADC bundles, trays, or alternate
containers are assigned to pallets
according to the ‘‘label to’’ ZIP Code in
L004 as appropriate. AADC trays are
assigned to pallets according to the
‘‘label to’’ ZIP Code in L801. Labeling:
1. Line 1: L604 (L601 for parcels).
2. Line 2: For flats and irregular
parcels, ‘‘STD’’ followed by ‘‘FLTS’’ or
‘‘IRREG,’’ as applicable; followed by
‘‘NDC’’; followed by ‘‘BARCODED’’ (or
‘‘BC’’) if pallet contains automation price
mail; followed by ‘‘NONBARCODED’’ (or
‘‘NBC’’) if pallet contains carrier route
and/or Presorted price mail. For letters,
‘‘STD LTRS NDC’’; followed by ‘‘BC’’ if
pallet contains barcoded letters;
followed by ‘‘MACH’’ if pallet contains
machinable letters; followed by ‘‘MAN’’
if pallet contains nonmachinable letters.
[Delete 8.10.3h in its entirety and add
new 8.10.3h and i as follows:]
h. Tier 2 Network, required, required,
permitted for bundles, trays and
approved alternate containers. Pallet
may contain carrier route, automation,
and/or Presorted price mail. Labeling:
1. Line 1: L604 (L603 for parcels),
Column C, based on information for the
facility serving the 3-digit ZIP Code
prefix of entry Post Office Column B, for
NDC serving 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of
entry Post Office.
PO 00000
Frm 00042
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
2. Line 2: For flats and irregular
parcels, ‘‘STD’’ followed by ‘‘FLTS’’ or
‘‘IRREG,’’ as applicable; followed by
‘‘BARCODED’’ (or ‘‘BC’’) if pallet
contains automation price mail;
followed by ‘‘NONBARCODED’’ (or
‘‘NBC’’) if pallet contains carrier route
and/or Presorted price mail; followed by
‘‘WKG.’’ For letters, ‘‘STD LTRS’’;
followed by ‘‘BC’’ if pallet contains
barcoded letters; followed by ‘‘MACH’’ if
pallet contains machinable letters;
followed by ‘‘MAN’’ if pallet contains
nonmachinable letters; followed by
‘‘WKG.’’
i. Directional Tier 2 Network (required
for specified acceptance locations); if
the origin NDC of the acceptance
and/or induction facility is Chicago,
Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling
List 604 (L603 for parcels) to separate
the remaining mail into two east or west
directionally-based containers; if the
origin NDC is San Francisco, use
Labeling List 604 (L603 for parcels) to
separate the remaining mail into two
north or south directionally-based
containers; required; permitted for
bundles, trays and approved alternate
containers. Pallet may contain carrier
route, automation, and/or Presorted
price mail. Labeling:
1. Line 1: L604 (L603 for parcels),
Column C, based on information for the
facility serving the 3-digit ZIP Code
prefix of entry Post Office.
2. Line 2: For flats and irregular
parcels, ‘‘STD’’ followed by ‘‘FLTS’’ or
‘‘IRREG,’’ as applicable; followed by
‘‘BARCODED’’ (or ‘‘BC’’) if pallet
contains automation price mail;
followed by ‘‘NONBARCODED’’ (or
‘‘NBC’’) if pallet contains carrier route
and/or Presorted price mail; followed by
‘‘WKG.’’ For letters, ‘‘STD LTRS’’;
followed by ‘‘BC’’ if pallet contains
barcoded letters; followed by ‘‘MACH’’ if
pallet contains machinable letters;
followed by ‘‘MAN’’ if pallet contains
nonmachinable letters; followed by
‘‘WKG.’’
[Revise title of 8.10.4 as follows:]
8.10.4 Package Services Flats—
Bundles or Alternate Containers
[Revise the sixth sentence of 8.10.4 as
follows:]
* * * For mailings of alternate
containers placed on pallets, pallet
preparation begins with 8.10.4b. * * *
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise the opening paragraph of
items 8.10.4b and c as follows:]
b. 5-digit carrier routes, required,
permitted for bundles and approved
alternate containers. Pallet must contain
only carrier route mail for the same
5-digit ZIP Code. Labeling:
*
*
*
*
*
E:\FR\FM\14MRP2.SGM
14MRP2
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules
c. 5-digit, required, permitted for
bundles and approved alternate
containers. Pallet must contain only
Presorted price mail with or without a
barcode for the same 5-digit ZIP Code or
same 5-digit scheme under L007 (for
automation-compatible flats only under
301.3.0). Five-digit scheme bundles are
assigned to pallets according to the
‘‘label to’’ 5-digit ZIP Code in L007.
Labeling:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise the opening paragraph of
items 8.10.4e through f as follows:]
e. SCF, required, permitted for
bundles and approved alternate
containers. Pallet may contain carrier
route and/or Presorted mail for the
3-digit ZIP Code groups in L005.
Labeling:
*
*
*
*
*
f. ASF, required, permitted for
bundles and approved alternate
containers. Pallet may contain carrier
route and/or Presorted price mail with
or without a barcode for the 3-digit ZIP
Code groups in L602. ADC bundles or
alternate containers are assigned to
pallets according to the ‘‘label to’’ ZIP
Code in L004. At the mailer’s option,
appropriate mixed ADC bundles or
alternate containers may be sorted to
ASF pallets according to the ‘‘label to’’
ZIP Code in L010. All mixed ADC
bundles and alternate containers must
contain only pieces destinating within
the ASF as shown in Exhibit 6.2.3.
Labeling:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 8.10.4g as follows:]
g. NDC, required, permitted for
bundles and approved alternate
containers. Required for the Origin NDC
pallet when volume reaches 150
pounds. Pallet may contain carrier route
and/or Presorted price mail with or
without a barcode for the 3-digit ZIP
Code groups in L601. ADC bundles or
alternate containers are assigned to
pallets according to the ‘‘label to’’ ZIP
Code in L004. At the mailer’s option,
appropriate mixed ADC bundles or
alternate containers may be sorted to
NDC pallets according to the ‘‘label to’’
ZIP Code in L010. All mixed ADC
bundles and alternate containers must
contain only pieces destinating within
the NDC as shown in Exhibit 6.2.3.
Labeling:
1. Line 1: L604.
2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC FLTS NDC’’;
followed by ‘‘BARCODED’’ (or ‘‘BC’’) if
pallet contains Presorted price mail
with a barcode; followed by
‘‘NONBARCODED’’ (or ‘‘NBC’’) if pallet
contains carrier route and/or Presorted
price mail without a barcode.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:11 Mar 11, 2011
Jkt 223001
[Delete current 8.10.4h in its entirety
and add new 8.10.4h and i as follows:]
h. Tier 2 Network, required, permitted
for trays, bundles and approved
alternate containers. Pallet may contain
carrier route and/or Presorted price
mail. Labeling:
1. Line 1: L603, Column C, based on
information for the facility serving the
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post
Office Column B, for NDC serving
2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC FLTS WKG.’’
i. Directional Tier 2 Network (required
for specified acceptance locations); if
the origin NDC of the acceptance
and/or induction facility is Chicago,
Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use L603,
Column B, to separate the remaining
mail into two east or west directionallybased containers; if the origin NDC is
San Francisco, use L603, Column B, to
separate the remaining mail into two
north or south directionally-based
containers; required; permitted for trays,
bundles and approved alternate
containers. Pallet may contain carrier
route and/or Presorted price mail.
Labeling:
1. Line 1: L603, Column C, based on
information for the facility serving the
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post
Office
2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC FLTS WKG.’’
[Revise title of 8.10.5 as follows:]
8.10.5 Package Services Irregular
Parcels—Bundles or Alternate
Containers
[Revise the sixth sentence of 8.10.5 as
follows:]
* * * For mailings of approved
alternate containers placed on pallets,
pallet preparation begins with 8.10.5e.
* * *
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise the opening paragraph of
items 8.10.5e and f as follows:]
e. 5-digit carrier routes, required,
permitted for bundles and approved
alternate containers. Pallet must contain
only carrier route mail for the same
5-digit ZIP Code. Labeling:
*
*
*
*
*
f. 5-digit, required, permitted for
bundles and approved alternate
containers. Pallet must contain only
Presorted price mail for the same 5-digit
ZIP Code. Labeling:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise the opening paragraph of
items 8.10.5h through j as follows:]
h. SCF, required, permitted for
bundles and approved alternate
containers. Pallet may contain carrier
route and/or Presorted price mail for the
3-digit ZIP Code groups in L005.
Labeling:
*
*
*
*
*
PO 00000
Frm 00043
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
13745
i. ASF, required, permitted for
bundles and approved alternate
containers. Pallet may contain carrier
route and/or Presorted price mail for the
3-digit ZIP Code groups in L602. ADC
trays, bundles or alternate containers are
assigned to pallets according to the
‘‘label to’’ ZIP Code in L004. At the
mailer’s option, appropriate mixed ADC
bundles or alternate containers may be
sorted to ASF pallets according to the
‘‘label to’’ ZIP Code in L010. All mixed
ADC bundles and alternate containers
must contain only pieces destinating
within the ASF as shown in Exhibit
6.2.3. Labeling:
*
*
*
*
*
j. NDC, required, permitted for
bundles and approved alternate
containers. No minimum for the Origin
NDC pallet. Pallet may contain carrier
route and/or Presorted price mail for the
3-digit ZIP Code groups in L601. ADC
(L004) bundles or approved alternate
containers are assigned to pallets
according to the ‘‘label to’’ ZIP Code in
L004. At the mailer’s option,
appropriate mixed ADC bundles or
alternate containers may be sorted to
NDC pallets according to the ‘‘label to’’
ZIP Code in L010. All mixed ADC
bundles and alternate containers must
contain only pieces destinating within
the NDC as shown in Exhibit 6.2.3.
Labeling:
*
*
*
*
*
[Delete current 8.10.5k in its entirety
and add new items 8.10.5k and l as
follows:]
k. Tier 2 Network, required, permitted
for bundles and approved alternate
containers. Pallet may contain carrier
route and/or Presorted price mail.
Labeling:
1. Line 1: L603, Column C, based on
information for the facility serving the
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post
Office Column B, for NDC serving 3digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post
Office.
2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC IRREG WKG.’’
l. Directional Tier 2 Network (required
for specified acceptance locations); if
the origin NDC of the acceptance
and/or induction facility is Chicago,
Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use L603 to
separate the remaining mail into two
east or west directionally-based
containers; if the origin NDC is San
Francisco, use L603 to separate the
remaining mail into two north or south
directionally-based containers; required;
permitted for bundles and approved
alternate containers.
Pallet may contain carrier route
and/or Presorted price mail. Labeling:
1. Line 1: L603, Column C, based on
information for the facility serving the
E:\FR\FM\14MRP2.SGM
14MRP2
13746
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post
Office
2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC IRREG WKG.’’
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
8.10.6 Package Services, Parcel Select
* * * Pallets must be labeled
according to the Line 1 and Line 2
information listed below and under 8.6.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise the opening paragraph of
8.10.6d as follows:]
d. NDC, required. Pallets must contain
only parcels or NFMs for the 3-digit ZIP
Code groups in L601. Labeling:
*
*
*
*
*
[Delete current 8.10.6e in its entirety
and add new items 8.10.6e and f as
follows:]
e. Tier 2 Network, required, no
minimum. Labeling:
1. Line 1: L603, Column C, based on
information for the facility serving the
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post
Office Column B, for NDC serving 3digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post
Office.
2. Line 2: ‘‘STD MACH WKG,’’ ‘‘STD
NFM MACH WKG,’’ or ‘‘PSVC MACH
WKG,’’ as applicable.
f. Directional Tier 2 Network (required
for specified acceptance locations); if
the origin NDC of the acceptance
and/or induction facility is Chicago,
Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use L603 to
separate the remaining mail into two
east or west directionally-based
containers; if the origin NDC is San
Francisco, use L603 to separate the
remaining mail into two north or south
directionally-based containers; required.
Labeling:
1. Line 1: L603, Column C, based on
information for the facility serving the
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post
Office.
2. Line 2: ‘‘STD MACH WKG,’’ ‘‘STD
NFM MACH WKG,’’ or ‘‘PSVC MACH
WKG,’’ as applicable.
8.10.7 Standard Mail Machinable
Parcels and Not Flat-Machinable Pieces
Weighing 6 Ounces or More
* * * Pallets must be labeled
according to Line 1 and Line 2
information listed below and under 8.6.
*
*
*
*
*
[Delete current 8.10.7f in its entirety
and add new items 8.10.6 f and g as
follows:]
f. Tier 2 Network, required; no
minimum. Labeling:
1. Line 1: L603, Column C, based on
information for the facility serving the
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post
Office Column B, for NDC serving 3digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post
Office.
2. Line 2: ‘‘STD MACH WKG’’ or ‘‘STD
NFM MACH WKG’’ as applicable.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:03 Mar 11, 2011
Jkt 223001
g. Directional Tier 2 Network
(required for specified acceptance
locations); if the origin NDC of the
acceptance and/or induction facility is
Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use
L603 to separate the remaining mail into
two east or west directionally-based
containers; if the origin NDC is San
Francisco, use L603 to separate the
remaining mail into two north or south
directionally-based containers; required;
no minimum. Labeling:
1. Line 1: L603, Column C, based on
information for the facility serving the
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post
Office
2. Line 2: ‘‘STD MACH WKG’’ or ‘‘STD
NFM MACH WKG’’ as applicable.
8.10.8 Standard Mail Irregular
Parcels Weighing 2 Ounces or More
[Revise the first and last sentence of
the introductory paragraph of 8.10.8 as
follows:]
Mailers who palletize unbundled or
uncontainerized irregular parcels must
make pallets or pallet boxes when there
are 250 pounds or more for the
destination levels below for DNDC,
DSCF, or DDU prices. * * * Mailers
may not prepare tubes, rolls, and similar
pieces or pieces that weigh less than 2
ounces on pallets or in pallet boxes,
except for pieces in carrier route
bundles or in alternate containers under
8.10.3.
*
*
*
*
*
[Delete current 8.10.8g in its entirety
and add new items 8.10.8g and h as
follows:]
g. Tier 2 Network, required, no
minimum. Labeling:
1. Line 1: L603, Column C, based on
information for the facility serving the
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post
Office Column B, for NDC serving 3digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post
Office.
2. Line 2: ‘‘STD IRREG WKG.’’
h. Directional Tier 2 Network
(required for specified acceptance
locations); if the origin NDC of the
acceptance and/or induction facility is
Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use
L603 to separate the remaining mail into
two east or west directionally-based
containers; if the origin NDC is San
Francisco, use L603 to separate the
remaining mail into two north or south
directionally-based containers; no
minimum. Labeling:
1. Line 1: L603, Column C, based on
information for the facility serving the
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post
Office.
2. Line 2: ‘‘STD IRREG WKG.’’
PO 00000
Frm 00044
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
8.10.9 Standard Mail Not FlatMachinable Pieces Weighing Less Than
6 Ounces
[Revise the first sentence of the
introductory paragraph of 8.10.9 as
follows:]
Mailers must prepare uncontainerized
pieces on pallets or in pallet boxes
when there are 250 pounds or more of
NFMs for the destination levels below
for DNDC, DSCF, or DDU prices. * * *
*
*
*
*
*
[Delete current 8.10.9g in its entirety
and add new items 8.10.9g and h as
follows:]
g. Tier 2 Network, required, no
minimum. Labeling:
1. Line 1: L603, Column C, based on
information for the facility serving the
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post
Office Column B, for NDC serving 3digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post
Office.
2. Line 2: ‘‘STD NFM WKG.’’
h. Directional Tier 2 Network
(required for specified acceptance
locations); if the origin NDC of the
acceptance and/or induction facility is
Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use
L603 to separate the remaining mail into
two east or west directionally-based
containers; if the origin NDC is San
Francisco, use L603 to separate the
remaining mail into two north or south
directionally-based containers; no
minimum. Labeling:
1. Line 1: L603, Column C, based on
information for the facility serving the
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post
Office
2. Line 2: ‘‘STD NFM WKG.’’
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise title of 8.14 as follows:]
8.14 Pallets of Bundles, Trays, and
Alternate Containers
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise title of 8.14.3 as follows:]
8.14.3 NDC and Mixed Tier 2 Network
Pallets
[Revise the last sentence of 8.14.3 as
follows:]
* * * A NDC, tier 2 network or
directional tier 2 network (trays and
approved alternate containers only)
pallet may include pieces that are
eligible for the DNDC price and others
that are ineligible
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise title and text of 8.15 as
follows:]
8.15
Approved Alternate Containers
All flat trays, approved alternate
containers or sacks remaining after all
pallets are prepared may be presented
with the palletized mailing (on the same
E:\FR\FM\14MRP2.SGM
14MRP2
13747
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules
postage statement) if the containers are
set apart from the palletized portion of
the mailing.
8.16 Copalletized Flat-Size Pieces—
Periodicals or Standard Mail
*
*
8.16.2
*
*
*
Periodicals
Additional standards are as follows:
*
*
*
*
*
c. * * * Approval is based on the
mailer’s demonstrated ability to provide
documentation meeting these standards:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 8.16.2c6 as follows:]
6. If a portion of the mailing is placed
in approved alternate containers and
presented with the copalletized portion,
a report by container showing the
number of pieces (and copies) at each
presort level.
*
*
*
*
*
8.18 Parcel Select—Network
Distribution Center (NDC) Presort
Discount
8.18.1
Machinable Parcels
To qualify for the NDC Presort
discount:
[Revise the last sentence of 8.18.1a as
follows:]
a. * * * Preparation directly on
pallets, or in other containers is not
permitted.
*
*
*
*
*
8.18.2
Nonmachinable Parcels
To qualify for the NDC Presort
discount:
[Revise the last sentence of 8.18.2a as
follows:]
a. * * * Preparation in other
containers, or directly on pallets, is not
permitted.
*
*
*
*
*
8.20 Parcel Select DSCF Prices—
Parcels on Pallets
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
8.20.1 Basic Preparation, Parcels on
Pallets
[Revise the introductory sentence of
8.20.1 as follows:]
Unless prepared under 8.20.2, in
sacks, or approved alternate containers,
mail must be prepared for the DSCF
price as follows:
*
*
*
*
*
c. Overflow. After filling a pallet(s) to
a 5-digit scheme, 5-digit, or 3-digit
destination, any remaining pieces that
do not meet the minimum pallet
requirements may be prepared in one or
both of the following ways:
[Revise text of 8.20.1c1 as follows:]
1. Placed in 5-digit scheme or 5-digit,
overflow sacks, flat trays or approved
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:11 Mar 11, 2011
Jkt 223001
alternate containers; or in or 3-digit flat
trays or approved alternate containers
(no minimum number of pieces per
sack, tray or container); that are labeled
in accordance with the 5-digit scheme,
5-digit, or 3-digit containerization
requirements for the DSCF price in
455.4.2. Overflow pieces sacked, trayed
or containerized in this manner are
eligible for the DSCF prices.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 8.20.1g as follows:]
g. Separation. If sacks, trays or
approved alternate containers prepared
under 455 are included in the same
mailing as pallets prepared under this
section, at the time of acceptance the
mailer must separate those sacks, trays
or containers that are overflow from the
palletized mail from those sacks, trays
or containers that were prepared under
the provisions of 455.
8.20.2 Alternate Preparation, Parcels
on Pallets
DSCF price mailings not prepared
under 8.20.1 may be prepared as
follows:
[Revise the first sentence of 8.20.2a as
follows:]
a. General. All DSCF pieces in the
mailing must be sorted to 5-digit
scheme, 5-digit, or 3-digit destinations
under 8.20.2 (i.e., mail prepared under
8.20.1 and mail prepared under 455.4.2
must not be included in a mailing
prepared under 8.20.2). * * *
*
*
*
*
*
c. Overflow. After filling pallets to a
5-digit scheme, 5-digit, or 3-digit
destination, any remaining pieces that
do not meet the minimum pallet
requirements may be prepared in one or
both of the following ways:
[Revise 8.20.2c1 as follows:]
1. Placed in 5-digit scheme or 5-digit,
overflow sacks, flat trays or approved
alternate containers; or in or 3-digit flat
trays or approved alternate containers
(no minimum number of pieces per
sack, tray or container); that are labeled
in accordance with the 5-digit scheme,
5-digit, or 3-digit containerization
requirements for the DSCF price in
455.4.2. Overflow pieces sacked, trayed
or containerized in this manner are
eligible for the DSCF prices.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise the last sentence of 8.20.2g as
follows:]
g. Documentation. * * * This
documentation must not include: Pieces
prepared in overflow sacks, trays or
alternate containers at the DSCF prices,
pieces prepared on overflow pallets at
the DNDC prices, or pieces claimed at
any other price in the mailing.
PO 00000
Frm 00045
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
8.20.3 5-Digit ZIP Codes for Which
Pallets May Not Be Prepared
[Revise the last sentence of 8.20.3 as
follows:]
* * * If a facility cannot handle
pallets, the DSCF price is not applicable
unless the mail can be prepared under
the containerization requirements in
455.4.2.
[Revise title of 8.21 as follows:]
8.21 Parcel Select DSCF Prices—
Containers on Pallets
[Revise the third sentence of the
introductory paragraph of 8.21 as
follows:]
* * * See 8.20.1g for requirements
concerning separation of sacks, trays or
approved alternate containers under
455.4.2 from sacks, trays or alternate
containers prepared under 8.20.1. * * *
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise title of 9.0 as follows:]
9.0 Combining Bundles of Automation
and Nonautomation Flats in Trays and
Alternate Containers
*
*
*
*
9.2
*
Periodicals
9.2.1 Basic Standards
[Revise the introductory paragraph of
9.2.1 as follows:]
Bundles of flat-size pieces in a
machinable barcoded price mailing
must be cotrayed, or combined in
approved alternate containers, with
bundles of flat-size pieces in a
machinable nonbarcoded mailing under
the following conditions:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise items 9.2.1b through f as
follows:]
b. The machinable barcoded mailing
must meet the eligibility criteria in
707.14.0, except that the traying and
documentation criteria in 9.2.1, 9.2.3,
and 9.2.4 must be met rather than the
traying and documentation criteria in
707.25.0.
c. The machinable nonbarcoded
mailing must meet the eligibility criteria
in 707.12.0, except that the traying and
documentation criteria in 9.2.1, 9.2.3,
and 9.2.4 must be met rather than the
criteria in 707.25.0.
d. The bundles must be sorted into
the same trays or approved alternate
containers under 9.2.3 and 9.2.4.
e. A complete postage statement(s)
must accompany each mailing job
prepared under these procedures.
Standardized documentation under
708.1.0 must also be submitted with
each cotrayed mailing job that describes
for each tray sortation level the number
of pieces qualifying for each applicable
price.
E:\FR\FM\14MRP2.SGM
14MRP2
13748
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules
f. Barcoded tray labels under 708.6.0
must be used to label trays or
containers.
*
*
*
*
*
9.2.3 Bundles With Fewer Than Six
Pieces
[Revise the second sentence of 9.2.3
as follows:]
* * * These low-volume bundles
may be placed in 5-digit, 3-digit, and
SCF trays or alternate containers that
contain at least 24 pieces or on 5-digit,
3-digit, or SCF pallets. * * *
[Revise title of 9.2.4 as follows:]
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
9.2.4
Tray Preparation and Labeling
[Revise the introductory paragraph of
9.2.4 as follows:]
Machinable barcoded price and
machinable nonbarcoded price bundles
must be presorted together into trays
(cotrayed), or combined in approved
alternate containers in the sequence
listed below. Trays or containers must
be labeled under 9.2.4a through g for
Lines 1 and 2 and 707.21.0 for other tray
label criteria.
[Revise 9.2.4a as follows:]
a. 5-digit/scheme, required; scheme
sort required only for pieces meeting the
criteria in 301.3.0; 24-piece minimum,
fewer pieces not permitted; labeling:
1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme trays,
sacks or containers, use L007, Column
B. For 5-digit trays, sacks or containers,
use city, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code
destination on pieces.
2. Line 2: ‘‘PER’’ or ‘‘NEWS’’ as
applicable and, for 5-digit scheme trays
or containers, ‘‘FLT 5D SCH BC/NBC’’;
for 5-digit trays or containers, ‘‘FLT 5D
BC/NBC.’’
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise the opening paragraph of
9.2.4f as follows:]
f. Local Surface Transport, required,
required for any remaining pieces for
destinations in L201, Column B,
corresponding to the origin ZIP Code in
Column A. There is no minimum for the
number of pieces in the tray or
authorized container, but bundles of
fewer than six pieces at 5-digit, 3-digit,
and ADC bundle levels are not
permitted.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise the opening paragraph of
9.2.4g as follows:]
g. Extended Surface Network,
required, no minimum, except that
bundles of fewer than six pieces at 5digit, 3-digit, and ADC bundle levels are
not permitted. Labeling:
*
*
*
*
*
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:11 Mar 11, 2011
Jkt 223001
9.2.5 Optional Tray Preparation—
Machinable Flat-Size Pieces
[Revise the first sentence of 9.2.5 as
follows:]
As an option, mailers may place
unbundled and bundled machinable
pieces meeting the criteria in 301.3.0 in
flats trays (see 707.20.4). * * *
*
*
*
*
*
9.3
Standard Mail
9.3.1
Basic Standards
[Revise the introductory sentence of
9.3.1 as follows:]
Bundles of flats in an automation
mailing must be cotrayed or placed in
approved alternate containers with
bundles of flats in a Presorted mailing
under the following conditions:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise items 9.3.1c and d as follows:]
c. The automation mailing must meet
the eligibility criteria in 343.7.0, except
that the traying and documentation
criteria in 9.3.1, 9.3.4, and 9.3.5 must be
met rather than the criteria in 345.7.0.
d. The Presorted mailing must meet
the eligibility criteria in 343.2.0 and
343.3.0, except that the traying and
documentation criteria in 9.3.1, 9.3.4,
and 9.3.5 must be met rather than the
criteria in 345.5.0.
[Revise the second sentence of 9.3.1e
as follows:]
e. * * * The prices for pieces in the
Presorted price mailing are based on the
number of pieces in the bundle and the
level of tray or alternate container in
which they are placed under 343.3.6
and 343.3.7.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 9.3.1g as follows:]
g. The bundles prepared from the
automation mailing and the bundles
prepared from the Presorted mailing
must be sorted into the same trays or
alternate containers as described in
9.3.4 and 9.3.5.
[Revise the second sentence of 9.3.1h
as follows:]
h. * * * In addition to the applicable
postage statement, standardized
documentation under 708.1.0 must be
submitted with each cotrayed mailing
job that describes for each tray or
container sortation level the number of
pieces qualifying for each automation
price and the number of pieces
qualifying for each Presorted price.
[Revise 9.3.1i as follows:]
i. Barcoded tray labels under 708.6.0
must be used to label trays or alternate
containers.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise title and text of 9.3.4 as
follows:]
PO 00000
Frm 00046
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
9.3.4 Traying or Containerization
Under 125-Piece or 15-Pound Rules
When the minimum quantity of 125
pieces or 15 pounds of mail is specified
for a tray or authorized alternative
container sortation level in 9.3.5, the
provisions of 345.7.4.2 apply.
[Revise title of 9.3.5 as follows:]
9.3.5 Tray Preparation and Labeling
[Revise the introductory paragraph of
9.3.5 as follows:]
Presorted and automation bundles
prepared under 9.3.2 and 9.3.3 must be
presorted together into trays (cotrayed),
or placed in authorized alternate
containers, in the sequence listed below.
Trays or alternate containers must be
labeled using 9.3.5a through g for Lines
1 and 2, and 345.4.0 for other tray label
criteria.
[Revise 9.3.5a as follows:]
a. 5-digit/scheme, required; scheme
sort required, only for pieces meeting
the automation-compatibility criteria in
301.3.0; 125-piece/15-pound minimum;
labeling:
1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme trays or
containers, use L007, Column B. For 5digit trays or containers, use city, state,
and 5-digit ZIP Code destination on
pieces.
2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme trays or
containers, ‘‘STD FLT 5D SCH BC/NBC’’;
for 5-digit sacks, ‘‘STD FLT 5D BC/
NBC.’’
*
*
*
*
*
[Delete current 9.3.5e in its entirety
and add new items 9.3.5e through g as
follows:]
e. Origin Network Distribution Center
(NDC) Network (required); no minimum;
labeling:
1. Line 1: L604, Column C.
2. Line 2: ‘‘STD FLTS NDC BC/NBC.’’
f. Tier 2 Network (required); no
minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L604, Column C.
2. Line 2: ‘‘STD FLTS BC/NBC WKG.’’
g. Tier 2 Network (required for
specified acceptance locations); if the
origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or
Saint Louis, use Labeling List L604 to
separate the remaining mail into two
east or west directionally-based
containers; if the origin NDC is San
Francisco, use Labeling List L604 to
separate the remaining mail into two
north or south directionally-based
containers; no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L604, Column C.
2. Line 2: ‘‘STD FLTS BC/NBC WKG.’’
*
*
*
*
*
9.4
9.4.1
Bound Printed Matter
Basic Standards
Bundles of flat-size pieces in a
Presorted mailing qualifying for and
E:\FR\FM\14MRP2.SGM
14MRP2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
claiming the barcode discount under
363.2.0, 363.3.0, and 363.5.0 must be
cotrayed, or combined in approved
alternate containers, with bundles of
presorted flat-size pieces not claiming
the barcode discount under the
following conditions:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 9.4.1c and d as follows:]
c. The Presorted barcode-discount
mailing must meet the eligibility criteria
in 363.2.0, 363.3.0, and 363.5.0, the mail
preparation standards in 365.7.0, the
traying requirements in 9.4.4, and the
documentation criteria in 9.4.1h.
d. The Presorted mailing must meet
the eligibility criteria in 363.2.0,
363.3.0, and 363.5.0, the mail
preparation standards in 365.5.0, the
traying requirements in 9.4.4, and the
documentation criteria in 9.4.1h.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 9.4.1g as follows:]
g. The bundles must be sorted into the
same tray or alternate container as
described in 9.4.4.
[Revise the second sentence of 9.4.1h
as follows:]
h. * * * In addition to the applicable
postage statement, standardized
documentation under 708.1.0 must be
submitted with each cotrayed mailing
job that describes for each tray or
container sortation level the number of
pieces qualifying for the barcode
discount and the number of pieces
qualifying for each applicable Presorted
price.
[Revise 9.3.1i as follows:]
i. Barcoded tray labels under 708.6.0
must be used to label trays or alternate
containers.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise title of 9.4.4 as follows:]
NBC’’; for 5-digit trays or containers,
‘‘PSVC FLT 5D BC/NBC.’’
[Revise the opening paragraph of item
b as follows:]
b. 3-digit, required, except for
optional bundles with 3-digit ZIP Code
prefixes indicated by an ‘‘N’’ in L002,
when optional SCF trays or containers
are prepared; minimum 20 addressed
pieces; labeling:
*
*
*
*
*
[Delete current 9.4.4e in its entirety
and add new items 9.4.4e through g as
follows:]
e. Origin Network Distribution Center
(NDC) Network (required); no minimum;
labeling:
1. Line 1: L604, Column C.
2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC FLTS NDC BC/NBC.’’
f. Tier 2 Network (required); no
minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L604, Column C.
2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC FLTS BC/NBC
WKG.’’
g. Tier 2 Network (required for
specified acceptance locations); if the
origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or
Saint Louis, use Labeling List L604 to
separate the remaining mail into two
east or west directionally-based
containers; if the origin NDC is San
Francisco, use Labeling List L604 to
separate the remaining mail into two
north or south directionally-based
containers; no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L604, Column C.
2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC FLTS BC/NBC
WKG.’’
[Revise title of 705.10 as follows:]
9.4.4 Tray Preparation and Labeling
[Revise the introductory paragraph of
9.4.4 as follows:]
Bundles of Presorted pieces qualifying
for and claiming the barcode discount
and Presorted pieces prepared under
9.4.2 or 9.4.3 must be presorted together
in trays (cotrayed), or combined in
approved alternate containers, using the
following preparation sequence and
labeling:
[Revise 9.4.4a as follows:]
a. 5-digit/scheme, required; scheme
sort required, only for pieces meeting
the automation-compatibility criteria in
301.3.0; minimum 20 addressed pieces;
labeling:
1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme trays or
containers, use L007, Column B. For 5digit trays or containers, use city, state,
and 5-digit ZIP Code destination on
pieces.
2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme trays or
containers, ‘‘PSVC FLT 5D SCH BC/
10.1
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:11 Mar 11, 2011
Jkt 223001
10.0 Merging Bundles of Flats on
Pallets or in Trays Using the City State
Product
10.1.1
Periodicals
Basic Standards
[Revise the introductory paragraph of
10.1.1 as follows:]
Carrier route bundles in a carrier
route mailing may be placed on the
same pallet or in the same tray or
approved alternate container as 5-digit
bundles from a machinable barcoded
mailing and 5-digit bundles from a
machinable nonbarcoded mailing
(including pieces cobundled under 11.0)
under the following conditions:
[Revise 10.1.1a as follows:]
a. A carrier route mailing must be part
of the mailing job, unless cobundled
under 11.0 using 5-digit scheme (L007)
or 3-digit scheme (L008) bundle
preparation, and trayed or placed in
alternate containers under 10.1.4.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise the first sentence of 10.1.1c as
follows:]
PO 00000
Frm 00047
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
13749
c. Pieces in the machinable price
mailing must meet the flats criteria in
301.3.0. * * *
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 10.1.1e through j as follows:]
e. Carrier route bundles may be
copalletized, cotrayed in combined in
approved alternate containers with
machinable barcoded 5-digit bundles,
machinable nonbarcoded 5-digit
bundles, and cobundled 5-digit bundles
only for those 5-digit ZIP Codes that
have an ‘‘A’’ or ‘‘C’’ indicator in the
Carrier Route Indicators field in the City
State Product indicating eligibility for
such copalletization or cotraying.
Containers of mail sorted in this manner
are called ‘‘merged 5-digit’’ pallets or
trays. Containers of mail sorted in this
manner for which scheme (L001)
sortation is also performed are called
‘‘merged 5-digit scheme’’ pallets or trays.
Pieces in 5-digit scheme (L007) bundles
may not be placed in merged
5-digit containers.
f. If sortation under this section is
performed, merged 5-digit pallets, trays
or approved alternate containers must
be prepared for all 5-digit ZIP Codes
with an ‘‘A’’ or ‘‘C’’ indicator in the City
State Product that permits such
preparation when there is enough
volume for the 5-digit ZIP Code to
prepare such a tray or alternate
container under 10.1.4 or such a pallet
under 10.1.5. In addition, all possible
merged 5-digit scheme trays or
containers must be prepared under
10.1.4, or all possible merged 5-digit
scheme and 5-digit scheme pallets must
be prepared under 10.1.5.
g. For mailings prepared in trays or
approved alternate containers, mailers
may not combine firm bundles and 5digit scheme pieces in 5-digit scheme
bundles or in 5-digit scheme trays or
containers. Firm bundles must be
placed in a separate individual 5-digit
tray or container under 10.1.4g to
maintain 5-digit price eligibility.
Mailers may combine firm bundles with
5-digit scheme, 3-digit scheme, and
other presort destination bundles in
carrier route, 5-digit, 3-digit, SCF, ADC,
and mixed ADC trays or containers.
Only an In-County firm bundle can
contribute toward the six-piece
minimum for price eligibility.
h. The bundles from each separated
mailing must be sorted together into
trays or approved alternate containers
(cotrayed) under 10.1.4 or on pallets
(copalletized) under 10.1.5 using presort
software that is PAVE-certified.
i. A complete, signed postage
statement(s), using the correct USPS
form or an approved facsimile, must
accompany each mailing job prepared
E:\FR\FM\14MRP2.SGM
14MRP2
13750
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules
under these procedures. In addition to
the postage statement(s), documentation
prepared by PAVE-certified software
must be submitted with each cotrayed
or copalletized mailing job that
describes for each tray or container
sortation level and tray or container, or
each pallet sortation level and pallet,
the number of pieces qualifying for each
applicable price.
j. Barcoded tray labels under 708.6.0
must be used to label trays or alternate
containers.
10.1.2 Bundle Preparation
Bundles must be prepared as follows:
[Revise the first sentence of 10.1.2a as
follows:]
a. Trayed mailings, or mailings
prepared in approved alternate
containers. * * *
*
*
*
*
*
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
10.1.3 Bundles With Fewer Than Six
Pieces
[Revise the last sentence of the
introductory paragraph of 10.1.3 as
follows:]
* * * Low-volume bundles are
permitted only when they are prepared
on pallets, trayed or placed in approved
alternate containers as follows:
a. Place low-volume carrier route,
5-digit, 3-digit scheme, and 3-digit
bundles in only the following
containers:
[Revise 10.1.3a1 through a3 as
follows:]
1. Carrier route, merged 5-digit
scheme, 5-digit scheme carrier routes,
merged 5-digit, 5-digit carrier routes, 5digit, 3-digit, and SCF trays or alternate
containers that contain at least 24
pieces.
2. Merged 3-digit trays or alternate
containers that contain at least one sixpiece carrier route bundle.
3. Origin/entry SCF trays or alternate
containers.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 10.1.3b as follows:]
b. Place low-volume 5-digit scheme
bundles in only 5-digit scheme, 3-digit,
and SCF trays or alternate containers
that contain at least 24 pieces, or in
origin/entry SCF trays or alternate
containers, or on 3-digit or SCF pallets,
as appropriate.
[Revise title of 10.1.4 as follows:]
10.1.4 Tray Preparation and Labeling
[Revise the introductory paragraph of
10.1.4 as follows:]
Mailers must prepare trays or
approved alternate containers for the
individual carrier route and 5-digit
bundles from the carrier route,
barcoded, and nonbarcoded price
mailings in the mailing job in the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:11 Mar 11, 2011
Jkt 223001
following manner and sequence. All
carrier route bundles must be placed in
trays or alternate containers under
10.1.4a through 10.1.4e and 10.1.4h as
described below. When sorting is
performed under this section, mailers
must prepare merged 5-digit scheme
trays or alternate containers, 5-digit
scheme carrier routes trays or alternate
containers, and merged 5-digit trays or
alternate containers for all possible 5digit schemes or 5-digit ZIP Codes as
applicable, using L001 (merged 5-digit
scheme and 5-digit scheme carrier
routes sort only) and the Carrier Route
Indicators field in the City State Product
when there is enough volume for the 5digit scheme or 5-digit ZIP Code to
prepare such trays or alternate
containers under 10.1.4. Mailers must
label trays or alternate containers
according to the Line 1 and Line 2
information listed below and under
707.20.1. If a mailing job does not
contain barcoded pieces and the carrier
route pieces and the nonbarcoded
pieces are irregular parcel shaped, use
‘‘IRREG’’ for the processing category on
the contents line of the label.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise the last two sentences of the
opening paragraph of 10.1.4b as
follows:]
b. * * * For 5-digit ZIP Code(s) in a
scheme that has a ‘‘B’’ or ‘‘D’’ indicator
in the City State Product, prepare tray(s)
or alternate container(s) under 10.1.4g
and 10.1.4h. For 5-digit ZIP Codes not
included in a scheme, prepare trays or
alternate containers under 10.1.4d
through 10.1.4h. Labeling:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise the last sentence of the
opening paragraph of 10.1.4c as
follows:]
c. * * * Mailers must prepare this
tray or container if there are any carrier
route bundle(s) for such a scheme.
Labeling:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise the second sentence of the
opening paragraph of 10.1.4e as
follows:]
e. * * * Include only carrier route
bundles for a 5-digit ZIP Code
remaining after preparing trays or
alternate containers under 10.1.4a
through 10.1.4d. * * *
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise the opening paragraph of
items 10.1.4h and i as follows:]
h. Merged 3-digit. May contain carrier
route bundles, any 5-digit and 5-digit
scheme bundles remaining after
preparing trays or alternate containers
under 10.1.4a through 10.1.4g, and any
3-digit and 3-digit scheme bundles.
When preparation of this tray level is
PO 00000
Frm 00048
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
permitted, mailers must prepare a tray
or alternate container if there are any
remaining carrier route bundles for the
3-digit area. Required with at least one
six-piece carrier route bundle. Must
contain at least one carrier route bundle
for the 3-digit area, or a minimum of 24
pieces. Labeling:
*
*
*
*
*
i. SCF through extended surface
network. Any 5-digit scheme and 5-digit
bundles remaining after preparing trays
or alternate containers under 10.1.4a
through 10.1.4h and all 3-digit, 3-digit
scheme, ADC, origin mixed ADC, and
mixed ADC bundles must be trayed or
placed in alternate containers and
labeled under 9.2 for cotraying of
barcoded and nonbarcoded bundles,
except if there are no barcoded bundles
in the mailing job, tray or place in an
alternate container and label under
707.22.6, or if there are no nonbarcoded
price bundles in the mailing job, tray or
containerize and label under 707.25.4.
*
*
*
*
*
10.2
10.2.1
Standard Mail
Basic Standards
[Revise the introductory paragraph of
10.2.1 as follows:]
Carrier route bundles from a carrier
route mailing may be placed on the
same pallet, in the same tray or in an
approved alternate container as 5-digit
bundles from an automation mailing
and 5-digit bundles from a Presorted
mailing (including pieces cobundled
under 11.0) under the following
conditions:
[Revise 10.2.1a as follows:]
a. A carrier route mailing must be part
of the mailing job, unless cobundled
under 11.0 utilizing 5-digit scheme
(L007) or 3-digit scheme (L008) bundle
preparation and trayed or placed in
alternate containers under 10.1.4.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise items 10.2.1e through g as
follows:]
e. Carrier route bundles may be
copalletized, cotrayed or placed in
alternate containers with automation 5digit bundles, Presorted 5-digit bundles,
and cobundled 5-digit bundles only for
those 5-digit ZIP Codes that have an ‘‘A’’
or ‘‘C’’ indicator in the Carrier Route
Indicators field in the City State Product
indicating eligibility for such
copalletization or cotraying. Containers
of mail sorted in this manner are called
‘‘merged 5-digit’’ pallets, trays or
containers. Containers of mail sorted in
this manner for which scheme (L001)
sortation is also performed are called
‘‘merged 5-digit scheme’’ pallets, trays or
containers. Pieces in 5-digit scheme
E:\FR\FM\14MRP2.SGM
14MRP2
13751
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules
(L007) bundles may not be placed in
merged 5-digit containers.
f. If sortation under this section is
performed, merged 5-digit pallets, trays
or alternate containers must be prepared
for all 5-digit ZIP Codes with an ‘‘A’’ or
‘‘C’’ indicator in the City State Product
that permits such preparation when
there is enough volume for the 5-digit
ZIP Code to prepare that pallet, tray or
container.
g. For trayed or containerized
mailings, the prices for pieces in the
carrier route mailing are based on the
criteria in 343.6.0, the prices for pieces
in the automation mailing are applied
based on the number of pieces in the
bundle and the level of bundle to which
they are sorted under 343.7.0, and the
prices for pieces in the Presorted price
mailing are based on the number of
pieces in the bundle and the level of
tray or container to which they are
sorted under 343.5.0.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 10.2.1j as follows:]
j. The bundles from each separate
mailing must be sorted together into
trays or approved alternate containers
(cotrayed) under 10.2.3 and 10.2.4 or on
pallets (copalletized) under 10.2.5 using
presort software that is PAVE-certified.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 10.2.1m as follows:]
m. Barcoded tray labels under 708.6.0
must be used to label trays or alternate
containers.
10.2.2
Bundle Preparation
Bundles must be prepared as follows:
[Revise the first sentence of 10.2.2a as
follows:]
a. Trayed mailings. * * *
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise title and text of 10.2.3 as
follows:]
10.2.3 Traying Under 125-Piece or 15Pound Rules
When the minimum quantity of 125
pieces or 15 pounds of mail is specified
for a tray or alternate container sortation
level in 10.2.4, the provisions of
345.7.4.2 apply.
[Revise title of 10.2.4 as follows:]
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
10.2.4
Tray Preparation and Labeling
Mailers must prepare trays or
alternate containers in the following
manner and sequence. All carrier route
bundles must be placed in trays or
alternate containers under 10.2.4a
through 10.2.4e as described below.
Mailers must prepare all merged 5-digit
scheme trays or alternate containers, 5digit scheme carrier routes trays or
alternate containers, and merged 5-digit
trays or alternate containers that are
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:11 Mar 11, 2011
Jkt 223001
possible in the mailing based on the
volume of mail to the destination using
L001 and the Carrier Route Indicators
field in the City State Product. Mailers
must label trays or alternate containers
according to the Line 1 and Line 2
information listed below and under
345.4.0, Tray Labels.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise the third through sixth
sentences of the opening paragraph of
10.2.4b as follows:]
b. * * * When preparation of this
tray or alternate container level is
permitted, a tray or container must be
prepared if there are any carrier route
bundle(s) for the scheme. If there is not
at least one carrier route bundle for any
5-digit destination in the scheme,
preparation of this tray or alternate
container is required when there are at
least 125 pieces or 15 pounds of pieces
in 5-digit bundles for any of the 5-digit
ZIP Codes in the scheme that have an
‘‘A’’ or ‘‘C’’ indicator in the City State
Product (smaller volume not permitted).
For a 5-digit ZIP Code(s) in a scheme
with a ‘‘B’’ or ‘‘D’’ indicator in the City
State Product, prepare tray(s) or
alternate container(s) for the automation
and Presorted bundles under 10.2.4g
and 10.2.4h. For 5-digit ZIP Codes not
included in a scheme, prepare trays or
alternate containers under 10.2.4d
through 10.2.4h. Labeling:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise the opening paragraph of
10.2.4e as follows:]
e. 5-digit carrier routes, required. Tray
or containerize only carrier route
bundles for a 5-digit ZIP Code
remaining after preparing trays or
alternate containers under 10.2.4a
through 10.2.4d to this level. May
contain only carrier route bundles for
any 5-digit ZIP Code that is not part of
a scheme listed in L001 and that has a
‘‘B’’ or ‘‘D’’ indicator in the City State
Product. No tray or container minimum.
Labeling:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 10.2.4h as follows:]
h. 3-digit through mixed ADC trays or
alternate containers. Any 5-digit scheme
and 5-digit bundles remaining after
preparing trays or alternate containers
under 10.2.4a through 10.2.4g, and all
3-digit, ADC, and Mixed ADC bundles,
must be trayed or containerized and
labeled according to the applicable
requirements under 9.3 for cotraying of
automation and Presorted bundles,
except if there are no automation
bundles in the mailing job, tray or
container and label under 345.5.7, or, if
there are no Presorted bundles in the
mailing job, tray or containerize and
label under 345.7.4.3.
PO 00000
Frm 00049
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
10.2.5
Pallet Preparation and Labeling
* * * Mailers must label pallets
according to the Line 1 and Line 2
information listed below and under 8.6.
*
*
*
*
*
i. NDC, required, may contain carrier
route price, automation price, and/or
Presorted price bundles.
* * * Labeling:
[Revise 10.2.5i1 as follows:]
1. Line 1: Use L604, Column B.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise the title of 11.0 as follows:]
11.0 Combining Automation and
Nonautomation Flats in Bundles
*
*
11.2
11.2.1
*
*
*
Periodicals
Basic Standards
[Revise the third sentence of the
introductory paragraph of 11.2.1 as
follows:]
* * * Mailing jobs (for flats meeting
the criteria in 301.3.0) prepared using
the 5-digit scheme and/or the 3-digit
scheme bundle preparation must be
trayed or placed in authorized alternate
containers under 9.0 or 10.0 or
palletized under 10.0, 12.0, or 13.0. All
bundles are subject to the following
conditions:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 11.2.1b as follows:]
b. Mailings prepared in trays or
alternate containers must meet the basic
standards in 9.0 or 10.0.
*
*
*
*
*
11.2.3 Bundles With Fewer Than Six
Pieces
[Revise the last sentence of the
introductory paragraph of 11.2.3 as
follows:]
* * * Low-volume bundles are
permitted only when they are trayed,
placed in approved alternate containers,
or prepared on pallets as follows:
[Revise 11.2.3a and b as follows:]
a. Place low-volume 5-digit and 3digit bundles in only 5-digit scheme, 5digit, 3-digit, and SCF trays or alternate
containers that contain at least 24
pieces; or in origin/entry SCF trays or
alternate containers; or on merged 5digit scheme, 5-digit scheme, merged 5digit, 5-digit, 3-digit, or SCF pallets, as
appropriate.
b. Place low-volume 5-digit scheme
and 3-digit scheme bundles in only 5digit scheme, 3-digit, and SCF trays or
alternate containers that contain at least
24 pieces, or in origin/entry SCF trays
or alternate containers, or on 3-digit or
SCF pallets, as appropriate.
E:\FR\FM\14MRP2.SGM
14MRP2
13752
11.3
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules
12.1.5
Standard Mail
11.3.1
*
Basic Standards
[Revise the fourth sentence of the
introductory paragraph of 11.3.1 as
follows:]
* * * Mailing jobs prepared using the
5-digit scheme and/or 3-digit scheme
bundle preparation (for flats meeting the
criteria in 301.3.0) must be trayed,
placed in approved alternate containers
under 10.0, or palletized under 10.0,
12.0, or 13.0. All bundles are subject to
the following conditions:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 11.3.1b as follows:]
b. Mailings prepared in trays or
alternate containers must meet the basic
standards in 9.0 or 10.0.
*
*
*
*
*
11.4
Bound Printed Matter
11.4.1
Basic Standards
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 11.4.1c as follows:]
c. Cobundled pieces must be cotrayed
or combined in approved alternate
containers under 9.0 or palletized under
8.0.
*
*
*
*
*
12.0 Merging Bundles of Flats on
Pallets Using a 5% Threshold
12.1
*
*
*
*
[Revise 12.1.5c as follows:]
c. 5-digit scheme, not permitted for
flats that meet the dimension, weight,
and flexibility criteria for automation
flats in 301.3.0 (including pieces in
merged bundles) and not permitted for
trays or alternate containers.
*
*
*
*
*
12.2
*
Standard Mail
*
*
*
13.0 Merging Bundles of Flats on
Pallets Using the City State Product and
a 5% Threshold
13.1
*
Periodicals
*
*
*
*
Pallet Preparation and Labeling
*
Basic Standards
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 12.1.1g as follows:]
g. Portions of the mailing job that
cannot be palletized must be prepared
in trays or approved alternate
containers.
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise the first sentence of the
opening paragraph of 13.1.5c as
follows:]
c. 5-digit scheme, not permitted for
flats that meet the dimension, weight,
and flexibility criteria for automation
flats in 301.3.0 (including pieces in
merged bundles) and not permitted for
trays or alternate containers. * * *
*
*
*
*
*
13.2
*
Standard Mail
*
13.2.4
*
*
*
Pallet Preparation and Labeling
* * * Mailers must label pallets
according to the Line 1 and Line 2
information listed below and under 8.6.
*
*
*
*
*
i. NDC, required, may contain carrier
route price, automation price, and/or
Presorted price bundles. * * *
Labeling:
[Revise 13.2.4i1 as follows:]
1. Line 1: Use L604, Column B.
*
*
*
*
*
21.0 Optional Combined Parcel
Mailings
*
*
21.3
*
*
*
Mail Preparation
21.3.1
Basic Standards
Prepare combined mailings as
follows:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 21.3.1b as follows:]
b. Mailers must prepare all parcels in
trays, approved alternate containers or
sacks under 445.5.0, or on pallets, or in
pallet boxes under 8.0 to achieve the
finest level of sortation.
21.3.2 Combining Standard Mail,
Parcel Select, and Package Services
Machinable Parcels and NFMs 6
Ounces or More
Prepare and enter combined
machinable parcels as shown in the
table below:
[Revise the NDC/ASF and Mixed NDC
rows under the Origin and DNDC Entry
options only in table 21.3.2 as follows:]
NDC/ASF
(Required)
5 Digit/scheme1
Entry
*
12.2.4 Pallet Preparation and Labeling
* * * Mailers must label pallets
according to the Line 1 and Line 2
information listed below and under 8.6.
*
*
*
*
*
i. NDC, required, may contain carrier
route price, automation price, and/or
Presorted price bundles. * * *
Labeling:
[Revise 12.2.4i1 as follows:]
1. Line 1: Use L604, Column B.
*
*
*
*
*
13.1.5
Periodicals
12.1.1
Pallet Preparation and Labeling
Mixed NDC
(Required)
COMBINED PREPARATION
* * *
DNDC ................
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Origin .................
* * *
*
*
*
*
Trays or alternate containers—10-piece
or 20-lb minimum.
Pallets—250-lb minimum .......................
Trays or alternate containers—10-piece
or 20-lb minimum.
Pallets—100-lb minimum.
*
21.3.3 Combining Standard Mail,
Parcel Select, and Package Services
Parcels and NFMs 2 Up to 6 Ounces
(APPS–Machinable)
Prepare and enter combined APPSmachinable parcels (pieces weighing at
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:11 Mar 11, 2011
Jkt 223001
least 2 ounces and up to, but not
including, 6 ounces that are not tubes,
rolls, triangles or similarly irregularlyshaped parcels) as shown in the table
below.
[Revise the 3-Digit, ADC, and Mixed
ADC columns under the Origin, DNDC,
PO 00000
Frm 00050
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Trays or alternate containers—No minimum.
Pallets—250-lb minimum.
and DNDC rows only in table 21.3.3 as
follows:]
E:\FR\FM\14MRP2.SGM
14MRP2
13753
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules
3-Digit
(required)
5-Digit/scheme 1
Entry
ADC
(Required)
Mixed ADC
(Required)
Trays or alternate containers—
10-piece or 20-lb minimum.
Pallets—250-lb minimum.
Trays or alternate containers—
10-piece or 20-lb minimum
Pallets—100-lb minimum.
Trays or alternate containers—
No minimum.
Pallets—250-lb minimum.
COMBINED PREPARATION
Origin ...........
* * *
DNDC ..........
* * *
DSCF ...........
* * *
*
*
*
*
Trays or alternate containers—
10-piece or 20-lb minimum.
Pallets—250-lb minimum
Trays or alternate containers—
10-piece or 20-lb minimum.
Pallets—100-lb minimum.
Trays or alternate containers—
10-piece or 20-lb minimum.
Pallets—100-lb minimum.
*
21.3.4 Combining Standard Mail,
Parcel Select, and Package Services
Irregular Parcels and NFMs Under 2
Ounces (Not APPS-Machinable)
[Revise the 3-Digit, ADC, and Mixed
ADC columns under the Origin, DNDC,
and DNDC rows only in table 21.3.4 as
follows:]
Prepare and enter combined not
APPS-machinable parcels as shown in
the table below.
3-Digit
(required)
5-Digit/scheme 1
Entry
ADC
(Required)
Mixed ADC
(Required)
COMBINED PREPARATION
Origin ...........
* * *
DNDC ..........
* * *
DSCF ...........
* * *
*
*
*
*
Trays or alternate containers—10-piece or 20-lb
minimum.
Pallets—250-lb minimum.
Trays or alternate containers—10-piece or 20-lb
minimum.
Pallets—100-lb minimum.
*
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
23.1
b. Be part of a mailing using unique
Intelligent Mail tray labels on all trays
and approved alternate containers.
*
*
*
*
*
Full-Service Option
Description
[Revise the third sentence of 23.1 as
follows:]
* * * Full-service automation
mailings require Intelligent Mail
barcodes on mailpieces; Intelligent Mail
tray labels on trays or approved
alternate containers; and Intelligent
Mail container placards on pallets or
similar containers (when created).
* * *
*
*
*
*
*
Eligibility Standards
All pieces entered under the fullservice automation option must:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 23.2b as follows:]
VerDate Mar<15>2010
Trays or alternate containers—No minimum.
Pallets—250-lb minimum.
Trays or alternate containers—10-piece or 20-lb
minimum.
Pallets—100-lb minimum.
23.0
23.2
Trays or alternate containers—10-piece or 20-lb
minimum.
Pallets—250-lb minimum.
Trays or alternate containers—10-piece or 20-lb
minimum.
Pallets—100-lb minimum.
17:11 Mar 11, 2011
Jkt 223001
duplicated within a 45-day period,
regardless of the acceptance location.
23.3
[Revise the third sentence of 23.3.3 as
follows:]
* * * Mailing documentation, when
required, must associate each mailpiece
(and tray or approved alternate
container, if applicable) to a
corresponding container as described in
22.3.4, unless otherwise authorized by
the USPS. * * *
*
Preparation
*
23.3.2
*
*
*
Intelligent Mail Tray Labels
[Revise 23.3.2 as follows:]
All trays and approved alternate
containers must contain accurately
encoded Intelligent Mail tray labels as
described in 708.6.5. Mailing
documentation, when required, must
associate each mailpiece to a
corresponding tray or alternate
containers if applicable, as described in
22.3.4. Each tray or alternate container
must be encoded with a unique serial
number. Tray or alternate container
serial numbers associated to an
individual Mailer ID cannot be
PO 00000
Frm 00051
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
23.3.3 Intelligent Mail Container
Placards
23.3.4
Electronic Documentation
[Revise the second sentence of 23.3.4
as follows:]
* * * Unless otherwise authorized,
documentation must describe how each
mailpiece is linked to a uniquely
identified tray or sack, if applicable, and
how each mailpiece and tray or
approved alternate container is linked to
E:\FR\FM\14MRP2.SGM
14MRP2
13754
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules
a uniquely identified container (if
applicable). * * *
*
*
*
*
*
23.4
*
Additional Standards
*
*
*
*
23.4.3 Special Standards—Small
Volume Mailings
[Revise the last sentence of 23.4.3 as
follows:]
* * * Unique mailing serial numbers
must be populated in the Postal Wizard
entry screen field or in the Mail.XML
messages, except that mailers must
populate the serial number field of all
Intelligent Mail tray labels, and
Intelligent Mail container barcodes
(when mailings are containerized) with
the unique mailing serial number.
707
Periodicals
*
*
*
*
*
2.0 Price Application and
Computation
2.1
Price Application
*
*
2.1.3
*
*
*
Applying In-County Piece Prices
[Revise the last sentence of 2.1.3 as
follows:]
* * * Piece prices for automation
mailings are based on the bundle level
(or tray level for unbundled pieces in
trays); piece prices for nonautomation
mailings are based on the tray level.
*
*
*
*
*
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
2.1.9 Applying Outside-County
Container Prices
[Revise the first sentence of the
introductory paragraph of 2.1.9 as
follows:]
For Outside-County mail prepared in
letter trays, pallets, flat trays, sacks or
approved alternate containers, or USPSapproved containers, mailers pay the
container price according to the type of
container, the presort level of the
container, and where the mail is
entered. * * * The following additional
standards apply:
[Revise items 21.9a through c as
follows:]
a. For mailings prepared in letter
trays, flat trays, sacks or approved
alternate containers, mailers pay the
container price for each tray or
container based on container level and
entry.
b. For mailings prepared on pallets
under 705.8.0:
1. For bundles placed directly on
pallets, mailers pay the container price
for each pallet.
2. For letter trays, flat trays, sacks or
approved alternate containers on
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:11 Mar 11, 2011
Jkt 223001
pallets, mailers pay the container price
for each tray or container, and not for
the pallets. The container price for each
tray or alternate container is based on
the tray or alternate container level and
where the pallet is entered.
c. For containers with both In-County
and Outside-County pieces, mailers do
not pay the container price for carrier
route, 5-digit carrier routes, and 5-digit/
scheme pallets, trays or alternate
containers.
*
*
*
*
*
12.0 Nonbarcoded (Presorted)
Eligibility
*
*
12.2
*
*
*
Prices—Outside-County
Outside-County nonbarcoded
(Presorted) prices are based on the
following criteria (see 2.0 for price
application and computation):
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 12.2c as follows:]
c. Container prices are based on the
type of container (letter tray, flat tray,
sack, alternate container, or pallet), the
level of sortation of the container, and
where the container is entered.
12.3
Prices—In-County
12.3.1
Five-Digit Prices
5-digit prices apply to:
*
*
*
*
[Revise 12.3.1b as follows:]
b. Nonletter-size pieces in 5-digit
scheme (L007) bundles and 5-digit
bundles of six or more addressed pieces
each; placed in applicable merged 5digit scheme (L001) flat trays or
alternate containers, merged 5-digit flat
trays or alternate containers, 5-digit
scheme (L001) flat trays or alternate
containers, or 5-digit flat trays or
alternate containers; or palletized under
705.8.0 or 705.10.0, 705.12.0, or
705.13.0.
*
12.3.2
Three-Digit Prices
3-digit prices apply to:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 12.3.2b as follows:]
b. Nonletter-size pieces in 5-digit
scheme (L007), 5-digit, 3-digit scheme
(L008) and 3-digit bundles of six or
more addressed pieces each, placed in
3-digit flat trays or alternate containers;
or 3-digit scheme, and 3-digit bundles of
six or more addressed pieces each,
prepared under 705.8.0 or 705.10.0,
705.12.0, or 705.13.0.
*
*
*
*
*
13.0
*
PO 00000
Carrier Route Eligibility
*
*
Frm 00052
*
Fmt 4701
*
Sfmt 4702
13.2
Sorting
13.2.1
Basic Standards
* * * Carrier route prices apply to
copies that are prepared in carrier route
bundles of six or more addressed pieces
each, subject to these standards:
*
*
*
*
*
b. Nonletter-size mailings. Carrier
route prices apply to carrier route
bundles that are sorted in one of the
following ways:
[Revise 13.2.1b2 and b3 as follows:]
2. Bundles in carrier route, 5-digit
scheme carrier routes, 5-digit carrier
routes flat trays or alternate containers,
or 3-digit carrier routes flat trays or
alternate containers under 23.0. Flat
trays or alternate containers may be
palletized under 705.8.0.
3. Untrayed bundles entered at a
destination delivery unit according to
preparation standards in 23.4.2 and
entry standards in 29.5.5.
*
*
*
*
*
13.3
*
Walk-Sequence Prices
*
13.3.2
*
*
*
Copies Claimed at Other Prices
[Revise the second sentence of 13.3.2
as follows:]
* * * When presented to the USPS,
the trays or alternate containers
containing the walk-sequence price
copies must be separated from other
trays or containers. * * *
*
*
*
*
*
14.0 Barcoded (Automation)
Eligibility
*
14.3
*
*
*
*
Prices—Outside-County
Outside-County barcoded
(automation) prices are based on the
following criteria (see 2.0 for price
application and computation):
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 14.3c as follows:]
c. Container prices are based on the
type of container (tray, alternate
container or pallet), the level of
sortation of the container, and where the
container is entered.
*
*
*
*
*
18.0
*
18.3
General Mail Preparation
*
*
*
*
Presort Terms
Terms used for presort levels are
defined as follows:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise items 18.3e and f as follows:]
e. 5-digit scheme (bundles, flat trays
or alternate containers) for flats
prepared according to 301.3.0: The ZIP
E:\FR\FM\14MRP2.SGM
14MRP2
13755
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Code in the delivery address on all
pieces is one of the 5-digit ZIP Codes
processed by the USPS as a single
scheme, as shown in L007.
f. 5-digit scheme carrier routes
(pallets, flat trays or alternate
containers) for Periodicals flats and
irregular parcels: The ZIP Code in the
delivery address on all pieces in carrier
route bundles is one of the 5-digit ZIP
Codes processed by the USPS as a single
scheme, as shown in L001.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 18.3h as follows:]
h. Merged 5-digit trays: the carrier
route bundles and/or machinable
barcoded or nonbarcoded price 5-digit
bundles in a flat tray or alternate
container are all for a 5-digit ZIP Code
that has an ‘‘A’’ or ‘‘C’’ indicator in the
Carrier Route Indicators field in the City
State Product.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 18.3j as follows:]
j. Merged 5-digit scheme tray: the 5digit ZIP Codes on pieces in carrier
route bundles and/or machinable
barcoded or nonbarcoded price 5-digit
bundles in a flat tray or alternate
container are all for 5-digit ZIP Codes
that are part of a single scheme as
shown in L001, and the machinable
barcoded or nonbarcoded price 5-digit
bundles also are for 5-digit ZIP Codes
that have an ‘‘A’’ or ‘‘C’’ indicator in the
Carrier Route Indicators field in the City
State Product.
*
*
*
*
*
18.4 Mail Preparation Terms
For purposes of preparing mail:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 18.4e as follows:]
e. An approved alternate container is
a container that is authorized by the
appropriate USPS official, instead of a
flat tray (tub) or pallet, for the handling
and transport of bundled flat-size
mailpieces or parcels. Alternate
containers could include sacks, other
USPS-supplied mail transport
equipment, or mailer-supplied
containers.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 18.4j as follows:]
j. A 5-digit scheme carrier routes sort
for carrier route price Periodicals flats
and irregular parcels (nonletters)
prepared as bundles in flat trays or
alternate containers, or on pallets yields
a 5-digit scheme carrier routes flat tray,
sack, alternate container or pallet for
those 5-digit ZIP Codes listed in L001
and 5-digit carrier routes flat tray, sack,
alternate container or pallet for other
areas. The 5-digit ZIP Codes in each
scheme are treated as a single presort
destination subject to a single minimum
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:11 Mar 11, 2011
Jkt 223001
tray, container or pallet volume, with no
further separation by 5-digit ZIP Code
required. Flat trays, alternate containers
or pallets prepared for a 5-digit scheme
carrier routes destination that contain
carrier route bundles for only one of the
schemed 5-digit areas are still
considered to be sorted to 5-digit
scheme carrier routes and are labeled
accordingly. The 5-digit scheme carrier
routes sort is required for carrier route
bundles of flat-size and irregular parcel
Periodicals. Preparation of 5-digit
scheme carrier routes flat trays, alternate
containers or pallets must be done for
all 5-digit scheme destinations.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 18.4l as follows:]
l. A merged 5-digit sort for Periodicals
flats prepared in flat trays or alternate
containers yields merged 5-digit flat
trays or alternate containers that contain
carrier route bundles and/or machinable
barcoded and nonbarcoded price 5-digit
bundles that are all for a 5-digit ZIP
Code that has an ‘‘A’’ or ‘‘C’’ indicator in
the Carrier Route Indicators field in the
City State Product. The merged 5-digit
sort is optional for Periodicals flats. Flat
trays or alternate containers prepared
for a merged 5-digit destination that
contain only a single price level of
bundles or that contain only two price
levels of bundles are still considered to
be merged 5-digit sorted and are labeled
accordingly. If preparation of merged 5digit trays or alternate containers is
performed, it must be done for all 5digit ZIP Code destinations with an ‘‘A’’
or ‘‘C’’ indicator in the Carrier Route
Indicators field in the City State
Product.
[Revise the second sentence of 18.4m
as follows:]
m. * * * The merged 5-digit sort is
optional for Periodicals flats in flat trays
or alternate containers under 705.10.0.
* * *
[Revise 18.4n as follows:]
n. A merged 5-digit scheme sort for
Periodicals flats prepared in flat trays or
alternate containers yields merged 5digit scheme trays or alternate
containers that contain carrier route
bundles and machinable barcoded and
nonbarcoded price 5-digit bundles for
those 5-digit ZIP Codes that are part of
a single scheme as shown in L001. Flat
trays or alternate containers prepared
for a merged 5-digit scheme destination
that contain only a single price level of
bundles, or only two price levels of
bundles, or bundles for only one of the
schemed 5-digit ZIP Codes are still
considered to be merged 5-digit scheme
sorted and must be labeled accordingly.
If preparation of merged 5-digit scheme
trays or alternate containers is
PO 00000
Frm 00053
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
performed, it must be done for all 5digit scheme destinations in L001.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 18.4r as follows:]
r. An origin 3-digit (or origin 3-digit
scheme) tray/alternate container
contains all mail (regardless of quantity)
for a 3-digit ZIP Code (or 3-digit
scheme) area processed by the SCF in
whose service area the mail is verified.
A separate tray/alternate container may
be prepared for each 3-digit ZIP Code
(or 3-digit scheme) area. When these
separations are made, mailers must
segregate trays, sacks or pallets labeled
to destinations within the origin SCF
from the remainder of the mailing as
described in 28.3.
[Revise 18.4s as follows:]
s. An origin/entry SCF flat tray or
alternate container contains all 5-digit
and 3-digit bundles (regardless of
quantity) for the SCF in whose service
area the mail is verified. At the mailer’s
option, such a tray or container may be
prepared for the SCF area of each entry
Post Office. This presort level applies
only to nonletter-size Periodicals
prepared in flat trays or alternate
containers. . When these separations are
made, mailers must segregate trays,
sacks or pallets labeled to destinations
within the origin SCF from the
remainder of the mailing as described in
28.3.
*
*
*
*
*
[Add a new 18.5 as follows:]
18.5
Required Pallet Preparation
Mailers must prepare pallets under
705.8 when they have reached the
minimum load requirements described
in 705.8.5.3. If a mailer is unable to
palletize, mail must be separated and
placed in properly labeled flat trays or
approved alternate containers.
19.0
*
19.6
Bundles
*
*
*
*
Flat-Size Bundles
Bundles of flat-size pieces must be
secure and stable subject to the
following:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 19.6b as follows:]
b. If placed in flat trays or alternate
containers, the specific weight and
height limits in 19.8.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise title and text of the
introductory sentence of 19.8 as
follows:]
19.8 Preparing Bundles in Flat Trays
or Alternate Containers
In addition to the standards in 19.4,
mailers must prepare and secure
E:\FR\FM\14MRP2.SGM
14MRP2
13756
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules
bundles placed in flat trays or alternate
containers as follows:
*
*
*
*
*
19.10 Pieces With Simplified
Addresses
[Revise the third sentence of 19.10 as
follows:]
* * * Bundles must be secure and
stable subject to specific weight limits
in 705.8.0 if placed on pallets, specific
weight and height limits in 19.8 for
Periodicals placed in flat trays or
approved alternate containers, and
specific thickness limits in 19.5 for
cards and letter-size pieces.
*
*
*
*
*
19.12
Address Visibility
20.0
* * * This standard does not apply to
the following:
[Revise items 19.12a and b as
follows:]
a. Bundles placed in or on 5-digit or
5-digit scheme (L001) flat trays,
alternate containers or pallets.
b. Bundles placed in carrier route and
5-digit carrier routes flat trays or
alternate containers.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise title of 20.0 as follows:]
EXHIBIT 20.1.1
Trays and Alternate Containers
20.1
Basic Standards
20.1.1
General
[Revise the first sentence of the
introductory paragraph of 20.1.1 as
follows:]
Mailings must be prepared in letter
trays, flat trays, or bundled and placed
directly on pallets or in flat trays or
approved alternate containers as shown
in Exhibit 20.1.1 and under other
applicable standards in this section.
* * *
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise the USPS Container method
column for the Flat-size, parcels row
only to replace the word ‘‘sack’’ in
Exhibit 20.1.1 as follows:]
USPS CONTAINERS
Processing category
USPS container
Periodicals:
* * *
Flat-size, parcels ...................................................................................................................................
*
*
*
*
*
[Delete current sections 20.1.5,
Origin/Entry 3-Digit/Scheme; 20.1.6,
flats and Irregular Parcels—Origin/Entry
SCF Sacks; and 20.1.7, Flats and
Irregular Parcels—Origin Mixed ADC
Sacks, in their entirety.]
*
*
*
*
*
[Renumber 20.3 through 20.4.2 as the
new 20.4 through 20.5.2 and add a new
20.3 as follows:]
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
20.3 Flat Tray Usage
When using flat trays in lieu of
palletizing or optionally traying under
22.7 and 25.5, mailers must prepare
mailpieces in flat trays with green lids.
Flat tray sizes are as follows:
a. Inside bottom dimensions: 14–3/4
inches long by 10–3/4 inches wide.
b. Height: 8 inches to bottom of
handhold, 11–1/4 inches to top of tray.
[Revise title and text of renumbered
20.4 as follows:]
20.4 Flat Tray or Container
Preparation
If mailers are unable to palletize, flatsize and parcel mailings must be placed
in flat trays or approved alternate
containers except when permitted under
other applicable standards in this
section. All tray or container
preparation is subject to these
standards:
a. Each tray or container must bear the
correct tray label.
b. The weight of a tray or container
and its content must not exceed 70
pounds
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:11 Mar 11, 2011
Jkt 223001
[Revise title of renumbered 20.5 as
follows:]
20.5 Standards for Optional Use of
Flat Trays
20.5.1
General
[Revise renumbered 20.5.1 as follows:]
Mailers may optionally prepare
machinable flat-size pieces in flat trays,
under 22.7 and 25.5, instead of
preparing these pieces in bundles.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise title of 21.0 as follows:]
21.0
Tray Labels
21.1
Basic Standards
21.1.1
General
[Revise 21.1.1 as follows:]
Tray labels are subject to the
following:
a. Use 2-inch labels for trays or
approved alternate containers.
b. Illegible labels are not acceptable.
Machine-printed labels (available from
the USPS) ensure legibility. Legible
hand-printed labels are acceptable.
c. Tray labels for automation price
mailings are subject to 21.4 and 708.6.0.
d. Intelligent Mail tray labels, used on
trays or alternate containers, are subject
to the standards in 708.6.5, and to the
specifications posted at
https://ribbs.usps.gov.
*
*
*
*
*
PO 00000
Frm 00054
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
21.1.2
* * *
Flat tray or alternate container.
Line 1 (Destination Line)
Line 1 (destination line) must meet
these standards:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 21.1.2 c as follows:]
c. Overseas Military Mail. On 5-digit
trays or approved alternate containers
for overseas military destinations, Line
1 shows, from left to right, ‘‘APO’’ or
‘‘FPO,’’ followed by ‘‘AE’’ (for ZIP Codes
within the ZIP Code prefix range 090–
098), ‘‘AA’’ (for ZIP Codes within the 3digit ZIP Code prefix 340), or ‘‘AP’’ (for
ZIP Codes within the ZIP Code prefix
range 962–966), followed by the
destination 5-digit ZIP Code of the mail
in the tray or container.
*
*
*
*
*
21.1.3
Line 2 (Content Line)
Line 2 (content line) must meet these
standards:
[Revise the second sentence of 21.1.3a
as follows:]
a. * * * This line must show the
class and processing category of the
mail in the tray or alternate container
and other information as specified by
standards. * * *
*
*
*
*
*
[Delete 21.2, Sack Labels, in its
entirety, and renumber current 21.3 and
21.4 as the new 21.2 and 21.3.]
*
*
*
*
*
E:\FR\FM\14MRP2.SGM
14MRP2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules
21.2
[Revise title and the text of the
introductory sentence of renumbered
21.3 as follows:]
Tray Labels
21.2.1
Placement
[Revise the second sentence of
renumbered 21.2.1 as follows:]
* * * If no specific location is
indicated, place the label securely in an
adhesive-backed label holder affixed
horizontally to the top left corner of one
end of the tray, for letter trays; and the
lower left corner, for flat trays. * * *
*
*
*
*
*
21.3
Use of Barcoded Tray Labels
Exhibit 21.3 shows the types of mail
requiring barcoded tray labels. Barcoded
labels must meet these general
standards:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise items 21.3d and e as follows:]
d. Mailers must insert barcoded labels
completely into the label holder on the
EXHIBIT 21.3
Processing category
Periodicals:
* * *
Cobundled and cotrayed under 705.9.0 through 705.13.0
*
*
*
*
22.0 Preparing Nonbarcoded
(Presorted) Periodicals
22.1
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
22.1.1
Basic Standards
General
[Revise the introductory sentence of
22.1.1 as follows:]
For letter-size mail, nonletter-size
mail prepared in flat trays or approved
alternate containers, and palletized
mail, the following standards apply:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise items 22.1.1c through e as
follows:]
c. Nonletter-size pieces must be
bundled under 22.2 and placed on
pallets. Bundles placed on pallets must
meet additional bundling criteria under
705.8.0.
d. When unable to palletize, bundles
of nonletter-size pieces must be
prepared in flat trays or approved
alternate containers (except under
23.4.2) under one of the following:
1. Trayed under 22.6, except that a
nonbarcoded price mailing that is part
of a mailing job that also contains a
barcoded mailing must be trayed as
described in 22.1.2.
2. Palletized under 705.8.0, 705.10.0,
705.12.0, or 705.13.0.
e. Flat trays or approved alternate
containers prepared under 22.6, may
subsequently be prepared on pallets
under 705.8.0.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise title of 22.1.2 as follows:]
22.1.2 Additional Standards for
Nonletter-Size Unpalletized Mailing
Jobs Containing More Than One
Mailing
The following standards apply:
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:11 Mar 11, 2011
Jkt 223001
tray or alternate container to prevent
their loss during transport and
processing.
e. Intelligent Mail tray labels must be
used on all trays and alternate
containers for mailings entered under
the full-service Intelligent Mail
automation option.
[Revise the Price or Type column only
for the second line under Periodicals to
replace the word ‘‘cosacked’’ with
‘‘cotrayed’’ in exhibit 21.3 as follows:]
REQUIRED BARCODED TRAY LABELS
Price or type
*
13757
* * *
* * *
[Revise the first sentence of 22.1.2a as
follows:]
a. Mailings prepared in flat trays or
approved alternate containers that are
part of a mailing job that includes a
carrier route, barcoded price, and
nonbarcoded price mailing must be
prepared under one of the options listed
below. * * *
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise items 22.1.2b through d as
follows:]
b. Mailings prepared in flat trays or
approved alternate containers that are
part of a mailing job that includes a
barcoded price and nonbarcoded price
mailing must be prepared under the
cotraying standards in 705.9.0.
c. Trayed or containerized mailing
jobs that contain only a carrier route
mailing and a nonbarcoded price
mailing may be prepared separately, or
may be prepared using the merged
traying option under 705.10.0.
d. Trayed or containerized mailing
jobs that contain only a carrier route
mailing and a barcoded price mailing
may be prepared separately under 23.0
and 25.0, or may be prepared using the
merged traying option under 705.10.0.
*
*
*
*
*
22.1.4 Merged Containerization of
Nonletter-Size Carrier Route, Barcoded
Price, and Nonbarcoded Price Mail
[Revise the first sentence of 22.1.4 as
follows:]
Under the optional preparation in
705.10.0, nonbarcoded price 5-digit
bundles prepared under 22.1 and 22.2
are cotrayed with carrier route bundles
prepared under 23.0 and with barcoded
price 5-digit bundles prepared under
25.0 in merged 5-digit trays, sacks or
alternate containers and in merged 5-
PO 00000
Frm 00055
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
digit scheme trays, sacks or alternate
containers. * * *
*
*
*
*
*
22.4 Bundles With Fewer Than Six
Pieces
[Revise the last sentence of the
introductory paragraph of 22.4 as
follows:]
* * * Low-volume bundles are
permitted only when they are prepared
in flat trays, approved alternate
containers, or prepared on pallets as
follows:
[Revise 22.4a as follows:]
a. Place bundles in only 5-digit, 3digit, and SCF trays or alternate
containers hat contain at least 24 pieces,
or in origin/entry SCF trays or
containers, as appropriate.
*
*
*
*
*
22.5 Tray Preparation—Letter-Size
Pieces
[Revise the introductory paragraph
only of 22.5 as follows:]
Mailers must segregate trays destined
within the origin/entry SCF as described
in 28.3. Preparation sequence and
labeling:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise the title and introductory
paragraph only of 22.6 as follows:]
22.6 Tray Preparation—Flat-Size
Pieces and Parcels
Mailers must segregate trays destined
within the origin/entry SCF as described
in 28.3. For mailing jobs that also
contain a barcoded price mailing, see
22.1.2 and 705.9.0 or 705.10.0. For other
mailing jobs, preparation sequence and
labeling:
*
*
*
*
*
E:\FR\FM\14MRP2.SGM
14MRP2
13758
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules
22.7 Optional Tray Preparation—FlatSize Nonbarcoded Pieces
[Revise the first sentence of the
introductory paragraph of 22.7and add
a new second sentence as follows:]
As an option, mailers may place
unbundled machinable flat-size pieces
meeting the criteria in 301.3.0 in flats
trays (see 20.4). Mailers must segregate
trays destined within the origin/entry
SCF as described in 28.3. * * *
*
*
*
*
*
[Add a new 22.8 as follows:]
22.8 Containerization—Flat Tray
Preparation and Labeling
For mail prepared in bundles, mailers
must prepare pallets under 705.8.0
when minimum volume is available for
a required pallet level. Mailers who are
unable to palletize, or mailers of small
volume mailings, must prepare bundles
in flat trays or approved alternate
containers as shown in items a through
c below. Preparation sequence and
labeling:
a. Origin-Entry 3 Digit (optional); no
minimum; when these separations are
made, mailers must segregate trays as
described in 28.3; labeling:
1. Line 1: Column B, L002
2. Line 2: ‘‘PER’’ or ‘‘NEWS’’ FLTS 3D
NON BC
b. Local Surface Transport (required);
no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: ‘‘OMX’’ followed by L201,
Column C information for the facility
serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of
entry Post Office.
2. Line 2: ‘‘PER’’ or ‘‘NEWS’’ FLTS
NON BC.’’
c. Extended Surface Network
(required); no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: ‘‘MXD’’ followed by L009,
Column B for the facility serving the 3digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post
Office.
2. Line 2: ‘‘PER’’ or ‘‘NEWS’’ FLTS
NON BC.’’
23.0 Preparing Carrier Route
Periodicals
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
23.1
Basic Standards
23.1.1 General
Mailers must meet the following
standards for carrier route mailings:
[Revise items 23.1.1c through e as
follows:]
c. Generally nonletter-size pieces
must be bundled under 23.2 and placed
on pallets under 705.8.0.
d. Except as noted in 23.4.2, mailers
must palletize bundles of nonletter-size
pieces, or place bundles in flat trays or
approved alternate containers,
according to one of the following:
1. Tray or containerize under 23.4, or
under 705.10.1 if eligible to be cotrayed
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:11 Mar 11, 2011
Jkt 223001
with barcoded price and nonbarcoded
price Periodicals pieces.
2. Palletized under 705.8.0, 705.10.0,
705.12.0, or 705.13.0.
e. Flat trays or approved alternate
containers prepared under 23.4, may
subsequently be prepared on pallets
under 705.8.0.
*
*
*
*
*
23.1.4 Merged Containerization of
Nonletter-Size Carrier Route and
Machinable Barcoded and
Nonbarcoded Price Mail
[Revise the second sentence of 23.1.4
as follows:]
* * * Under the optional preparation
in 705.10.0, carrier route bundles
prepared under 23.1 and 23.2.3 are
cotrayed with machinable nonbarcoded
price 5-digit bundles prepared under
22.0 and with machinable barcoded
price 5-digit bundles prepared under
25.0 in merged 5-digit trays or
containers and merged 5-digit scheme
trays or containers. * * *
*
*
*
*
*
23.3
23.3.1
Preparation—Letter-Size Pieces
Basic Preparation
[Revise the introductory paragraph of
23.3.1 as follows:]
Mailers must segregate trays destined
within the origin/entry SCF as described
in 28.3. Preparation sequence and
labeling:
*
*
*
*
*
23.4 Preparation—Flat-Size Pieces
and Irregular Parcels
[Revise the title and introductory
paragraph of 23.4.1 as follows:]
23.4.1
Tray Preparation
Mailers must segregate trays destined
within the origin/entry SCF as described
in 28.3. Preparation sequence and
labeling:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise the opening paragraph only of
23.4.1d as follows:]
d. 3-digit carrier routes, required with
one six-piece bundle.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise title and text of the
introductory paragraph on 23.4.2 as
follows:]
23.4.2
Exception to Containerization
Containerization is not required for
carrier route or 5-digit bundles prepared
for and entered at a DDU when the
mailer unloads bundles under 29.5.5.
Mail presented under this exception is
not subject to the container charge (but
is still subject to the bundle charge).
PO 00000
Frm 00056
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Mailers must prepare uncontainerized
bundles as follows:
*
*
*
*
*
23.6 Bundles With Fewer Than Six
Pieces
[Revise the last sentence of the
introductory paragraph of 23.6 as
follows:]
* * * Low-volume carrier route
bundles are permitted only when they
are prepared on pallets, placed in flat
trays or approved alternate containers as
follows:
[Revise 23.6a as follows:]
a. Place bundles in only 5-digit
scheme carrier routes and 5-digit carrier
routes trays or containers that contain at
least 24 pieces, or 3-digit carrier routes
or merged 3-digit trays or containers
that contain at least one six-piece carrier
route bundle.
*
*
*
*
*
23.7 Multi-Box Section Bundles—
Optional Preparation
A mailer may combine individual
copies of Periodicals for Post Office box
sections into a multi-box section bundle
or bundles of copies to the same 5-digit
ZIP Code under these conditions:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 23.7f as follows:]
f. Bundles must be placed in existing
carrier-route, 5-Digit scheme, or 5-Digit
carrier routes trays or containers.
*
*
*
*
*
24.0 Preparing Letter-Size Barcoded
(Automation) Periodicals
*
*
24.2
*
*
*
Additional Standards
24.2.1 Preparing Barcoded Price
Letters
[Revise the introductory paragraph of
24.2.1 as follows:]
Mailers must segregate trays destined
within the origin/entry SCF as described
in 28.3. Preparation, sequence, and Line
1 labeling:
*
*
*
*
*
25.0 Preparing Flat-Size Barcoded
(Automation) Periodicals
25.1
25.1.1
Basic Standards
General
[Revise the introductory paragraph of
25.11 as follows:]
Each piece must meet the physical
standards in 301.3.0 or in 26.0. Bundle,
tray or container preparation is subject
to 18.0 through 21.0 and this section.
Trays or containers must bear the
appropriate barcoded container labels
under 708.6.0. Pieces may be prepared
in bundles that are not placed on
E:\FR\FM\14MRP2.SGM
14MRP2
13759
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules
pallets, or in trays or other containers,
only as provided in 23.4.2.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise title and text of 25.1.6.7]
25.1.6 Flat Tray and Container
Preparation
Mailers may combine bundles of
pieces prepared under 301.3.0 and
bundles of pieces prepared under 26.0
in the same flat tray or approved
alternate container, with the exception
of 5-digit scheme sacks, which may
contain only pieces prepared under
301.3.0.
*
*
*
*
*
25.1.8 Bundles With Fewer Than Six
Pieces
[Revise the last sentence of the
introductory paragraph of 25.1.8 as
follows:]
* * * These low-volume bundles are
permitted only when they are trayed or
prepared on pallets under these
conditions:
[Revise 25.1.8a as follows:]
a. Place 5-digit and 3-digit bundles in
only 5-digit scheme, 5-digit, 3-digit, and
SCF flat trays or alternate containers, as
appropriate, that contain at least 24
pieces, or in merged 3-digit flat trays or
alternate containers that contain at least
one six-piece carrier route bundle, or in
origin/entry SCF flat trays or alternate
containers.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 25.1.8c as follows:]
c. Place 5-digit scheme and 3-digit
scheme bundles in only 5-digit scheme,
3-digit, and SCF trays or approved
alternate containers, as appropriate, that
contain at least 24 pieces, or in merged
3-digit trays or alternate containers that
contain at least one six-piece carrier
route bundle, or in origin/entry SCF
trays or alternate containers.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise title of 25.1.9 as follows:]
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
25.1.9 Cotraying and Cobundling With
Nonbarcoded and Carrier Route Mail
The following standards apply (except
as provided in 25.1.7):
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise items 25.1.9b and c as
follows:]
b. If the mailing job contains a
machinable barcoded and nonbarcoded
price mailing, then it must be prepared
under the cotraying standards in
705.9.0. Machinable barcoded and
nonbarcoded price pieces may be
cobundled under the standards in
705.11.0.
c. If the mailing job contains a carrier
route mailing and a machinable
barcoded price mailing, then it must be
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:11 Mar 11, 2011
Jkt 223001
separately trayed under 23.0 and 25.0 or
prepared using the merged tray option
under 705.10.0.
25.1.10 Merged Containerization With
Nonbarcoded and Carrier Route Flats
[Revise 25.1.10 as follows:]
When the standards in 705.10.0,
705.12.0, or 705.13.0 are met, 5-digit
bundles of machinable barcoded,
machinable nonbarcoded, and carrier
route mail that are part of the same
mailing job may be combined on merged
5-digit scheme flat trays, approved
alternate containers or pallets and
merged 5-digit flat trays, approved
alternate containers or pallets. Bundles
that are cotrayed or copalletized must be
part of the same mailing job and mail
class. Machinable barcoded pieces may
be cobundled with machinable
nonbarcoded pieces under 705.11.0.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise the title and introductory
paragraph only of 25.4 as follows:]
25.4
Traying and Labeling
Mailers must segregate trays destined
within the origin/entry SCF as described
in 28.3. For mailing jobs that also
contain a machinable nonbarcoded
price mailing, see 25.1.9 and 705.9.0.
Other mailing jobs are prepared, trayed
and labeled as follows:
*
*
*
*
*
25.5 Optional Tray Preparation—FlatSize Barcoded Pieces
[Add a new first sentence and revise
the new second sentence of the
introductory paragraph of 25.5 as
follows:]
Mailers must segregate trays destined
within the origin/entry SCF as described
in 28.3. As an option, mailers may place
unbundled machinable flat-size pieces
meeting the criteria in 301.3.0 in flats
trays. * * *
*
*
*
*
*
[Add a new 25.6 as follows:]
25.6 Containerization—Flat Tray
Preparation and Labeling
For mail prepared in bundles, mailers
must prepare pallets under 705.8.0
when minimum volume is available for
a required pallet level. Mailers who are
unable to palletize, or mailers of small
volume mailings, must prepare bundles
in flat trays or approved alternate
containers as shown in items a through
c below. Preparation sequence and
labeling:
a. Origin-Entry 3 Digit (optional); no
minimum; when these separations are
made, mailers must segregate trays as
described in 28.3; labeling:
1. Line 1: Column B, L002
PO 00000
Frm 00057
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
2. Line 2: ‘‘PER’’ or ‘‘NEWS’’ FLTS 3D
BC
b. Local Surface Transport (required);
no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: ‘‘OMX’’ followed by L201,
Column C information for the facility
serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of
entry Post Office.
2. Line 2: ‘‘PER’’ or ‘‘NEWS’’ FLTS BC.
c. Extended Surface Network
(required); no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: ‘‘MXD’’ followed by L009,
Column B for the facility serving the 3digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post
Office.
2. Line 2: ‘‘PER’’ or ‘‘NEWS’’ FLTS BC.
*
*
*
*
*
27.0 Combining Multiple Editions or
Publications
*
*
*
*
*
27.3 Minimum Volume
The following minimum volume
standards apply:
[Revise 27.3a as follows:]
a. For comailings prepared under
27.1a, multiple publications or editions
are combined to meet the required
minimum volume per bundle, tray or
container for the price claimed.
*
*
*
*
*
28.0
Enter and Deposit
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 28.0 by renumbering current
items 28.3 and 28.4 as the new 28.4 and
28.5 and add a new 28.3 as follows:]
28.3 Segregation of Origin SCF
Mailpieces
Mailers may optionally separate
origin/entry carrier route, 5-digit
(scheme) carrier route, (merged) 5-digit
(scheme) and 3-digit (scheme) trays,
containers or bundles destinating in the
service area of the SCF serving the Post
Office where the mail is verified, or the
service area of the SCF/plant where mail
is entered. When making such
separations, mailpieces must be
prepared in accordance with 22.0
through 25.0 and segregated from the
remainder of the mailing. Mailers must
segregate the origin/entry trays by one of
these methods: Separately containerize
the trays; place the trays in a
conspicuous location on top of origin
SCF pallet or other container; or present
them separately to acceptance
personnel.
*
*
*
*
*
29.0
Destination Entry
29.1
Basic Standards
29.1.1 Price Application
Periodicals may qualify for
destination entry prices under 29.3
E:\FR\FM\14MRP2.SGM
14MRP2
13760
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules
through 29.5. The following standards
apply:
[Revise 29.11a as follows:]
a. An individual bundle, tray, or
pallet may contain pieces claimed at
different destination entry pound prices.
*
*
*
*
*
29.1.2 Documentation
[Revise the first sentence of 29.12 as
follows:]
Subject to 708.1.0, the mailer must be
able to show compliance with eligibility
requirements (by bundle, tray, or pallet),
and list the number of addressed pieces
by presort level for each 5-digit and 3digit ZIP Code destination as
appropriate for the prices and discounts
claimed.
*
*
*
*
*
29.4 Destination Sectional Center
Facility
*
*
*
*
*
29.4.2 Price Eligibility
Determine price eligibility as follows:
a. Pound Prices. * * * Nonletter-size
pieces are also eligible when the mailer
deposits 5-digit bundles at the
destination delivery unit (DDU) (the
facility where the carrier cases mail for
delivery to the addresses on the pieces)
and the 5-digit bundles are in or on the
following types of containers:
[Revise 29.4.2a1 as follows:]
1. A merged 5-digit scheme or merged
5-digit tray or container.
*
*
*
*
*
708
Technical Specifications
1.0 Standardized Documentation for
First-Class Mail, Periodicals, Standard
Mail, and Flat-Size Bound Printed
Matter
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
*
*
*
*
*
1.2 Format and Content
For First-Class Mail, Periodicals,
Standard Mail, and Bound Printed
Matter, standardized documentation
includes:
*
*
*
*
*
c. For mail in trays or approved
alternate containers, list these required
elements:
[Revise 1.2c1 and c2 as follows:]
1. Tray/alternate container sortation
level. Note with an asterisk (‘‘*’’) all
trays containing overflow mail moved
into that tray under 235.6.6, 245.5.3 or
245.7.5.
2. Tray/alternate container destination
ZIP Code from top line of tray/container
label except that, for 3-digit carrier
routes trays, list the individual 5-digit
ZIP Codes in each tray.
*
*
*
*
*
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:03 Mar 11, 2011
Jkt 223001
[Revise the first sentence of 1.2c4 as
follows:]
4. Separate columns with the number
of pieces for each price reported in the
mailing, and a continuous running total
of pieces for each mailing (group
information either in ZIP Code order
and by sortation level or by sortation
level and within each sortation level, by
ZIP Code; report trays and alternate
containers on pallets by pallet level and
destination; include all information
required in 1.2c for mail in trays or
alternate containers). * * *
[Revise 1.2c5 as follows:]
5. The tray identification number and
size (1-foot or 2-foot) if available for
letter mail in trays. The tray
identification number is optional for
unbundled automation flats placed in
flat trays.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 1.2c7 as follows:]
7. For Periodicals mailings that
contain both In-County and OutsideCounty pieces, the listing may include
a separate ‘‘Container Charge’’ and
‘‘Bundle Charge’’ column. Indicate
which trays, alternate containers, and
bundles are subject to the container or
bundle charges and a total or a running
total.
*
*
*
*
*
e. * * * For Periodicals mailings,
documentation also must provide:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise the last sentences of items
1.2e2 and e3 as follows:]
2. * * * Report only trays, approved
alternate containers, and pallets subject
to the Outside-County container prices
under 707.1.1.4.
3. * * * Report only bundles, trays,
approved alternate containers, and
pallets subject to the Outside-County
bundle and container prices.
*
*
*
*
*
1.5 Combined, Copalletized, and
Merged Mailings
For combined or copalletized
mailings of Periodicals and Standard
Mail prepared under 705.8.0, 705.10.0,
705.12.0, or 705.13.0, documentation
must show this additional information:
a. For mailings that require multiple
postage statements:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 1.5a2 as follows:]
2. Prices for each product or edition
shown in the correct ‘‘Price’’ column and
summarized for each tray, approved
alternate container, or pallet and for the
entire mailing.
*
*
*
*
*
1.8 Optional Information
[Revise 1.8 as follows:]
PO 00000
Frm 00058
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Standardized documentation may
include additional information about
the pieces mailed (such as individual
tray, approved alternate container, or
sack total piece counts, optional
identification codes, bundle weights) if
this information does not conflict with
the information required under 1.2
through 1.7.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise title of 6.0 as follows:]
6.0 Standards for Barcoded Tray
Labels and Container Placards
6.1
General
[Revise title and text of 6.1.1 as
follows:]
6.1.1
Tray Labels
Intelligent Mail tray labels (see 6.5)
and barcoded tray labels are the USPSapproved methods to encode routing,
content, origin, and mailer information
on trays, approved alternate containers
and sacks. Intelligent Mail tray labels
are designed for use with Intelligent
Mail barcoded mail and have the
capacity to provide unique
identification throughout postal
processing.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise title of 6.2 as follows:]
6.2 Specifications for Barcoded Tray
Labels
6.2.1
Use
[Revise 6.2.1 as follows:]
Exhibit 6.2.1 shows the types of mail
requiring barcoded tray labels. Barcoded
labels must meet these general
standards:
a. Mailer-produced barcoded labels
must meet the standards in 6.0.
b. All information on barcoded labels
must be machine-printed. Alterations to
preprinted barcoded labels (e.g.,
handwritten changes) may not be made.
c. Labels must be inserted completely
into the label holder on the tray or
alternate container to prevent their loss
during transport and processing.
[Revise Exhibit 6.2.1 by inserting two
new rows above First-Class Mail to add
reference to Express and Priority Mail
O&D, and revise the ‘‘Price or Type’’
descriptions within Periodicals and
Standard Mail as follows:]
EXHIBIT 6.2.1—REQUIRED BARCODED
TRAY AND SACK LABELS
Price or type
Processing category
Express Mail Open
& Distribute.
*
*
Periodicals
E:\FR\FM\14MRP2.SGM
14MRP2
Any.
*
*
*
13761
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules
EXHIBIT 6.2.1—REQUIRED BARCODED
TRAY AND SACK LABELS—Continued
Price or type
Processing category
*
*
Cobundled and
cotrayed under
705.90 through
705.13.0.
*
*
Flat-size.
*
*
*
Standard Mail
*
*
*
*
*
Cobundled and
cotrayed under
705.9.0 through
705.13.0.
*
*
Flat-size.
*
6.2.2 Line 1 (Destination Line)
The destination line must meet these
standards:
[Revise the first two sentences of
6.2.2a as follows:]
a. Placement. The destination line
must be the top line of the label, placed
in the position shown in Exhibit 6.2.2a
(above the barcode). An exception is
that one line of extraneous information
may appear above the destination line
on tray labels as provided in 6.3.2, and
6.3.2f. * * *
[Renumber and re-title current Exhibit
6.2.2a as follows:]
Exhibit 6.2.2
Barcoded Tray Labels
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 6.2.2b as follows:]
b. Information. The destination line
must contain only the information
required by the applicable standards for
the class, processing category, sortation
level of the tray, approved alternate
container or sack, and the prices
claimed. This information is contained
in the labeling lists for all sortation and
price levels except trays, alternate
containers or sacks to carrier route,
5-digit carrier routes, merged 5-digit,
and 5-digit destinations, and except for
automation letter trays to 5-digit scheme
destinations. For the destination line of
carrier route, 5-digit carrier routes,
merged 5-digit, and 5-digit trays,
alternate containers or sacks, the city,
two-letter state abbreviation, and 5-digit
ZIP Code of the destination 5-digit ZIP
Code area must be shown. For 5-digit
scheme trays, the city, two-letter state
abbreviation, and ZIP Code for the
destination scheme must be obtained
from the City State Product. The
destination line may contain
abbreviated city and state information if
such abbreviations are those in the City
State Product.
[Delete current Exhibit 6.2.2b,
Barcoded 1–Inch Sack Labels, in its
entirety.]
[Revise the second and fifth sentences
of 6.2.2c as follows:]
c. Overseas Military Mail. The exact
content identifier number (CIN) that
matches the level of tray or alternate
container must be used in the barcode
and barcode numeric line on barcoded
tray labels. * * * A footnote at the end
of the content line information means
that the mailer must add appropriate
information when ordering and printing
tray labels. * * *
6.2.3 Line 2 (Content Line)
The content line must meet these
standards:
[Revise the third sentence of 6.2.3a as
follows:]
a. * * * This line must show the
class, processing category, and the
sortation level of the tray or alternate
container as required by the applicable
standards for the mailing. * * *
*
*
*
*
*
6.2.4 3-Digit Content Identifier
Numbers
[Revise the introductory paragraph of
6.2.4 as follows:]
The exact content identifier number
(CIN) that matches the level of tray,
approved alternate container or sack
must be used in the barcode and
barcode numeric line on barcoded tray
labels. The required second line of
information that corresponds to the CIN
must appear on the human-readable
content line of the label. The humanreadable content line is automatically
printed when labels are obtained
through the PASSPORT system or
ordered on Form 1578–B for printing at
the Label Printing Center in Topeka,
Kansas. A footnote at the end of the
content line information means that the
mailer must add appropriate
information when ordering and printing
tray labels. Any mailer using
PASSPORT to order labels must also
add the appropriate additional
information to the human-readable
content line for those content lines
marked with a footnote. See Exhibit
6.2.4.
Exhibit 6.2.4
Numbers
3-Digit Content Identifier
[Revise text of ‘‘Class and Mailing’’
and ‘‘Human Readable Content Line’’ for
Express and Priority Mail of Exhibit
6.2.4 as follows:
Class and mailing
Human-readable
content line
CIN
Express Mail
Open & Distribute, all container & sack levels ...................................................................................................
143
EXPRESS O&D.
165
PRIORITY O&D.
Priority Mail
Open & Distribute, all container & sack levels ...................................................................................................
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
[Revise the ‘‘Class and Mailing’’
column only for Exhibit 6.2.4 for the
following mail classes (CIN codes are
shown for comparison):]
Class and mailing
Human-readable
content line
CIN
First-Class Mail
*
*
*
*
*
FCM Parcels—Presorted:
5-digit scheme containers, trays & sacks ....................................................................................................
5-digit containers trays & sacks ...................................................................................................................
3-digit containers or trays .............................................................................................................................
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:11 Mar 11, 2011
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00059
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\14MRP2.SGM
14MRP2
*
*
289
289
290
* * *
* * *
* * *
13762
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules
Class and mailing
Human-readable
content line
CIN
ADC containers or trays ...............................................................................................................................
mixed ADC containers or trays ....................................................................................................................
291
292
* * *
* * *
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Periodicals (PER)
*
*
*
*
*
PER Flats—Carrier Route:
car. rt. containers or trays—saturation .........................................................................................................
car. rt. containers or trays—high density .....................................................................................................
car. rt. containers or trays—basic ................................................................................................................
5-digit carrier routes containers or trays ......................................................................................................
5-digit scheme car. rts. containers or trays ..................................................................................................
3-digit carrier routes containers ...................................................................................................................
PER Flats—Barcoded:
5-digit containers or trays .............................................................................................................................
5-digit scheme containers or trays ...............................................................................................................
3-digit containers or trays .............................................................................................................................
SCF containers or trays ...............................................................................................................................
ADC containers or trays ...............................................................................................................................
mixed ADC containers or trays ....................................................................................................................
origin mixed ADC containers or trays ..........................................................................................................
PER Flats—Nonbarcoded:
5-digit scheme containers or trays ...............................................................................................................
5-digit containers or trays .............................................................................................................................
3-digit containers or trays .............................................................................................................................
SCF containers or trays ...............................................................................................................................
ADC containers or trays ...............................................................................................................................
mixed ADC containers or trays ....................................................................................................................
origin mixed ADC containers or trays ..........................................................................................................
[Revise the section title as follows:]
PER Flats—Cotrayed Barcoded and Nonbarcoded:
5-digit scheme containers or trays ...............................................................................................................
5-digit containers or trays .............................................................................................................................
3-digit containers or trays .............................................................................................................................
SCF containers or trays ...............................................................................................................................
ADC containers or trays ...............................................................................................................................
Mixed ADC containers or trays ....................................................................................................................
origin mixed ADC containers or trays ..........................................................................................................
PER Flats—Merged Carrier Route, Barcoded, and Nonbarcoded:
merged 5-digit containers or trays ...............................................................................................................
merged 5-digit scheme containers or trays .................................................................................................
merged 3-digit containers or trays ...............................................................................................................
PER Irregular Parcels—Merged Carrier Route and Presorted:
merged 5-digit containers, trays & sacks .....................................................................................................
merged 3-digit containers or trays ...............................................................................................................
merged 5-digit scheme containers or trays .................................................................................................
PER Irregular Parcels—Carrier Route:
saturation containers, trays & sacks ............................................................................................................
high density containers, trays & sacks ........................................................................................................
basic containers, trays & sacks ...................................................................................................................
5-digit carrier routes containers, trays & sacks ............................................................................................
5-digit scheme car. rts. containers or trays ..................................................................................................
3-digit carriers routes containers or trays ....................................................................................................
PER Irregular Parcels—Presorted:
5-digit containers, trays & sacks ..................................................................................................................
3-digit containers or trays .............................................................................................................................
SCF containers or trays ...............................................................................................................................
ADC containers or trays ...............................................................................................................................
mixed ADC containers or trays ....................................................................................................................
origin mixed ADC containers or trays ..........................................................................................................
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
387
388
385
386
371
351
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
372
372
373
377
374
375
381
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
378
378
379
384
380
382
381
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
321
321
322
329
331
332
381
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
339
349
352
* * *
* * *
* * *
340
354
365
* * *
* * *
* * *
397
398
395
396
399
355
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
389
390
394
391
392
363
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
Periodicals (NEWS)
*
*
*
*
*
NEWS Flats—Carrier Route:
car. rt. containers or trays—saturation .........................................................................................................
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:11 Mar 11, 2011
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00060
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\14MRP2.SGM
14MRP2
487
* * *
13763
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules
Class and mailing
Human-readable
content line
CIN
car. rt. containers or trays—high density .....................................................................................................
car. rt. containers or trays—basic ................................................................................................................
5-digit carrier routes containers or trays ......................................................................................................
5-digit scheme car. rts. containers or trays ..................................................................................................
3-digit carrier routes containers or trays ......................................................................................................
NEWS Flats—Barcoded:
5-digit containers or trays .............................................................................................................................
5-digit scheme containers or trays ...............................................................................................................
3-digit containers or trays .............................................................................................................................
SCF containers or trays ...............................................................................................................................
ADC containers or trays ...............................................................................................................................
mixed ADC containers or trays ....................................................................................................................
origin mixed ADC containers or trays ..........................................................................................................
NEWS Flats—Nonbarcoded:
5-digit scheme containers or trays ...............................................................................................................
5-digit containers or trays .............................................................................................................................
3-digit containers or trays .............................................................................................................................
SCF containers or trays ...............................................................................................................................
ADC containers or trays ...............................................................................................................................
mixed ADC containers or trays ....................................................................................................................
origin mixed ADC containers or trays ..........................................................................................................
[Revise the section title as follows:]
NEWS Flats—Cotrayed Barcoded and Nonbarcoded:
5-digit scheme containers or trays ...............................................................................................................
5-digit containers or trays .............................................................................................................................
3-digit containers or trays .............................................................................................................................
SCF and origin/entry containers or trays .....................................................................................................
ADC containers or trays ...............................................................................................................................
mixed ADC containers or trays ....................................................................................................................
origin mixed ADC containers or trays ..........................................................................................................
NEWS Flats—Merged Carrier Route, Barcoded, and Nonbarcoded:
merged 5-digit ..............................................................................................................................................
merged 5-digit scheme .................................................................................................................................
merged 3-digit sacks ....................................................................................................................................
NEWS Irregular Parcels—Merged Carrier Route and Presorted:
merged 5-digit ..............................................................................................................................................
merged 5-digit scheme .................................................................................................................................
merged 3-digit containers or trays ...............................................................................................................
NEWS Irregular Parcels—Carrier Route:
saturation containers or trays .......................................................................................................................
high density containers or trays ...................................................................................................................
basic containers or trays ..............................................................................................................................
5-digit carrier routes containers or trays ......................................................................................................
5-digit scheme carrier routes containers or trays ........................................................................................
3-digit carrier routes containers or trays ......................................................................................................
NEWS Irregular Parcels—Presorted:
5-digit containers, trays & sacks ..................................................................................................................
3-digit containers or trays .............................................................................................................................
SCF containers or trays ...............................................................................................................................
ADC containers or trays ...............................................................................................................................
mixed ADC containers or trays ....................................................................................................................
origin mixed ADC containers or trays ..........................................................................................................
488
485
486
471
451
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
472
472
473
477
474
475
481
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
478
478
479
484
480
482
481
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
421
421
422
429
431
432
481
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
439
449
452
* * *
* * *
* * *
440
465
454
* * *
* * *
* * *
497
498
495
496
499
455
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
489
490
494
491
492
463
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Standard Mail
*
*
*
*
*
Enhanced Carrier Route Flats—Nonautomation:
saturation containers or trays .......................................................................................................................
high density containers or trays ...................................................................................................................
basic containers or trays ..............................................................................................................................
5-digit carrier routes containers or trays ......................................................................................................
5-digit scheme carrier routes containers or trays ........................................................................................
[Revise the section title as follows:]
STD Flats—Cotrayed Automation and Nonautomation:
5-digit scheme containers or trays ...............................................................................................................
5-digit containers or trays .............................................................................................................................
3-digit and origin/entry 3-digit containers or trays ........................................................................................
ADC containers or trays ...............................................................................................................................
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:11 Mar 11, 2011
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00061
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\14MRP2.SGM
14MRP2
*
*
587
588
589
586
529
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
521
521
522
531
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
13764
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules
Class and mailing
Human-readable
content line
CIN
mixed ADC containers or trays ....................................................................................................................
*
*
*
*
*
STD Flats—Automation:
5-digit containers or trays .............................................................................................................................
5-digit scheme containers or trays ...............................................................................................................
3-digit containers or trays .............................................................................................................................
ADC containers or trays ...............................................................................................................................
mixed ADC containers or trays ....................................................................................................................
STD Flats—Nonautomation:
5-digit scheme containers or trays ...............................................................................................................
5-digit containers or trays .............................................................................................................................
3-digit containers or trays .............................................................................................................................
ADC containers or trays ...............................................................................................................................
mixed ADC containers or trays ....................................................................................................................
Customized MarketMail (CMM):
CMM letter trays ...........................................................................................................................................
CMM flat trays ..............................................................................................................................................
CMM alternate containers ............................................................................................................................
[Delete sections describing STD Not Flat-Machinable Pieces, under 6 ounces and over 6 ounces in their
entirety. Resume with ECR Irregular Parcels—Nonautomation as follows:]
ECR Irregular Parcels—Nonautomation:
saturation containers, trays & sacks ............................................................................................................
high density containers, trays & sacks ........................................................................................................
basic containers, trays & sacks ...................................................................................................................
5-digit carrier routes containers, trays & sacks ............................................................................................
STD Irregular Parcels—Presorted:
5-digit scheme containers, trays & sacks ....................................................................................................
5-digit containers, trays & sacks ..................................................................................................................
SCF containers or trays ...............................................................................................................................
ASF containers or trays ...............................................................................................................................
mixed NDC containers or trays ....................................................................................................................
STD Machinable Parcels—Presorted:
5-digit containers, trays & sacks ..................................................................................................................
5-digit scheme containers, trays & sacks ....................................................................................................
ASF containers or trays ...............................................................................................................................
NDC containers or trays ...............................................................................................................................
Mixed NDC containers or trays ....................................................................................................................
STD Machinable and Irregular Parcels—Presorted:
5-digit containers, trays & sacks ..................................................................................................................
5-digit scheme containers, trays & sacks ....................................................................................................
532
* * *
*
*
572
572
573
574
575
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
578
578
579
580
582
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
206
207
205
* * *
* * *
* * *
599
600
601
598
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
590
596
571
570
594
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
670
670
672
673
674
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
603
603
* * *
* * *
657
659
658
* * *
* * *
* * *
649
649
650
654
651
653
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
635
635
636
637
638
639
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
648
648
661
667
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Package Services
Carrier Route BPM—Flats:
carrier route containers or trays ...................................................................................................................
5-digit scheme carrier routes containers or trays ........................................................................................
5-digit carrier routes containers or trays ......................................................................................................
Presorted BPM—Flats:
5-digit scheme containers or trays ...............................................................................................................
5-digit containers or trays .............................................................................................................................
3-digit containers or trays .............................................................................................................................
SCF containers or trays ...............................................................................................................................
ADC containers or trays ...............................................................................................................................
mixed ADC containers or trays ....................................................................................................................
Presorted BPM—Automation Flats:
5-digit containers or trays .............................................................................................................................
5-digit scheme containers or trays ...............................................................................................................
3-digit containers or trays .............................................................................................................................
SCF containers or trays ...............................................................................................................................
ADC containers or trays ...............................................................................................................................
mixed ADC containers or trays ....................................................................................................................
[Revise section title as follows:]:
BPM Flats—Cotrayed Barcoded and Presorted:
5-digit scheme containers or trays ...............................................................................................................
5-digit containers or trays .............................................................................................................................
3-digit containers or trays .............................................................................................................................
SCF containers or trays ...............................................................................................................................
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:11 Mar 11, 2011
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00062
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\14MRP2.SGM
14MRP2
13765
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Class and mailing
ADC containers or trays ...............................................................................................................................
mixed ADC containers or trays ....................................................................................................................
Carrier Route BPM—Irregular Parcels:
carrier route containers, trays & sacks ........................................................................................................
5-digit carrier routes containers, trays & sacks ............................................................................................
5-digit scheme carrier routes containers, trays & sacks ..............................................................................
Presorted BPM—Irregular Parcels:
5-digit containers, trays & sacks ..................................................................................................................
5-digit scheme containers, trays & sacks ....................................................................................................
3-digit containers or trays .............................................................................................................................
SCF containers or trays ...............................................................................................................................
ADC containers or trays ...............................................................................................................................
Mixed ADC containers or trays ....................................................................................................................
Carrier Route BPM—Machinable Parcels:
carrier route containers, trays & sacks ........................................................................................................
Presorted BPM—Machinable Parcels:
5-digit containers, trays & sacks ..................................................................................................................
5-digit scheme containers, trays & sacks ....................................................................................................
ASF containers or trays ...............................................................................................................................
NDC containers or trays ...............................................................................................................................
mixed NDC containers or trays ....................................................................................................................
Media Mail and Library Mail Flats—Presorted:
5-digit containers or trays .............................................................................................................................
3-digit containers or trays .............................................................................................................................
ADC containers or trays ...............................................................................................................................
mixed ADC containers or trays ....................................................................................................................
Media Mail and Library Mail Irregular Parcels—Presorted:
5-digit scheme containers, trays & sacks ....................................................................................................
5-digit containers, trays & sacks ..................................................................................................................
3-digit containers or trays .............................................................................................................................
ADC containers or trays ...............................................................................................................................
mixed ADC containers or trays ....................................................................................................................
Media Mail and Library Mail Machinable Parcels—Presorted:
5-digit scheme containers, trays & sacks ....................................................................................................
5-digit containers, trays & sacks ..................................................................................................................
3-digit containers or trays .............................................................................................................................
ADC containers or trays ...............................................................................................................................
mixed ADC containers or trays ....................................................................................................................
Parcel Select Machinable Parcels:
5-digit containers, trays & sacks ..................................................................................................................
5-digit scheme containers, trays & sacks ....................................................................................................
ASF containers or trays ...............................................................................................................................
NDC containers or trays ...............................................................................................................................
mixed NDC containers or trays ....................................................................................................................
Parcel Select DSCF and DDU Prices:
5-digit containers, trays & sacks ..................................................................................................................
5-digit scheme containers, trays & sacks ....................................................................................................
Parcel Select—Irregular (Nonmachinable) Parcels:
3-digit containers or trays .............................................................................................................................
Combined Package Services, Parcel Select, and Standard Machinable Parcels:
5-digit containers, trays & sacks ..................................................................................................................
5-digit scheme containers, trays & sacks ....................................................................................................
Combined Package Services, Parcel Select, and Standard Machinable Parcels:
5-digit containers, trays & sacks ..................................................................................................................
5-digit scheme containers, trays & sacks ....................................................................................................
ASF containers or trays ...............................................................................................................................
NDC containers or trays ...............................................................................................................................
mixed NDC containers or trays ....................................................................................................................
Combined Package Services, Parcel Select, and Standard—All Parcels and Not Flat-Machinable
pieces:
5-digit containers, trays & sacks ..................................................................................................................
5-digit scheme containers, trays & sacks ....................................................................................................
[Revise section title as follows:]
Combined Package Services, Parcel, and Standard—Irregular Parcels 2 up to 6 oz (APPS-machinable):
3-digit containers or trays .............................................................................................................................
ADC containers or trays ...............................................................................................................................
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:11 Mar 11, 2011
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00063
Human-readable
content line
CIN
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\14MRP2.SGM
14MRP2
668
669
* * *
* * *
697
698
698
* * *
* * *
* * *
690
690
691
696
692
694
*
*
*
*
*
*
687
* * *
680
680
682
683
684
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
649
650
651
653
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
690
690
691
692
694
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
680
680
682
683
684
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
680
680
682
683
684
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
688
688
* * *
* * *
691
* * *
688
688
* * *
* * *
660
660
662
663
664
*
*
*
*
*
603
603
* * *
* * *
501
502
* * *
* * *
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
13766
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules
Class and mailing
mixed ADC containers or trays ....................................................................................................................
[Revise section title as follows:]
Combined PSVC & STD—Irregular Parcels less than 2 oz, and tubes and rolls (not APPS-machinable):
3-digit containers or trays .............................................................................................................................
ADC containers or trays ...............................................................................................................................
Mixed ADC containers or trays ....................................................................................................................
[Revise Exhibit 6.2.4 footnote #1 as
follows:]
1. This information must be followed
by a one-letter carrier route type
description, followed by a 3-digit route
number for the route to which the
container, tray or sack is destined. At
the mailer’s option, one space is
permitted between the type description
and route number.
*
*
*
*
*
6.2.5
Line 3 (Origin Line)
[Revise the first sentence of 6.2.5 as
follows:]
The origin line must appear below the
content line in a location appropriate for
a tray, approved alternative container,
or sack as shown in Exhibit 6.2.2a.
* * *
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise title of 6.3 as follows:]
6.3 Additional Standards—Barcoded
Tray Labels
6.3.1
Paper Stock, Size, and Color
[Revise the introductory sentence of
6.3.1 as follows:]
Barcoded tray labels must meet these
specifications:
*
*
*
*
*
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
6.3.3
Barcode
The label barcode must meet these
specifications:
*
*
*
*
*
b. Information. The barcode must
represent three numeric elements:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise the first sentence of item b3
and delete the second sentence in its
entirety to remove reference to optional
placement of processing codes on sack
labels as follows:]
3. A 2-digit USPS processing code on
all tray labels. * * *
*
*
*
*
*
[Delete items 6.4 through 6.4.3 in their
entirety to remove reference to use of 1inch sack labels and renumber current
6.5 and 6.6 as new 6.4 and 6.5 as
follows]
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:11 Mar 11, 2011
Jkt 223001
6.4
Intelligent Mail Tray Labels
6.4.1
Definition
[Revise the first three sentences of
6.4.1 as follows:]
Intelligent Mail tray labels are 2-inch
labels used on trays and approved
alternate containers to provide unique
identification within postal processing.
24-digit Intelligent Mail tray labels
include only a 24 digit barcode printed
in International Symbology
Specification (ISS) Code 128 subset C
symbology (see Exhibit 6.4.3). To
facilitate the transition from 10-digit
tray labels to 24-digit barcoded
Intelligent Mail tray labels, an optional
transitional label is also available. * * *
*
*
*
*
*
6.4.2 Transitional Intelligent Mail
Tray Label Format
The general format for Intelligent Mail
tray labels are as follows:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 6.4.2b as follows:]
b. Tray or alternate container presort
destination (postal destination name).
*
*
*
*
*
6.4.3 24-Digit Intelligent Mail Tray
Label
[Revise the first sentence of 6.4.3 as
follows:]
Intelligent Mail tray labels, printed in
the 24-digit format, can be used on all
trays and approved alternative
containers to uniquely identify each tray
or alternate container in addition to
each mailer or mail preparer. * * *
*
*
*
*
*
6.4.4 Intelligent Mail Tray Label
Format
The core data elements for the
Intelligent Mail tray label are as follows:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 6.4.4b as follows:]
b. Tray or alternate container presort
destination (postal destination name).
*
*
*
*
*
6.4.6
Unique Serial Number
[Revise 6.4.6 as follows:]
PO 00000
Frm 00064
Human-readable
content line
CIN
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
506
* * *
591
592
594
* * *
* * *
* * *
The Intelligent Mail tray barcode can
encode a unique identifier for each tray
or alternate container.
*
*
*
*
*
Indexes and Appendices
*
*
*
*
*
Labeling Lists
L000
General Use
L001 5-Digit Scheme—Periodicals,
Standard Mail, and Package Services
Flats and Irregular Parcels
[Revise the introductory paragraph of
L001 as follows:]
L001 describes the 5-digit scheme sort
list for pallets, flat trays or approved
alternate containers of Periodicals,
Standard Mail, and Package Services
flats and irregular parcels destined for
multiple 5-digit ZIP Codes served by a
single delivery unit. When the 5-digit
scheme sort is used, mail for the 5-digit
ZIP Codes shown in Column A must be
combined on pallets or in trays (or
alternate containers) as follows:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise item c of L001 as follows:]
c. Merged 5-digit scheme or 5-digit
scheme carrier routes trays or alternate
containers labeled to the corresponding
destination shown in Column B.
*
*
*
*
*
L002
3-Digit ZIP Code Prefix Matrix
L002 lists every 3-digit Zip Code
prefix for mail destined to 3-digit, 3digit scheme, and sectional center
facility (SCF) destinations as follows:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise items a through c of L002 as
follows:]
a. 3-Digit ZIP Code Prefix: Use this
column to find a 3-digit ZIP Code prefix.
Those prefixes indicated by an N have
been designated as 3-digit ZIP Codes for
which the preparation of a 3-digit flat
tray or approved alternate container is
optional, and for which the preparation
of the optional 3-digit pallet is
prohibited.
b. Column A, 3-Digit Destinations:
Use this information for Line 1 on 3digit pallet or container placards
(subject to the standards for the rate
E:\FR\FM\14MRP2.SGM
14MRP2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules
claimed). Unique 3-digit cities are
indicated by a U.
c. Column B, 3-Digit/Scheme
Destinations: Use this information for
Line 1 on 3-digit or 3-digit scheme
pallet or container placards (subject to
the standards for the price claimed).
Line 2 of pallet or container placards for
destinations indicated by an S must
include either ‘‘SCHEME’’ or the specific
information shown (3-digit groups by
scheme group, where applicable, are
shown in L003).
*
*
*
*
*
L009 Mixed ADCs—Periodicals,
Package Services Flats and Irregular
Parcels and Standard Mail Flats
[Revise the introductory sentence of
L009 as follows:]
Mailers must use L009 to label mixed
ADC bundles, flat trays or approved
alternate containers of Periodicals,
Standard Mail, Bound Printed Matter,
Media Mail, and Library Mail flats.
Mailers also must use L009 to label
mixed ADC bundles, trays or alternate
containers of Periodicals irregular
parcels and Bound Printer Matter
irregular parcels.
*
*
*
*
*
L010 NDC/ASF Entry—Standard Mail
Letters and Package Services Irregular
Parcels
[Revise the last sentence of the first
paragraph in the preamble and the
entire second paragraph as follows:]
* * * L010 indicates the label
destination (Column B) for mixed flat
trays or approved alternate containers of
Package Services irregular parcels
placed on ASF or NDC pallets.
Use L009 when labeling mixed ADC
bundles, trays or alternate containers of
automation price Periodicals and
Standard Mail flats and barcoded Bound
Printed Matter flats.
*
*
*
*
*
L011 Non-NDC/ASF Entry—
Periodicals and Standard Mail Letters
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise the second paragraph of the
preamble of L011 as follows:]
Use L009 when labeling mixed ADC
bundles, flat trays or approved alternate
containers and sacks of automation
price Periodicals and Standard Mail
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:11 Mar 11, 2011
Jkt 223001
flats and barcoded Bound Printed
Matter flats.
*
*
*
*
*
L200
Periodicals and First-Class Mail
L201 Periodicals Origin Split and
First-Class Mail Mixed ADC/AADC
[Revise the introductory paragraph of
L201as follows:]
L201 describes the First-Class Mail
surface transportation reach of an origin
facility for use in preparing bundles, flat
trays or approved alternate containers of
Periodicals mail (including Periodicals
labeled ‘‘news’’) and in preparation of
First-Class Mail mixed pallets or similar
containers.
For Periodicals addressed to
destinations within the First-Class Mail
surface reach of the origin facility,
mailers must use L201 to prepare mixed
origin ADC bundles, trays or alternate
containers to enable integration of this
volume into the First-Class Mail
mailstream. Label bundles, trays or
alternate containers of mail originating
in the 3-digit entry ZIP Code in Column
A for delivery to 3-digit ZIP Code
destinations listed in Column B using
the corresponding city, state, and ZIP
Code information in Column C. Use
L009 for the preparation of mixed ADC
bundles, trays or alternate containers for
any remaining pieces addressed to 3digit ZIP Code destinations not listed in
Column B.
For First-Class Mail letters, flats, and
parcels originating in the 3-digit entry
ZIP Code in Column A, label trays or
alternate containers to the
corresponding destination in Column C.
Use ‘‘MXD’’ instead of ‘‘OMX.’’ Ignore
Column B.
*
*
*
*
*
L600 Standard Mail and Package
Services
L601 Network Distribution Centers
(NDCs)
L601 describes the service area by
individual 3-digit ZIP Code prefix for
sorting mail to NDC destinations. Use
this list for:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise item b of the introductory
paragraph of L601 as follows:]
b. Standard Mail bundles, letter trays,
flat trays or approved alternate
containers on pallets.
*
*
*
*
*
PO 00000
Frm 00065
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 9990
13767
[Revise item d of the introductory
paragraph of L601 as follows:]
d. Bound Printed Matter bundles, flat
trays or alternate containers on pallets.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise item f of the introductory
paragraph of L601 as follows:]
f. Presorted Media Mail and Presorted
Library Mail to NDC destinations. For
labeling mixed NDC flat trays, alternate
containers and pallets, mailers must add
‘‘MXD’’ before the Column B information
of the NDC serving the 3-digit ZIP Code
prefix of the Post Office at which the
mail is entered.
*
*
*
*
*
L602
ASFs
L602 describes the service area by
individual 3-digit ZIP Code prefix for
Standard Mail and Package Services
mail that must be sorted to ASFs. Use
this list for:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise item b of the introductory
paragraph of L602 as follows:]
b. Standard Mail bundles, letter trays,
flat trays or approved alternate
containers on pallets.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise item d of the introductory
paragraph of L602 as follows:]
d. Bound Printed Matter bundles, flat
trays or alternate containers on pallets.
*
*
*
*
*
L606 5-Digit Scheme—Standard Mail,
First-Class Mail, and Package Services
Parcels
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise the last sentence of the second
paragraph in the preamble of L606 as
follows:]
* * * When used, all parcels for the
5-digit ZIP Codes shown in Column A
must be combined in a 5-digit scheme
sack(s), flat tray(s), approved alternate
container(s), or on a 5-digit scheme
pallet(s) labeled to the corresponding
destination shown in Column B.
*
*
*
*
*
We will publish an appropriate
amendment to 39 CFR part 111 to reflect
these changes if our proposal is
adopted.
Stanley F. Mires,
Chief Counsel, Legislative.
[FR Doc. 2011–5273 Filed 3–11–11; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 7710–12–P
E:\FR\FM\14MRP2.SGM
14MRP2
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 76, Number 49 (Monday, March 14, 2011)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Pages 13704-13767]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Printing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 2011-5273]
[[Page 13703]]
Vol. 76
Monday,
No. 49
March 14, 2011
Part II
Postal Service
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
39 CFR Part 111
New Origin Entry Separation & Containerization Standards; Proposed Rule
Federal Register / Vol. 76 , No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 /
Proposed Rules
[[Page 13704]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
POSTAL SERVICE
39 CFR Part 111
New Origin Entry Separation & Containerization Standards
AGENCY: Postal Service TM.
ACTION: Proposed rule.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: The Postal Service is proposing to revise Mailing Standards of
the United States Postal Service, Domestic Mail Manual (DMM[reg]) to
change the preparation requirements for mail entered at origin, either
as an entire mailing or as the residual volume for plant verified drop
shipment (PVDS) mailings.
DATES: We must receive your comments on or before April 13, 2011.
ADDRESSES: Mail or deliver written comments to the Manager, Mailing
Standards, U.S. Postal Service, 475 L'Enfant Plaza SW., Room 4446,
Washington DC 20260-5015. You may inspect and photocopy all written
comments at USPS[reg] Headquarters Library, 475 L'Enfant Plaza SW.,
11th Floor N, Washington, DC, between 9 a.m. and 4 p.m., Monday through
Friday. E-mail comments concerning the proposed rule, containing the
name and address of the commenter, may be sent to:
MailingStandards@usps.gov, with a subject line of ``New Origin Entry
Standards.'' Faxed comments are not accepted.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Karen McManus at 202-268-4005 or Kevin
Gunther at 202-268-7208.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: On December 20, 2006, the Postal
Accountability Enhancement Act was signed into law. A provision of the
law required the Postal Service to establish modern service standards,
measure service performance against these standards and publish the
results. In recognition of this goal, the Postal Service consulted with
the Postal Regulatory Commission (PRC) and worked closely with mailer
groups and other mailing industry representatives to develop standards
and measurement processes. During these discussions, various strategies
and suggestions were offered to help improve service provided to
commercial mailings entered at origin. Modern service standards
resulting from these consultations were announced 12 months after the
bill was signed into law and are expected to improve efficiency and
service and to coordinate the preparation and entry of mail with
changes in the USPS distribution network. For more information see
Federal Register final rule, Modern Service Standards for Market
Dominant Products, published December 19, 2007 (72 FR 72216-72231).
In May 2009, the Postal Service began transforming its distribution
network by converting Bulk Mail Centers into Network Distribution
Centers. The realignment permitted the consolidation of transportation
and created new work flows to facilitate movement of mail through the
network. The redesign of the network necessitates some adjustments to
internal USPS work methods as well as modifications to the preparation
of origin-entered commercial mail to align with the new transportation
flows and work processes. The proper preparation of origin-entered
mailings will allow the Postal Service to eliminate unnecessary
processing at the local plant and will facilitate the transportation of
these mailings within its network. Working with various segments of the
mailing industry, the Postal Service has developed and is proposing new
preparation standards that align with the revised network and a
corresponding communications program to relate these changes to the
mailing industry. The following proposal is the result of these
efforts.
Separation of Residual Mail Entered at Origin
This proposed rule applies to origin-entered commercial mail only,
and may apply to entire mailings or to the residual portion of a plant
verified PVDS mailing not being dropshipped to a destination. Existing
presort requirements for mailings and the number of pieces required per
presort level will remain the same. Except as defined below, all
handling unit separations currently required will also remain
unchanged. For the purpose of this proposal, a handling unit is defined
as the mail transport equipment used to carry an aggregate of
mailpieces sorted to a specific price level for a presort destination,
and would include letter trays, flat trays (tubs), sacks, bundles and
packages. A container is defined as the equipment used to transport
handling units, and would include pallets, all purpose containers (APC)
and hampers. In certain circumstances involving low volume mailings, or
mail that can not be palletized, containers may also include flat
trays.
Under this proposal, after all required handling units and
containers have been prepared, mailers must separate the remaining mail
(or residue from a PVDS mailing) as follows:
Standard Mail and Package Services:
Origin Network Distribution Center: Required for letters, flats and
parcels. For bundles of flats or parcels, do not sack prior to
containerizing the mail. Separate all handling units destinating in the
service area of the origin Network Distribution Center (NDC) from the
rest of the mailing. Use column A of Labeling List L601 (L604 for
Standard Mail letters and flats) to determine the ZIP Codes in the
service area of the NDC. Handling units must be placed in containers.
Prepare container (pallet) placards using the column B ``Label to''
information in L601 (column C ``Label to'' information in L604 for
Standard Mail letters and flats). There is no minimum load threshold
for this separation.
Tier Two Network: Required for letters, flats and parcels. For
bundles of flats or parcels, do not sack prior to containerizing the
mail. Place any remaining handling units on a second container, or when
applicable, separate as follows. Prepare container (pallet) placards
using the column C ``Label to'' information in L604 (L603 for parcels).
When the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati, St. Louis or San Francisco,
use Labeling List L604 (L603 for parcels) to separate the remaining
mail into two directionally-based containers which will route residue
mail either east or west (Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis) or north
or south (San Francisco) as needed from origin. Prepare container
placards using the column C ``Label to'' information in L604 or L603.
There is no minimum load threshold for this separation.
Periodicals
Local Surface Transport: Required for letters, flats and parcels.
For bundles of flats or parcels, do not sack prior to palletizing the
mail. Separate all handling units destinating in the surface
transportation network area of the origin entry site from the rest of
the mailing. Use column B of Labeling List L201 to determine the ZIP
Codes in the surface transportation area of the origin site. Handling
units must be placed in containers. Prepare container (pallet) placards
using the column C ``Label to'' information in L201. There is no
minimum load threshold for this separation.
Extended Surface Network: Required for letters, flats and parcels.
For bundles of flats or parcels, do not sack prior to containerizing
the mail. Place any remaining handling units on a second container. Use
column A of Labeling List L009 to determine the location for
Periodicals piece processing based on the origin entry point. Prepare
container (pallet) placards using the column B
[[Page 13705]]
``Label to'' information in L009. There is no minimum load threshold
for this separation.
Palletization Required When Possible
Current standards for containerization of nonpalletized mailings
are determined by mailpiece shape. Letters are placed in trays, flats
are bundled and placed in sacks or flat trays (tubs) or placed loose in
flat trays and parcels are bedloaded or placed in sacks.
Under these proposed standards, trays, bundles or parcels that
cannot be prepared on a direct pallet must be placed on the appropriate
pallet for the Origin NDC, Local Surface Transport, Tier Two Network or
Extended Surface Network, when the volume reaches one hundred and fifty
(150) pounds or 36 linear feet of trays for each pallet. Mailers may
optionally make pallets with less than 150 pounds, or 36 linear feet of
trays, for these separations. Mailers choosing not to make pallets
weighing less than 150 pounds, or who are unable to palletize, must
prepare bundles in flat trays or approved alternate containers in
accordance with applicable preparation standards.
The Postal Service does not currently provide a container price
applicable to Periodicals bundles placed directly on mixed ADC pallets
or equivalent containers. The Postal Service is currently considering
this matter and expects to introduce a price for mixed ADC containers
as a separate initiative prior to the implementation of the final
standards.
These new proposed requirements will apply to all origin or
destination entered mailings. For mailers who are unable to palletize
flats or parcels, the Postal Service proposes to require the use of
flat trays (tubs) or approved alternate containers when performing the
separations described in this proposed rule or under current DMM
standards. The use of flat trays (tubs) or alternate containers will
afford mailers more flexibility in how mail is presented at origin or
destination entry points. Alternatives to the use of flat trays may be
approved by the local plant manager or designee.
Mailers of flats, or parcels presorted to a 3-digit ZIP Code or
less finely, who do not palletize must use flat trays (tubs) in lieu of
sacking. Flat trays must also be used for all presort levels (except 5-
digit, 5-digit scheme and carrier route separations of parcels) being
deposited at origin or destination entry points. Lids will not be
required on origin entry 3-digit and SCF, origin NDC, tier 2 network,
local surface transport and extended surface network flat trays only.
These proposed preparation standards will provide for a reduction of
sack handling and the expedited processing of individual pieces, and
will result in increased efficiencies and improved service.
Optional Requirement--Origin SCF Separation
For the purpose of this proposed rule, separation means the
creation of an additional container of residual mailpieces, after all
other required separations have been made, for the origin sectional
center facility (SCF) or for each of the 3-digit ZIP Codes of the
origin SCF. Current standards require mailers of commercial First-Class
Mail[supreg] and Periodicals letters and flats to separately prepare
trays or bundles for mailpieces destinating within the SCF servicing
the facility where the mail is verified (origin). Origin SCF (or origin
3-digit) separations are optional for other mail classes and shapes.
The Postal Service proposes to extend the option for mailers to make
such origin SCF separations for all classes and shapes of mailpieces.
In this proposal segregation means physical removal of the
separated containers from the remainder of the mailing and separately
placing them into transport units, placing them in a conspicuous
location on top of the origin SCF pallet, or otherwise presenting them
separately to USPS acceptance personnel. In order to improve the
identification and processing of these mailpieces, the Postal Service
is proposing to require mailers of all commercial mail (letters, flats
and parcels) to segregate origin SCF separations (and finer sortation
levels) containers, bundles or parcels from the remainder of the
mailing. This requirement will apply to all required separations and to
all optional separations (whenever the mailer chooses to make that
separation). This new requirement should improve service by preventing
mailpieces for the processing plant's service area from being
transported to another processing facility prior to delivery.
Other Proposed Mail Preparation Changes
There are no current mail preparation standards pertaining to
barcoded tray labels for Library Mail and Media Mail. This proposed
rule will establish such standards. We have eliminated standards for
the use of 1-inch sack labels for all types of mail. These labels are
no longer supported by USPS Engineering, their use in the field should
be limited, and equipment compatible with the use of 2-inch labels is
widely available. We are also proposing to revise language in DMM
705.10.1 to align with other standards that specify that nonmachinable
flat-size Periodicals prepared under 707.26 cannot be merged with
machinable flats. We also are eliminating the option for mailers to
place mixed ADC or mixed AADC bundles, sacks or trays on auxiliary
service facility (ASF) or NDC pallets. Changes in processing at these
facilities no longer make this option practical.
Although the Postal Service is exempt from the notice and comment
requirements of the Administrative Procedure Act (5 U.S.C. of 553(b),
(c)) regarding proposed rulemaking by operation of 39 U.S.C. 410(a), we
invite public comments on the following proposed revisions to Mailing
Standards of the United States Postal Service, Domestic Mail Manual
(DMM), incorporated by reference in the Code of Federal Regulations.
See 39 CFR 111.1.
List of Subjects in 39 CFR Part 111
Administrative practice and procedure, Postal Service.
Accordingly, 39 CFR part 111 is proposed to be amended as follows:
PART 111--[AMENDED]
1. The authority citation for 39 CFR part 111 continues to read as
follows:
Authority: 5 U.S.C. 552(a); 13 U.S.C. 301-307; 18 U.S.C. 1692-
1737; 39 U.S.C. 101, 401, 403, 404, 414, 416, 3001-3011, 3201-3219,
3403-3406, 3621, 3622, 3626, 3632, 3633, and 5001.
2. Revise the following sections of Mailing Standards of the United
States Postal Service, Domestic Mail Manual (DMM), as follows:
* * * * *
200 Commercial Mail Letters and Cards
* * * * *
230 First-Class Mail
* * * * *
235 Mail Preparation
* * * * *
3.0 Letter Trays
* * * * *
3.3 Letter Tray Preparation
Letter trays are prepared as follows:
* * * * *
[Revise the last sentence of 3.3c as follows:]
c. * * * Except for 3-digit/scheme trays destined within the
origin/entry SCF, mailers may optionally move any pieces remaining to
the next higher
[[Page 13706]]
presort level at which there is a minimum quantity (e.g., 150 pieces).
* * * * *
[Delete 3.6, Origin/Entry 3--Digit/Scheme Trays, in its entirety.]
* * * * *
5.0 Preparing Nonautomation Letters
* * * * *
5.2 Machinable Preparation
* * * * *
5.2.2 Traying and Labeling
[Revise the introductory paragraph of 5.2.2 as follows:]
Mailers must segregate trays destined within the origin/entry SCF
under 236.1.5. Preparation sequence, tray size, and labeling:
[Revise 5.2.2a as follows:]
a. Origin/entry 3-digit/scheme (required); separate trays required
for each 3-digit/scheme ZIP Code within the origin/entry SCF; no
minimum piece requirement; one less-than-full tray permitted for each
3-digit/scheme; labeling:
1. Line 1: L002, Column B.
2. Line 2: ``FCM LTR 3D MACH.''
* * * * *
5.3 Nonmachinable Preparation
* * * * *
5.3.2 Traying and Labeling
[Revise the introductory paragraph of 5.3.2 as follows:]
Mailers must segregate trays destined within the origin/entry SCF
under 236.1.5. Preparation sequence, tray size, and labeling:
* * * * *
[Resequence current items 5.3.2b through d as the new c through e,
and add a new item b as follows:]
b. Origin/entry 3-digit; required; no minimum piece requirement;
one less-than-full tray for each origin/entry 3-digit; labeling:
1. Line 1: L002, Column A.
2. Line 2: ``FCM LTR 3D MANUAL.''
[Revise the opening sentence only of resequenced 5.3.2c as
follows:]
c. 3-digit (required); full trays (no overflow); labeling:
* * * * *
6.0 Preparing Automation Letters
* * * * *
6.6 Tray Preparation
[Revise the introductory paragraph of 6.6 as follows:]
Except for origin/entry 3-digit/scheme trays, mailers may place
fewer than 150 overflow pieces in the next tray level when a tray of
150 or more pieces can be made. Mailers must segregate trays destined
within the origin/entry SCF under 236.1.5. Mailers must note these
trays on standardized documentation (see 708.1.2). Pieces placed in the
next tray level must be grouped by destination and placed in the front
or back of that tray. Mailers may use this option selectively for 3-
digit and AADC ZIP Codes. Preparation sequence and Line 1 labeling:
[Revise item 6.6a as follows:]
a. 5-digit/scheme (see 1.4e): optional, but required for 5-digit
price (150-piece minimum); overflow allowed; when making these
separations.
1. For 5-digit scheme trays, use destination shown in the current
USPS City State Product.
2. For 5-digit trays, use city, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code
destination on pieces (see 4.0 for overseas military mail).
[Resequence current items 6.6b through d as the new c through e,
and add a new item b as follows:]
b. Origin/entry 3-digit; required; separate trays required for each
origin 3-digit/scheme, no minimum; one less-than-full tray allowed for
each 3-digit/scheme; for Line 1, use L002, Column B.
[Revise resequenced 6.6c as follows:]
c. 3-digit/scheme: Optional, but required for 3-digit price (150-
piece minimum); overflow allowed; for Line 1, use L002, Column B.
* * * * *
6.8 Presentation
[Revise 6.8 as follows:]
Mailers must present all mixed AADC trays together when presenting
mailings for USPS verification. Mixed AADC trays must either be
adjacent to one another, and must be placed as the top layer(s) on any
container; or may be placed immediately below origin/entry 5-digit or
3-digit/scheme trays, when segregated under 236.1.5. Containerization
instructions for First-Class Mail letters and cards may be established
by local USPS managers.
236 Enter and Deposit
1.0 Deposit
* * * * *
[Add a new 1.5 as follows:]
1.5 Segregation of Trays for the Origin/Entry SCF
Mailers must make all required, and may make any optional, origin/
entry 3-digit (scheme) and origin/entry 5-digit (scheme) separations
destinating in the service area of the SCF serving the Post Office
where the mail is verified, or the service area of the SCF/plant where
mail is entered. For all such separations mailpieces must be trayed in
accordance with 235.0 and segregated from the remainder of the mailing
by one of these methods: Separately containerize the trays; place the
trays in a conspicuous location on top of origin SCF pallet or other
container; or present them separately to acceptance personnel.
* * * * *
240 Standard Mail
* * * * *
245 Mail Preparation
1.0 General Information for Mail Preparation
* * * * *
[Add a new 1.5 to reference required palletization as follows:]
1.5 Required Pallet Preparation
Mailers must prepare pallets under 705.8 when they have at least 72
linear feet of trays to a presort destination. If a mailer is unable to
palletize, mail must be separated and placed in approved alternate
containers.
* * * * *
3.0 Letter Trays
* * * * *
3.3 Letter Tray Preparation
Letter trays are prepared as follows:
* * * * *
[Revise the third sentence of 3.3c as follows:]
c. * * * Except for 3-digit/scheme trays destined within the
origin/entry SCF, mailers may optionally move any pieces remaining to
the next higher presort level at which there is a minimum quantity
(e.g., 150 pieces).
* * * * *
[Delete 3.6, Origin/Entry 3-Digit/Scheme Tray, in its entirety.]
* * * * *
5.0 Preparing Nonautomation Letters
* * * * *
5.3 Machinable Preparation
* * * * *
5.3.2 Traying and Labeling
[Revise the introductory paragraph of 5.3.2 by adding a new second
sentence as follows:]
* * * Mailers must segregate trays destined within the origin/entry
SCF under 246.1.3. * * *
* * * * *
5.4 Nonmachinable Preparation
* * * * *
5.4.2 Traying and Labeling
[Revise the introductory sentence of 5.4.2 as follows:]
[[Page 13707]]
Overflow trays are not allowed. Mailers must segregate trays
destined within the origin/entry SCF under 246.1.3. Preparation
sequence, tray size, and labeling:
* * * * *
[Resequence current items 5.4.2b through d as the new c through e
and add new item b as follows:]
b. Origin/entry 3-digit (optional); separate trays required for
each origin 3-digit ZIP Code; no minimum piece requirement; one less-
than-full tray for each origin/entry 3-digit; when making these
separations; labeling:
1. Line 1: L002, Column A.
2. Line 2: ``STD LTR 3D MANUAL.''
[Revise resequenced 5.4.2c as follows:]
c. 3-digit (required); 150-piece minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L002, Column A.
2. Line 2: ``STD LTR 3D MANUAL.''
* * * * *
6.0 Preparing Enhanced Carrier Route Letters
* * * * *
6.6 General Traying and Labeling
[Revise the introductory paragraph of 6.6 as follows:]
For all mailings containing any ECR letters over 3 ounces and all
mailings of nonautomation ECR letters, prepare trays as explained
below. Mailers must segregate trays destined within the origin/entry
SCF under 246.1.3. Prepare letters with simplified addresses in
separate trays from pieces with other forms of addressing. For ECR
barcoded automation-compatible letters that weigh up to 3 ounces,
prepare trays under 6.7. Preparation sequence, tray size, and labeling:
[Revise the opening paragraphs only of items 6.6a through c as
follows:]
a. Carrier route: Required; full trays only, no overflow.
* * * * *
b. 5-digit carrier routes: Required if full tray, optional with
minimum one 10-piece bundle.
* * * * *
c. 3-digit carrier routes: Optional with minimum one 10-piece
bundle for each of two or more 5-digit areas.
* * * * *
6.7 Traying and Labeling for Automation-Compatible ECR Letters
[Add a new seventh sentence to the introductory paragraph of 6.7 as
follows:]
* * * Mailers must segregate trays destined within the origin/entry
SCF under 246.1.3. * * *
* * * * *
7.0 Preparing Automation Letters
* * * * *
7.5 Tray Preparation
[Revise the introductory text of 7.5 as follows:]
Instead of preparing overflow trays with fewer than 150 pieces,
mailers may include these pieces in an existing qualified tray of at
least 150 or more pieces at the next tray level. (For example, 30
overflow 5-digit pieces for 20260 may be added to a qualified 3-digit
tray (prefix 202) and the overflow 5-digit pieces will qualify for the
5-digit price.) Pieces that are placed in the next tray level must be
grouped by destination and placed in the front or back of that tray.
This option does not apply to origin/entry 3-digit/scheme trays. When
making 5-digit/scheme and origin 3-digit/scheme trays, mailers must
segregate trays destined within the origin/entry SCF as described in
246.1.3 Preparation sequence, tray size, and Line 1 labeling:
* * * * *
[Resequence current items 7.5b through d as the new c through e,
and add new item b as follows:]
b. Origin 3-digit/scheme; optional; separate trays required for
each origin 3-digit/scheme; no minimum piece requirement; one less-
than-full tray for each origin/entry 3-digit; for Line 1, use L002,
Column B.
[Revise resequenced 7.5c as follows:]
c. 3-digit/scheme; optional, but required for 3-digit price (150-
piece minimum); overflow allowed; for Line 1, use L002, Column B.
* * * * *
7.7 Presentation
[Revise 7.7 as follows:]
Mailers must present all mixed AADC trays together for USPS
verification, placed as the top layer(s) on any given container, or
immediately below origin/entry carrier route, 5-digit/scheme or 3-
digit/scheme trays, when segregated under 246.1.3.
* * * * *
246 Enter and Deposit
1.0 Presenting a Mailing
* * * * *
[Add a new 1.3 as follows:]
1.3 Segregation of Origin SCF Trays
Mailers must make all required, and may make any optional, origin/
entry carrier routes, 5-digit (scheme) and 3-digit (scheme) separations
destinating in the service area of the SCF serving the Post Office
where the mail is verified, or the service area of the SCF/plant where
mail is entered. For all origin/entry separations made, mailpieces must
be trayed under 245.3.0 and segregated from the remainder of the
mailing by one of these methods: separately containerize the trays;
place the trays in a conspicuous location on top of origin SCF pallet
or other container; or present them separately to acceptance personnel.
* * * * *
300 Commercial Flats
* * * * *
330 First-Class Mail
* * * * *
335 Mail Preparation
* * * * *
3.0 Flat Trays
* * * * *
[Delete 3.6, Origin/Entry 3-Digit/Scheme Trays, in its entirety.]
* * * * *
5.0 Preparation of Nonautomation Flats
* * * * *
5.5 Traying and Labeling
[Revise the introductory paragraph of 5.5 as follows:]
Mailers must segregate trays destined within the origin/entry SCF
under 336.1.5. Preparation sequence and labeling:
* * * * *
[Resequence current items 5.5 b through d as the new c through e,
and add a new item b as follows:
b. Origin/entry 3-digit (required); separate trays required for
each origin 3-digit ZIP Code; no minimum piece requirement; one less-
than-full tray for each origin/entry 3-digit; mailers must segregate
trays destined within the origin/entry SCF under 336.1.5; labeling:
1. Line 1: L002, Column A.
2. Line 2: ``FCM FLTS 3D NON BC.''
[Revise the opening paragraph of resequenced 5.5c as follows:]
c. 3-digit (required); full trays (no overflow); labeling:
* * * * *
6.0 Preparation of Automation Flats
* * * * *
6.5 First-Class Mail Required Bundle-Based Preparation
* * * * *
6.5.2 Traying and Labeling
[Revise the introductory paragraph of 6.5.2 as follows:]
Mailers must segregate trays destined within the origin/entry SCF
under
[[Page 13708]]
336.1.5. Preparation sequence and labeling:
* * * * *
6.6 First-Class Mail Optional Tray-Based Preparation
[Revise the opening paragraph of 6.6 as follows:]
Mailers must segregate trays destined within the origin/entry SCF
under 336.1.5. Preparation, sequence, and Line 1 labeling:
* * * * *
336 Enter and Deposit
1.0 Deposit
* * * * *
[Revise 1.0 by adding a new 1.5 as follows:]
1.5 Segregation of Origin SCF Trays
Mailers must make all required, and may make any optional, origin/
entry 3-digit (scheme) and origin/entry 5-digit (scheme) separations
destinating in the service area of the SCF serving the Post Office
where the mail is verified, or the service area of the SCF/plant where
mail is entered. For all such separations, mailpieces must be trayed or
placed in alternate containers under 335.0 and segregated from the
remainder of the mailing by one of these methods: separately
containerize the trays; place the trays in a conspicuous location on
top of origin SCF pallet or other container; or present them separately
to acceptance personnel.
* * * * *
340 Standard Mail
343 Prices and Eligibility
* * * * *
5.0 Additional Eligibility Standards for Nonautomation Standard Mail
Flats
* * * * *
5.3 5-Digit Prices for Flats
The 5-digit price applies to flat-size pieces:
[Revise 5.3a as follows:]
a. In a 5-digit/scheme bundle of 10 or more pieces, or 15 or more
pieces, as applicable; placed in a 5-digit/scheme flat tray or approved
alternate container containing at least 125 pieces or 15 pounds of
pieces. Eligibility is also met by placing at least 125 pieces or 15
pounds per destination in more than one flat tray when the flat trays
are full, according to 345.1.4e.
* * * * *
[Revise 5.3c as follows:]
c. In a 5-digit bundle of 10 or more pieces, or 15 or more pieces,
as applicable; placed in a merged 5-digit/scheme or 5-digit flat tray
or approved alternate container under 705.10.0.
5.4 3-Digit Prices for Flats
The 3-digit price applies to flat-size pieces:
[Revise 5.4a as follows:]
a. In a 5-digit/scheme bundle of 10 or more pieces, or 15 or more
pieces, as applicable, or in a 3-digit/scheme bundle of 10 or more
pieces; placed in a 3-digit flat tray or approved alternate container
of at least 125 pieces or 15 pounds of pieces. Eligibility is also met
by placing at least 125 pieces or 15 pounds per destination in more
than one flat tray when the flat trays are full, according to 345.1.4e.
* * * * *
5.5 ADC Prices for Flats
ADC prices apply to flat-size pieces:
[Revise items 5.5a and b as follows:]
a. In a 5-digit/scheme, 3-digit/scheme, or ADC bundle of 10 or more
pieces placed in an ADC flat tray or approved alternate container of at
least 125 pieces or 15 pounds of pieces. Eligibility is also met by
placing at least 125 pieces or 15 pounds per destination in more than
one flat tray when the flat trays are full, according to 345.1.4e.
b. In a 3-digit/scheme origin/entry flat tray or approved alternate
container.
* * * * *
5.6 Mixed ADC Prices for Flats
[Revise 5.6 as follows:]
Mixed ADC prices apply to flat-size pieces in bundles that do not
qualify for 5-digit, 3-digit, or ADC prices.
* * * * *
6.0 Additional Eligibility Standards for Enhanced Carrier Route
Standard Mail Flats
* * * * *
6.3 Basic Price Enhanced Carrier Route Standards
* * * * *
6.3.2 Basic Price Eligibility
Basic prices apply to each piece in a carrier route bundle of 10 or
more pieces that is:
* * * * *
[Revise items 6.3.2b through d as follows:]
b. Placed in a carrier route flat tray or approved alternate
container containing at least 125 pieces or 15 pounds of pieces.
Eligibility is also met by placing at least 125 pieces or 15 pounds per
destination in more than one flat tray when the flat trays are full,
according to 345.1.4e.
c. Placed in a merged 5-digit scheme, 5-digit scheme carrier
routes, merged 5-digit, or 5-digit carrier routes flat trays or
approved alternate containers.
d. Entered at a destination delivery unit as untrayed or
uncontainerized bundles, under 345.2.0 and 346.5.0.
* * * * *
6.4 High Density Enhanced Carrier Route Standards
* * * * *
6.4.2 High Density Prices for Flats
High density prices apply to each piece in a carrier route bundle
of 10 or more pieces that is:
* * * * *
[Revise items 6.4.2b and c as follows:]
b. Placed in a carrier route flat tray or approved alternate
container containing at least 125 pieces or 15 pounds of pieces.
Eligibility is also met by placing at least 125 pieces or 15 pounds per
destination in more than one flat tray when the flat trays are full,
according to 345.1.4e.
c. Placed in a merged 5-digit scheme, 5-digit scheme carrier
routes, merged 5-digit, or 5-digit carrier routes flat tray or approved
alternate container.
* * * * *
6.5 Saturation Enhanced Carrier Route Standards
* * * * *
6.5.2 Saturation Prices for Flats
Saturation prices apply to each piece in a carrier route bundle of
10 or more pieces that is:
* * * * *
[Revise items 6.5.2b and c as follows:]
b. Placed in a carrier route flat tray or approved alternate
container containing at least 125 pieces or 15 pounds of pieces.
Eligibility is also met by placing at least 125 pieces or 15 pounds per
destination in more than one flat tray when the flat trays are full,
according to 345.1.4e.
c. Placed in a merged 5-digit scheme, 5-digit scheme carrier
routes, merged 5-digit, or 5-digit carrier routes flat tray or approved
alternate container.
* * * * *
345 Mail Preparation
1.0 General Information for Mail Preparation
* * * * *
1.3 Terms for Presort Levels
Terms used for presort levels are defined as follows:
* * * * *
[Revise items 1.3c through 1.3h as follows:]
c. 5-digit scheme (bundles, flat trays or approved alternate
containers) for
[[Page 13709]]
flats meeting the automation standards in 301.3.0: The delivery ZIP
Code on all pieces is one of the 5-digit ZIP Code areas in as a single
scheme, as shown in L007.
d. 5-digit scheme carrier routes (pallets, flat trays or approved
alternate containers) for Standard Mail flats: The delivery ZIP Code on
all pieces in carrier route bundles is one of the 5-digit ZIP Codes
processed by the USPS as a single scheme, as shown in L001.
e. Merged 5-digit trays: The carrier route bundles and 5-digit
bundles, in a flat tray or approved alternate container, are all for a
5-digit ZIP Code that has an ``A'' or ``C'' indicator in the Carrier
Route Indicators field in the City State Product.
f. Merged 5-digit pallet: Contains carrier route bundles and
noncarrier route 5-digit bundles.
g. Merged 5-digit scheme trays: The 5-digit ZIP Codes on pieces in
carrier route bundles and 5-digit bundles in a flat tray or approved
alternate container are all for 5-digit ZIP Codes that are part of a
single scheme as shown in L001, and the 5-digit bundles also are for 5-
digit ZIP Codes that have an ``A'' or ``C'' indicator in the Carrier
Route Indicators field in the City State Product.
h. Merged 5-digit scheme pallet: Contains carrier route bundles and
noncarrier route bundles for those 5-digit ZIP Codes that are part of a
single scheme under L001.
* * * * *
[Revise the second sentence of 1.3k as follows:]
k. * * * These separations are optional, but mailers making these
separations must segregate trays for each 3-digit area under 346.1.3.
* * * * *
[Revise 1.3m as follows:]
m. Origin/entry SCF: The separation includes bundles for one or
more 3-digit areas served by the same sectional center facility (SCF)
(see L005) in whose service area the mail is verified/entered.
Mailpieces may be separated for each such 3-digit area regardless of
the volume of mail. Mailers making these separations must segregate
trays, approved alternate containers or pallets from the remainder of
the mailing under 346.1.3.
* * * * *
[Revise 1.3q as follows:]
q. Residual pieces/bundles/trays/alternate containers: Contain mail
remaining after completion of a presort sequence. Residual mail lacks
the volume for preparation to a particular destination.
1.4 Preparation Definitions and Instructions
For purposes of preparing mail:
* * * * *
[Delete current items 1.4e through t in their entirety and replace
with new e through u as follows:]
e. A full flat tray is one that is physically full. Although a
specific minimum volume of at least one stack of mail lying flat on the
bottom of the tray and filling the tray to the bottom of the handholds
is required for a tray prepared to a presort destination, trays must be
filled with additional available pieces (up to the reasonable capacity
of the tray) when standards require full trays.
f. A less-than-full flat tray is one that contains flats for the
same destination regardless of quantity or whether a full tray was also
prepared for that destination.
g. An approved alternate container is a container authorized by the
USPS instead of a flat tray (tub) or pallet, for the handling and
transport of bundled flat-size mailpieces or parcels. Alternate
containers could include sacks, other USPS mail transport equipment, or
mailer-supplied containers.
h. A 5-digit scheme sort for flats meeting the standards in 301.3.0
is defined in 1.3c. When standards require 5-digit/scheme sort, mailers
must prepare all possible 5-digit scheme bundles, flat trays or
approved alternate containers, then prepare all possible 5-digit
bundles, flat trays or alternate containers. Label bundles using an
optional endorsement line (OEL) under 708.7.0 or with a red ``5 SCH''
bundle label. Place bundles in appropriate containers using the OEL
``label to'' 5-digit ZIP Code or using L007 column B.
i. A 5-digit scheme carrier routes sort is defined in 1.3d. Flat
trays, alternate containers or pallets labeled to a 5-digit scheme
carrier routes destination that contain bundles for only one of the 5-
digit areas are considered to be sorted to 5-digit scheme carrier
routes. Preparation of 5-digit scheme carrier routes trays or pallets
must be done for all 5-digit scheme destinations.
j. A merged 5-digit sort is an optional sort for Standard Mail
flats in flat trays or alternate containers and is defined in 1.3e. If
preparation of merged 5-digit trays is performed, it must be done for
all 5-digit ZIP Code destinations with an ``A'' or ``C'' indicator in
the Carrier Route Indicators field in the City State Product.
k. The merged 5-digit sort is optional for bundles of Standard Mail
flats prepared on pallets under 705.10 and is defined in 1.3f. Pallets
labeled to a merged 5-digit destination that contain only a single
price level of bundle(s) are considered to be merged 5-digit sorted.
l. A merged 5-digit scheme sort for Standard Mail flats prepared in
flat trays or approved alternate containers under 705.10.0 is defined
in 1.3g. Trays or alternate containers labeled to a merged 5-digit
scheme destination that contain only a single price level of bundle(s)
or bundles for only one of the schemed 5-digit ZIP Codes are considered
to be merged 5-digit scheme sorted.
m. A merged 5-digit scheme sort for bundles of Standard Mail flats
on pallets under 705.8.0, 705.10.0, 705.12.0, or 705.13.0 is defined in
1.3h. Pallets labeled to a merged 5-digit scheme destination that
contain only a single price level of bundle(s) or bundles for only one
of the 5-digit ZIP Codes are considered to be merged 5-digit sorted. If
preparation of merged 5-digit scheme pallets is performed, it must be
done for all 5-digit scheme destinations in L001.
n. A 3-digit scheme sort for bundles of flats meeting the standards
in 301.3.0 is defined in 1.3j. When standards require 3-digit/scheme
sort for flats, mailers must prepare all possible 3-digit scheme
bundles of flats, then prepare all possible 3-digit bundles. Label
bundles using an optional endorsement line (OEL) under 708.7.0 or with
a green ``3SCH'' bundle label. Place bundles in appropriate containers
using the OEL ``label to'' 3-digit ZIP Code or using L008 column B.
o. An origin 3-digit (or origin 3-digit scheme) tray contains all
mail (regardless of quantity) for a 3-digit ZIP Code (or 3-digit
scheme) area processed by the SCF in whose service area the mail is
verified. A separate tray may be prepared for each 3-digit ZIP Code (or
3-digit scheme) area.
p. The required at [quantity] instruction means that the particular
unit must be prepared for the corresponding presort level whenever the
specified quantity of mail is reached or exceeded, up to the maximum
size or weight.
q. The optional at [quantity] instruction means that the particular
unit may be prepared for the corresponding presort level whenever the
specified quantity is reached or exceeded, up to the maximum size or
weight.
r. Entry [facility] (or origin [facility]) refers to the USPS mail
processing facility (e.g., ``entry NDC'') that serves the Post Office
at which the mail is entered by the mailer. If the Post Office where
the mail is entered is not the one
[[Page 13710]]
serving the mailer's location (e.g., for plant-verified drop shipment),
the Post Office of entry determines the entry facility. Entry SCF
includes both single-3-digit and multi-3-digit SCFs. Entry NDC includes
subordinate ASFs unless otherwise specified.
s. A bundle is a group of addressed pieces secured together as a
unit. Bundle preparation is described in 2.0.
t. A ``logical'' presort destination represents the total number of
pieces that are eligible for a specific presort level but which might
not be contained in a single bundle or in a single flat tray, approved
alternate container or pallet due to preparation requirements or the
size of the individual pieces. For example, there may be 42 mailpieces
for ZIP Code 43112 forming a ``logical'' 5-digit bundle, and the pieces
are prepared in three physical 5-digit bundles.
u. Cobundling is an alternate preparation method available under
705.11.0 for Standard Mail that allows the combining of flat-size
automation price and Presorted price pieces within the same bundle
under the single minimum bundle size requirement. Regardless of the
class of mail, pieces may not be combined in more than one physical
bundle for each logical presort destination unless presented using an
approved manifest mailing system under 705.2.0.
[Revise title and text of 1.5 as follows:]
1.5 Required Pallet Preparation
Mailers must prepare pallets under 705.8 when they have reached the
minimum loads described in 705.8.5.3. If a mailer is unable to
palletize, mail must be separated and placed in flat trays or approved
alternate containers.
* * * * *
2.0 Bundles
* * * * *
2.2 Address Visibility
* * * This standard does not apply to the following:
* * * * *
[Revise items 2.2b and c as follows:]
b. Bundles placed in or on 5-digit or 5-digit scheme (L001) flat
trays, alternate containers or pallets.
c. Bundles placed in carrier route(s) flat trays or alternate
containers.
* * * * *
[Revise title of 2.6 and text of the introductory sentence as
follows:]
2.6 Preparing Bundles in Flat Trays or Alternate Containers
In addition to the standards in 2.5, mailers must prepare bundles
in flat trays or approved alternate containers as follows:
* * * * *
[Revise title and introductory sentence only of 2.7 as follows:]
2.7 Additional Standards for Untrayed Bundles Entered at DDU Facilities
Mailers may enter untrayed, nonpalletized bundles of flat-size
pieces at destination delivery units (DDUs) if all the following
conditions are met:
* * * * *
2.9 Pieces With Simplified Address
[Revise the last sentence of 2.9 as follows:]
* * * Bundles must be secure and stable subject to weight limits in
705.8.0 if placed on pallets, and other limits in 2.6 if placed in
trays or alternate containers.
* * * * *
[Revise title of 3.0 as follows:]
3.0 Trays and Alternate Containers
3.1 Standard Containers
[Revise the first sentence of the introductory paragraph of 3.1 as
follows:]
If mailers are unable to palletize, mailings must be prepared in
flat trays or approved alternate containers except as permitted in
letter trays under 3.4 and under other standards in this section. * * *
* * * * *
[Revise title and text of 3.2 as follows:]
3.2 Tray Preparation
Tray and alternate container preparation is subject to these
standards:
a. Each tray or alternate container must bear the correct tray
label.
b. The weight of a tray, or alternate container, and its content
must not exceed 70 pounds.
* * * * *
3.4 Preparing Flats in Letter Trays
[Revise the introductory paragraph of 3.4f as follows:]
Standard Mail flat-size pieces may be prepared in letter trays
instead of flat trays only if the following standards are met:
* * * * *
[Revise 3.4f as follows:]
f. All pieces in the mailing must be placed in letter trays on
pallets, separated by presort destination when the required minimum
pallet load in 705.8.5.3 cannot be met.
* * * * *
[Delete 3.6, Strapping Exception, in its entirety.]
* * * * *
[Revise title of 4.0 as follows:]
4.0 Tray Labels
4.1 Basic Standards
[Revise 4.1 as follows:]
Tray labels are subject to the following:
a. Labels for flat trays or approved alternate containers for
automation mailings are subject to 4.9 and 708.6.5.
b. Only legible labels, including hand written labels, are
acceptable. Machine-printed labels (available from the USPS) ensure
legibility.
c. Intelligent Mail tray labels are subject to the standards in
708.6.5 and to the specifications posted at https://ribbs.usps.gov.
* * * * *
[Delete 4.7, Sack Label, in its entirety, and renumber current
items 4.8 and 4.9 as the new 4.7 and 4.8.]
* * * * *
[Revise the title of renumbered 4.8 and text of the introductory
sentence only as follows:]
4.8 Use of Barcoded Tray Labels
Exhibit 4.8 shows the types of mail requiring barcoded tray labels.
Barcoded labels must meet these general standards:
* * * * *
[Revise renumbered items 4.8d and e as follows:]
d. Mailers must insert a barcoded label completely into the label
holder on the tray or alternate container.
e. Intelligent Mail tray labels must be used on all trays and
alternate container for mailings entered under the full-service
Intelligent Mail automation option.
Exhibit 4.9 Required Barcoded Container Labels
[Revise the ``price or type'' description in the second row of
Exhibit 4.9 to replace the word ``cosacked'' with ``cotrayed'' under
Standard Mail as follows:]
PRICE OR TYPE
Standard Mail
* * * * *
Cobundled and Cotrayed Under 705.9.0 Through 705.13.0
* * * * *
5.0 Preparing Nonautomation Flats
5.1 Basic Standards
* * * * *
[[Page 13711]]
b. All pieces must meet the applicable general preparation
standards in 1.0 through 4.0 and the following:
* * * * *
[Revise 5.1b2 as follows:]
2. All pieces must be in the flat-size processing category and must
be bundled and placed on pallets, or bundled and placed in flat trays
or approved alternate containers. Certain flat-size pieces may be
prepared in letter trays under 3.0.
* * * * *
5.2 Required Bundling
[Revise the first sentence of 5.2 as follows:]
Bundling is required before placing flats on pallets, in flat trays
or alternate containers. * * *
* * * * *
[Delete current 5.4, Loose Packing, in its entirety and renumber
current items 5.5 through 5.9 as the new 5.4 through 5.8:]
[Revise title of renumbered 5.4 as follows:]
5.4 Required Traying
[Revise the introductory paragraph of renumbered 5.4 as follows:]
If unable to palletize under 705.8.0, or except as provided in 5.5,
a tray or alternate container must be prepared when the quantity of
mail for a required presort destination reaches either 125 pieces or 15
pounds of pieces, whichever occurs first, subject to these conditions:
* * * * *
b. For nonidentical-weight pieces, mailers must apply either one of
these methods:
* * * * *
[Revise 5.4b2 as follows:]
2. The actual piece count or mail weight for each tray or container
is used, if documentation shows the number of pieces and the total
weight of pieces in each tray.
* * * * *
[Revise title and introductory sentence of renumbered 5.6 as
follows;]
5.6 Traying and Labeling
Mailers must segregate trays destined within the origin/entry SCF
under 346.1.3. Preparation sequence and labeling:
* * * * *
[Delete current item 5.6e in its entirety and add new items e
through g as follows:]
e. Origin Network Distribution Center (NDC) Network (required); no
minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L604, Column C.
2. Line 2: ``STD FLTS NDC NON BC.''
f. Tier 2 Network (required); no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L604, Column C.
2. Line 2: ``STD FLTS NON BC WKG.''
g. Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations); if
the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling List
L604 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west
directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use
Labeling List L604 to separate the remaining mail into two north or
south directionally-based containers; no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L604, Column C.
2. Line 2: ``STD FLTS NON BC WKG.''
* * * * *
[Resequence numbered items 5.7 and 5.8 as the new 5.8 and 5.9 and
add a new 5.7 as follows:]
5.7 Containerization--Flat Tray Preparation and Labeling
Mailers must prepare bundles on pallets under 705.8.0 when minimum
volume is available for a required pallet level. Mailers who are unable
to palletize, or mailers of small volume mailings, must prepare bundles
in flat trays or approved alternate containers as shown in items a
through c. Mailers entering mailings at acceptance locations specified
in 5.7d must prepare mailings according to the instructions in d
instead of c. Preparation sequence and labeling:
a. Origin-Entry 3 Digit (optional); no minimum; when making these
separations, mailers must segregate trays as described in 346.1.3;
labeling:
1. Line 1: Column A, L002
2. Line 2: ``STD FLTS 3D NON BC
b. Origin Network Distribution Center (NDC) Network (required); no
minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L604, Column C information for the facility serving the
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.
2. Line 2: ``STD FLTS NON BC.''
c. Tier 2 Network (required); no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L604, Column C based on information for the facility
serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.
2. Line 2: ``STD FLTS NON BC.''
d. Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations); if
the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling List
L604 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west
directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use
Labeling List L604 to separate the remaining mail into two north or
south directionally-based containers; no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L604, Column C, based on information for the facility
serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office
2. Line 2: ``STD FLTS NON BC.''
5.8 Cotraying and Cobundling Flats With Automation Mail
The following standards apply:
* * * * *
[Revise items 5.8b through d as follows:]
b. If the mailing job contains an automation mailing and a
nonautomation mailing, it must be prepared under the cotraying
standards in 705.9.0.
c. If the mailing job contains a carrier route mailing and a
nonautomation mailing, it must be separately trayed under 5.0 and 6.0
or under the merged traying option in 705.10.0.
d. If the mailing job contains a carrier route mailing and an
automation mailing, then it must be separately trayed under 6.0 and 7.0
or under the merged traying option in 705.10.0.
* * * * *
5.9 Merged Containerization of Carrier Route, Automation, and
Nonautomation Flats
[Revise the first sentence of 5.9 as follows:]
Under the optional preparation in 705.10.0, nonautomation 5-digit
bundles prepared under 5.0 are combined in trays or approved alternate
containers with carrier route bundles and automation 5-digit bundles in
merged 5-digit scheme trays and merged 5-digit trays. * * *
* * * * *
6.0 Preparing Enhanced Carrier Route Flats
6.1 Basic Standards
All mailings and all pieces in each mailing at Enhanced Carrier
Route Standard Mail and Nonprofit Enhanced Carrier Route Standard Mail
nonautomation prices are subject to specific preparation standards in
6.2 through 6.7 and to these general standards:
* * * * *
c. All pieces must meet the standards in 2.0 through 4.0 and 302,
and the following:
* * * * *
[Revise 6.1c2 as follows:]
2. Flat-size pieces must be bundled and placed on pallets under
705.8.0, or if unable to palletize placed into flat trays or alternate
containers or, if applicable, in letter trays under 3.4. When entering
flat-size pieces at DDUs,
[[Page 13712]]
mailers may prepare untrayed, nonpalletized bundles under 2.7.
* * * * *
6.3 Carrier Route Bundle Preparation
Prepare carrier route bundles of flat-size mail as follows:
* * * * *
[Revise 6.3c as follows:]
c. Label carrier route bundles based on the following tray levels:
1. Carrier route tray: No bundle labeling is required.
2. 5-digit scheme or 5-digit carrier routes tray: Bundles must have
a facing slip unless the pieces in the bundle have a carrier
information line or an optional endorsement line (OEL).
[Revise title and text of 6.4 as follows:]
6.4 Bundles and Trays With Fewer Than the Minimum Number of Pieces
Required
As a general exception to 6.2 through 6.7, a mailer may prepare a
bundle or tray with fewer than the minimum number of pieces required
for a carrier route when pieces meet the saturation standards.
* * * * *
[Revise title and text of the introductory paragraph only of 6.6 as
follows:]
6.6 Required Tray Minimums
When traying or containerization is required, mailers must prepare
a tray or approved alternate container when the quantity of mail for a
required presort destination reaches either 125 pieces or 15 pounds of
pieces, whichever occurs first. The following conditions apply:
* * * * *
[Revise 6.6b as follows:]
b. For nonidentical-weight pieces, mailers must either use the
minimum that applies to the average piece weight for the entire mailing
or tray the pieces according to the actual piece count or mail weight
for each tray, if documentation shows the number and total weight in
each tray.
* * * * *
[Revise 6.6d as follows:]
d. Trays with fewer than 125 pieces or less than 15 pounds of
pieces may be prepared to a carrier route when pieces meet the
saturation standards.
* * * * *
[Revise title and introductory paragraph only of 6.7 as follows:]
6.7 Tray Preparation
Mailers must segregate trays destined within the origin/entry SCF
under 346.1.3. Preparation sequence and labeling:
* * * * *
6.8 Merged Containerization of Carrier Route, Automation, and Presorted
Price Flats
[Revise the first sentence of 6.8 as follows:]
Under the optional preparation in 705.10.0, carrier route bundles
are combined in trays or approved alternate containers with 5-digit
bundles (both presorted and automation) in merged 5-digit scheme trays
and merged 5-digit trays. * * *
* * * * *
7.0 Preparing Automation Flats
7.1 Basic Standards
[Revise the second sentence of 7.1 as follows:]
* * * Trays must bear the appropriate barcoded container labels
under 4.9.
* * * * *
7.4 Standard Mail Bundle Preparation
* * * * *
[Revise title of 7.4.2 as follows:]
7.4.2 Required Traying
[Revise the introductory paragraph of 7.4.2 as follows:]
If unable to palletize under 705.8.0, a tray or approved alternate
container must be prepared when the quantity of mail for a required
presort destination reaches either 125 pieces or 15 pounds of pieces,
whichever occurs first, subject to these conditions:
* * * * *
[Revise 7.4.2b as follows:]
b. For nonidentical-weight pieces, mailers must either use the
minimum that applies to the average piece weight for the entire mailing
or tray by the actual piece count or mail weight for each tray, if
documentation shows the number and total weight of pieces in each tray.
* * * * *
[Revise title and text of the introductory paragraph only of 7.4.3
as follows:]
7.4.3 Traying and Labeling
Mailers must segregate trays destined within the origin/entry SCF
under 346.1.3. Preparation sequence and labeling:
[Revise the opening paragraph only of 7.4.3 a and c as follows:]
* * * * *
[Delete current 7.4.3e in its entirety and add new items e through
g as follows:]
e. Origin Network Distribution Center (NDC) Network (required); no
minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L604, Column C.
2. Line 2: ``STD FLTS NDC BC.''
f. Tier 2 Network (required); no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L604, Column C.
2. Line 2: ``STD FLTS BC WKG.''
g. Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations); if
the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling List
L604 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west
directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use
Labeling List L604 to separate the remaining mail into two north or
south directionally-based containers; no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L604, Column C.
2. Line 2: ``STD FLTS BC WKG.''
* * * * *
[Renumber current items 7.6 and 7.7 as the new 7.7 and 7.8 and add
a new 7.6 as follows:]
7.6 Containerization--Flat Tray Preparation and Labeling
Mailers must prepare bundles on pallets under 705.8.0 when minimum
volume is available for a required pallet level. Mailers who are unable
to palletize, or mailers of small volume mailings, must prepare bundles
in flat trays or approved alternate containers under 7.6a through 7.6c.
Mailers entering mailings at acceptance locations specified in item d
must prepare mailings according to the instructions in 7.6d instead of
c. Preparation sequence and labeling:
a. Origin-Entry 3 Digit (optional); no minimum; when making this
separation, mailers must segregate trays under 346.1.3; labeling:
1. Line 1: Column A, L002.
2. Line 2: ``STD FLTS 3D BC.
b. Origin Network Distribution Center (NDC); (required); no
minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L604, Column C information for the facility serving the
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.
2. Line 2: ``STD FLTS BC WKG.''
c. Tier 2 Network (required); no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L604, Column C based on information for the facility
serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.
2. Line 2: ``STD FLTS BC WKG.''
d. Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations); if
the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling List
L604 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west
directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use
Labeling List L604 to separate the remaining mail into two north or
south directionally-based containers; no minimum; labeling:
[[Page 13713]]
1. Line 1: L604, Column C, based on information for the facility
serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.
2. Line 2: ``STD FLTS BC WKG.''
7.7 Merged Containerization With Presorted and Carrier Route Flats
[Revise renumbered 7.7 as follows:]
When the standards in 705.10.0, 705.12.0, or 705.13.0 are met, 5-
digit bundles and carrier route bundles that are part of the same
mailing job and mail class may be combined on merged 5-digit scheme
trays or pallets and merged 5-digit trays or pallets. Automation flats
may be cobundled with nonautomation flats under 705.11.0.
7.8 Exception--Automation and Nonautomation Pieces on Pallets
[Revise the third and fifth sentences of renumbered 7.8 as
follows:]
* * * Mailing jobs prepared entirely in trays and claiming this
exception must be cobundled under 705.11.0. * * * The nonautomation
pieces that cannot be placed on NDC or finer level pallets may be
prepared in flat trays and paid at nonautomation flat-size prices. * *
*
* * * * *
346 Enter and Deposit
1.0 Presenting a Mailing
* * * * *
[Add a new 1.3 as follows:]
1.3 Segregation of Origin SCF Mailpieces
Mailers must make all required, and may make any optional, origin/
entry carrier route, 5-digit (scheme) carrier route, (merged) 5-digit
(scheme) and 3-digit (scheme) separations destinating in the service
area of the SCF serving the Post Office where the mail is verified, or
the service area of the SCF/plant where mail is entered. For all such
separations, mailpieces must be trayed or placed in alternative
containers under 345.0 and segregated from the remainder of the
mailing. Mailers must segregate the origin/entry trays by one of these
methods: Separately containerize the trays; place the trays in a
conspicuous location on top of origin SCF pallet or other container; or
present them separately to acceptance personnel.
* * * * *
3.0 Destination Network Distribution Center (DNDC) Entry
* * * * *
3.2 Eligibility
[Revise 3.2 as follows:]
Pieces in a correctly prepared Standard Mail mailing that meet the
standards in 2.0 and 3.0 are eligible for the DNDC price when they meet
all of the following conditions:
a. Pieces are addressed for delivery to one of the 3-digit ZIP
Codes served by the NDC or ASF where deposited that are listed in
Exhibit 3.1.
b. Pieces are correctly placed on a pallet or in a tray that is
labeled to an NDC or ASF, or to a postal facility within the service
area of that NDC or ASF (see Exhibit 3.1), and deposited at that NDC or
ASF.
c. If bundles of flats on pallets are reallocated from an ASF
pallet to a NDC pallet under 705.8.14, mail for the ASF ZIP Codes
placed on the NDC pallet is not eligible for the DNDC prices.
3.3 Eligibility for ADC Mailpieces
[Revise the first sentence of 3.3 as follows:]
All pieces in an ADC tray are eligible for the DNDC discount if the
ADC facility ZIP Code (as shown on Line 1 of the corresponding
container label) is within the service area of the NDC or ASF at which
the tray is deposited as shown in Exhibit 3.1. * * *
[Revise title and text of 3.4 as follows:]
3.4 Eligibility for Mixed ADC Bundles or Trays
Mailpieces in a mixed ADC bundle or tray can qualify for the DNDC
prices if the following standards are met:
a. All pieces (no minimum) in the bundle or tray must destinate
within the ASF or NDC service area shown in Exhibit 3.1.
b. Use labeling list L009 when labeling bundles or trays containing
such pieces.
* * * * *
4.0 Destination Sectional Center Facility (DSCF) Entry
* * * * *
4.2 Eligibility
Pieces in a mailing that meets the standards in 2.0 and 4.0 are
eligible for the DSCF price, as follows:
[Revise items 4.2a and b as follows:]
a. When deposited at a DSCF (or USPS-designated facility),
addressed for delivery within that facility's service area, and placed
on a pallet or in a tray labeled to that DSCF or to a postal facility
within its service area.
b. When prepared in 5-digit bundles and placed on or in a merged 5-
digit scheme or merged 5-digit pallet or tray deposited at the
destination delivery unit as defined in 5.1.
* * * * *
360 Bound Printed Matter
* * * * *
365 Mail Preparation
1.0 General Information for Mail Presentation
1.1 Basic Preparation--Nonpresorted
[Revise 1.1as follows:]
There are no presort, traying, containerization, or labeling
standards for nonpresorted Bound Printed Matter.
* * * * *
1.4 Terms for Presort Levels
Terms used for presort levels are defined as follows:
* * * * *
[Renumber current 1.4i through k as the new j through l and add a
new item i as follows:]
i. Origin/entry SCF: The separation includes bundles for one or
more 3-digit areas served by the same sectional center facility (SCF)
(see L005) in whose service area the mail is verified/entered.
Mailpieces may be separated for each such 3-digit area regardless of
the volume of mail. Mailers making these separations must segregate
flat trays, approved alternate containers or pallets labeled to
destinations within the origin 3-digit area from the remainder of the
mailing as described in 366.2.7.
* * * * *
1.5 Preparation Definitions and Instructions
For purposes of preparing mail:
* * * * *
[Revise 1.5b as follows:]
b. An approved alternate container is a container that is
authorized by the USPS, instead of a flat tray (tub) or pallet.
Alternate containers could include sacks, other USPS-supplied mail
transport equipment, or mailer-supplied containers.
[Revise the second sentence of 1.5c as follows:]
c. * * * When standards require 5-digit/scheme sort, mailers must
prepare all possible 5-digit scheme bundles and trays or approved
authorized containers before preparing 5-digit bundles, and trays or
containers. * * *
[Revise item 1.5d as follows:]
d. A 5-digit scheme carrier routes sort is required for Carrier
Route Bound Printed Matter flats prepared in trays, or approved
alternate containers, or as bundles on pallets and yields a 5-digit
scheme carrier routes trays, alternate containers or pallets for those
5-digit ZIP Codes listed in L001 and 5-digit carrier routes trays,
alternate containers or pallets for other areas. The 5-digit ZIP Codes
in each scheme are treated as one
[[Page 13714]]
presort destination subject to a single minimum tray, alternate
container or pallet volume. Trays, alternate containers or pallets
prepared for a 5-digit scheme carrier routes destination that contain
carrier route bundles for only one of the schemed 5-digit areas are
considered to be sorted to 5-digit scheme carrier routes. Preparation
of 5-digit scheme carrier routes trays, alternate containers or pallets
must be done for all 5-digit scheme destinations.
* * * * *
[Revise 1.5g as follows:]
g. The required at [quantity] instruction means that the particular
unit must be prepared for the corresponding presort level whenever the
specified quantity of mail is reached or exceeded, up to the maximum
size or weight.
[Revise 1.5h as follows:]
h. The optio